As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2010

Securities Act File No. 33-43446

Investment Company Act File No. 811-06444

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-1A

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

   x
  Pre-Effective Amendment No.    x
  Post-Effective Amendment No. 159    x
 

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

   x
 

Amendment No. 159

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

  

 

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

 

55 Water Street, New York, New York   10041
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

 

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code (800) 451-2010

Robert I. Frenkel

Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

COPY TO:

Burton M. Leibert, Esq.

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

 

 

Continuous

(Approximate Date of Proposed Offering)

 

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

  ¨ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
  ¨ on              pursuant to paragraph (b)
  ¨ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
  x on April 23, 2010 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
  ¨ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
  ¨ on              pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

  ¨ This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

This filing relates solely to Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund and Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund.

 

 

 


[April     , 2010]

LOGO

 

Prospectus

Legg Mason

Permal

Tactical

Allocation

Fund

Class : Ticker Symbol

 

A : LPTAX
C : LPTCX
FI : LPTFX
R
I : LPTIX
IS: LPTSX

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED • NO BANK GUARANTEE • MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Contents     
Investment objective    2
Fees and expenses of the fund    2
Principal investment strategies    3
Certain risks    4
Performance    7
Management    7
Purchase and sale of fund shares    7
Tax information    7
Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries    7
More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks    8
Portfolio holdings    24
More on fund management    25
Choosing a class of shares to buy    26
Comparing the fund’s classes    29
Sales charges    31
More about contingent deferred sales charges    34
Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors    35
Buying shares    37
Exchanging shares    38
Redeeming shares    40
Other things to know about transactions    42
Dividends, distributions and taxes    45
Share price    46
Financial highlights    48

Investment objective

The fund is managed as a tactical asset allocation program. The fund seeks to provide total return in excess of a traditional 60/30/10 (equity/fixed income/cash) portfolio over the medium term.

Fees and expenses of the fund

The accompanying table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $25,000 in funds sold by Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), the fund’s distributor. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial intermediary, in this Prospectus on page [    ] under the heading “Sales charges” and in the fund’s statement of additional information (“SAI”) on page [    ] under the heading “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions.”

 

Shareholder fees (paid directly from your investment) (%)
      Class A   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class I   Class IS
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75   None   None   None   None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption) (may be reduced over time)   Generally,
none

 

  1.00   None   None   None   None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of
your investment)
(%)
      Class A   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class I   Class IS
Management fees                        
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees   0.25   1.00   0.25   0.50   None   None
Other expenses of the fund                        
Other expenses of Tactical Allocation Fund Ltd. (the fund’s wholly-owned subsidiary)                        
Total other expenses                        
Acquired fund fees and expenses (fees and expenses of underlying funds)                        
Total annual fund operating expenses                        
Fees forgone and/or expenses reimbursed                        
Total annual fund operating expenses after forgoing fees and/or reimbursing expenses            

 

1

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage (including brokerage commissions on purchases and sales of closed-end funds, exchange traded funds, exchange traded notes and other assets), taxes, incentive or performance-based fees of underlying funds and extraordinary expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.75% for Class A shares, 2.50% for Class C shares, 1.75% for Class FI shares, 2.00% for Class R shares, 1.50% for Class I shares and 1.50% for Class IS shares. These arrangements cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2011 without the Board of Trustees’ consent. The manager is permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’s total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes:

 

Ÿ  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated

 

Ÿ  

Your investment has a 5% return each year and the fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

Ÿ  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

 

2   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

Number of years you own your shares ($)    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
Class A (with or without redemption at end of period)                 
Class C (with redemption at end of period)                 
Class C (without redemption at end of period)                 
Class FI (with or without redemption at end of period)                 
Class R (with or without redemption at end of period)                 
Class I (with or without redemption at end of period)                 
Class IS (with or without redemption at end of period)         

Portfolio turnover. The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was [    %] of the average value of its portfolio.

Principal investment strategies

The fund seeks to achieve its objective by allocating assets and primarily investing in mutual funds, closed-end funds, exchange traded funds (ETFs) and exchange traded notes (ETNs) as identified by Permal Asset Management Inc., one of the fund’s subadvisers. The fund may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated open-end funds and unaffiliated closed-end funds. The fund anticipates that it will regularly gain exposure to one or more of the following asset classes, although it is not required to maintain exposure to any particular asset class:

 

  Ÿ  

global equity

 

  Ÿ  

fixed income

 

  Ÿ  

real estate

 

  Ÿ  

infrastructure investments

 

  Ÿ  

commodity investments

 

  Ÿ  

hedge fund strategies

 

  Ÿ  

cash and cash equivalents

The fund may seek both long and short exposure through investing in underlying funds that employ any investment strategy or technique and may invest in any region or country. The fund also may invest directly in equity securities, fixed income securities and derivatives.

The fund typically will invest, directly or through underlying funds and ETNs, approximately

 

  Ÿ  

20% to 80% of its total assets in equity related investments

 

  Ÿ  

10% to 60% of its total assets in fixed income related investments

 

  Ÿ  

0% to 40% of its total assets in commodities, real estate assets, infrastructure assets, foreign currencies and hedge fund strategies

 

  Ÿ  

0% to 40% in cash and cash equivalents

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund    3


Principal investment strategies cont’d

 

The following table compares the fund’s asset allocation ranges to a traditional 60% equity/30% fixed income/10% cash portfolio.

 

Target asset allocation             
Asset class    Benchmark   Benchmark
allocation
  Allocation
range
Equities    MSCI World Index   60%   20%-80%
Fixed Income    Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Index   30%   10%-60%
Cash and Cash Equivalents    Treasury Bills   10%   0%-40%
Alternative Investments (indirect investments in commodities, real estate assets, infrastructure assets, foreign currencies and hedge fund strategies)        0%-40%

The fund seeks to gain exposure to certain asset classes, such as ETFs that invest primarily in commodities, through investments in the fund’s wholly-owned subsidiary, which may invest without limit in these investments. The fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in the subsidiary.

Certain risks

Risk is inherent in all investing. There is no assurance that the fund will meet its investment objective. The value of your investment in the fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly. You may lose part or all of your investment in the fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The following is a summary description of certain risks of investing in the fund.

Allocation risk. The fund’s ability to achieve its investment goal depends upon the portfolio managers’ skill in determining the fund’s asset class allocation and in selecting the best mix of underlying funds. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular asset class, investment style, underlying fund or other issuer is incorrect.

Closed-end funds and exchange traded funds risk. Investing in closed-end funds and ETFs will give the fund exposure to the securities in which the closed-end fund or ETF invests and will expose the fund to risks similar to those of direct investment in those securities. Shares of closed-end funds and ETFs may trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value.

Credit risk. If an issuer or guarantor of a security held by the fund or an underlying fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the fund or an underlying fund defaults or is downgraded, or if the value of the assets underlying a security declines, the value of your investment will decline.

Derivatives risk. The use of derivatives by the fund or an underlying fund can increase in the fund’s or an underlying fund’s losses and reduce opportunities for gains when market prices, interest rates or the derivative instruments themselves behave in a way not anticipated by the fund or an underlying fund. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect and increase volatility of the fund or an underlying fund. Derivatives may be difficult to sell, unwind or value, and the counterparty may default on its obligations to the fund or an underlying fund.

Exchange traded notes risk. The value of ETNs, which combine features of ETFs and bonds, depends on the performance of the index underlying the ETN and the credit rating of the ETN’s issuer. Unlike ETFs, ETNs are not structured as investment companies and, unlike bonds, they have no periodic interest payments and principal is not protected.

Foreign investments risk. The fund and an underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign countries in which the fund or an underlying fund may invest may have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and may suffer from political or economic instability. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses.

 

4   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

The risks of investing in foreign securities are heightened when investing in issuers in emerging market countries.

Fund of funds risk. Your costs of investing in the fund, as a fund of funds, may be higher than the costs of investing in a mutual fund that only invests directly in individual securities. An underlying fund may change its investment objective or policies without the fund’s approval, which could force the fund to withdraw its investment from such underlying fund at a time that is unfavorable to the fund. While the underlying funds invest principally in the securities constituting their asset class ( e.g. , equity or fixed income), under normal market conditions an underlying fund may vary the percentage of its assets in these securities (subject to any applicable regulatory requirements). As a result, depending upon the percentage of securities in a particular asset class held by the underlying funds at any given time, and the percentage of the assets of the fund invested in various underlying funds, the fund’s actual exposure to the securities in a particular asset class may vary substantially from its intended allocation for that asset class.

Hedge funds risk. The fund may invest in underlying funds that are not registered as investment companies and whose portfolio managers may not be registered as investment advisers. As a result, the fund as an investor in these underlying funds would not have the benefit of certain protections afforded to investors in registered investment companies.

High yield or “junk bond” risk. Debt securities that are below investment grade, or “junk bonds,” are speculative, have a higher risk of default, tend to be less liquid and are more difficult to value than higher grade securities. Junk bonds tend to be volatile and more susceptible to adverse events and negative sentiments.

Issuer risk. The value of a security can go up or down more than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole, often due to disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment. The fund may experience a substantial or complete loss on an individual security. Historically, the prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies have generally gone up or down more than those of large capitalization companies, although even large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

 

Leverage risk. The use of leverage will generally magnify any change in the fund’s net asset value and cause increased volatility of returns.

Liquidity risk. Some securities held by the fund may be difficult to sell, or illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil. Illiquid securities may also be difficult to value. If the fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, the fund may be forced to sell at a loss.

Non-diversification risk. To the extent an underlying fund invests its assets in fewer issuers, the fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers.

Performance-based fee risk. The performance-based fees or allocations to portfolio managers of certain underlying funds may create an incentive for those portfolio managers to make investments that are riskier or more speculative than those that might have been made in the absence of a performance-based fee or allocation.

Real assets risk. Investments by the fund in an underlying fund that invests in real assets, such as properties, natural resources and commodities and infrastructure assets, involve a high degree of risk, including significant financial, operating, and competitive risks. Investments in underlying funds that invest in real assets expose the fund to adverse macroeconomic conditions, such as a rise in interest rates or a downturn in the economy in which the asset is located, elevating the risk of loss.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Securities of other investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to stock market and allocation risk. Shareholders may also have to bear the indirect proportionate expenses of investing in other investment companies.

Stock market and interest rate risk. The securities markets are volatile and the market prices of the fund’s securities may decline generally. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions, such as real or perceived adverse

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   5


Certain risks cont’d

 

economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. If the market prices of the securities owned by the fund fall, the value of your investment in the fund will decline. The value of your investment also may go down when interest rates rise. A rise in rates tends to have a greater impact on the prices of longer term or duration securities. The recent financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities.

Subsidiary risk. By investing in its subsidiary, the fund is indirectly exposed to the risks associated with the subsidiary’s investments. The investments held by the subsidiary are generally similar to those that are permitted to be held by the fund and are subject to the same risks that apply to similar investments if held directly by the fund.

 

Tracking error risk. The fund may hold long or short positions through investments in underlying funds and other instruments, such as ETFs and ETNs, whose investment objectives are to track (positively or negatively) the performance of a particular market or benchmark index. The performance of these instruments, however, may not match that of the indexes the instruments are designed to track, either on a daily or aggregate basis.

Valuation risk. The sales price the fund could receive for any particular portfolio investment may differ from the fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for securities that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair value methodology. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or greater or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not valued the security or had used a different valuation methodology.

These risks are discussed in more detail later in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

 

6   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


Performance

 

The fund has not yet operated for a full calendar year. Once the fund has a performance record of at least one calendar year, a bar chart and performance table will be included in this Prospectus.

Management

Investment manager: Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

Subadvisers: Permal Asset Management Inc. (“Permal”) and Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC

Portfolio managers: Christopher Zuelhlsdorff, CFA, and Alexander Pillersdorf. Mr. Zuehlsdorff (Vice President and Portfolio Manager of Permal) and Mr. Pillersdorf (Senior Financial Analyst and Co-Portfolio Manager of Permal) have been portfolio managers for the fund since its inception.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open, at the fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge.

The fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are as follows:

 

Investment minimum initial/additional investment ($)
       Class A    Class C    Class FI    Class R    Class I    Class IS
General    1,000/50    1,000/50    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts    1,000/50    1,000/50    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
IRAs    250/50    250/50    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
SIMPLE IRAs    None/None    None/None    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
Systematic Investment Plans    50/50    50/50    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries    None/None    N/A    None/None    N/A    None/None    N/A
Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund    None/None    None/None    None/None    None/None    None/None    None/None
Other Retirement Plans    None/None    None/None    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A
Institutional Investors    1,000/50    1,000/50    N/A    N/A    1 million/None    1 million/None

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

For more information about how to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, and to learn which classes of shares are available to you, you should contact your financial intermediary, or, if you hold your shares or plan to purchase shares through the fund, you should contact the fund by phone (Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432) or by mail (Legg Mason Funds, P.O. Box 55214, Boston, MA 02205-8504).

Tax information

The fund’s distributions are taxable as ordinary income or capital gain, except when your investment is through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.

Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries

The fund and its related companies may pay broker/dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as a bank) for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments create a conflict of interest by influencing your broker/dealer or other intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial adviser or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   7


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks

 

The fund is managed as a tactical asset allocation program. The fund seeks to provide total return in excess of a traditional 60/30/10 (equity/fixed income/cash) portfolio over the medium term.

The fund is a “fund of funds,” which is a term used to describe a mutual fund that pursues its investment objective by investing primarily in other investment companies (underlying funds).

In seeking to meet its investment objective, the fund allocates assets in accordance with decisions made by Permal Asset Management Inc. (“Permal”), one of the fund’s subadvisers. The fund will seek to achieve its objective by allocating assets and primarily investing in mutual funds, closed-end funds, exchange traded funds (ETFs) and indexed or other performance-related instruments, including exchange traded notes (ETNs), as identified by Permal. The fund may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated open-end funds and unaffiliated closed-end funds, including funds which are not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Some of these unregistered closed-end funds may be referred to as “hedge funds.” The fund may change the underlying funds — whether affiliated or unaffiliated — from time to time without notice to shareholders.

The fund anticipates that it will regularly gain exposure to one or more of the following asset classes, although it is not required to maintain exposure to any particular asset class:

 

  Ÿ  

global equity

 

  Ÿ  

fixed income

 

  Ÿ  

real estate

 

  Ÿ  

infrastructure investments

 

  Ÿ  

commodity investments

 

  Ÿ  

hedge fund strategies

 

  Ÿ  

cash and cash equivalents

The fund may invest in underlying funds that employ any investment strategy or technique and may invest in any region or country. The fund also may invest directly in equity securities, fixed income securities and derivatives, including forward foreign currency contracts. The composition of the fund’s investment portfolio will vary over time based on Permal’s overall asset allocation decisions and top-down and bottom-up implementation. The fund will remain flexible in its use of investment strategies and techniques and can seek both long and short exposure through passive and actively managed vehicles.

The fund typically will invest, directly or through underlying funds and ETNs, approximately

 

  Ÿ  

20% to 80% of its total assets in equity-related investments,

 

  Ÿ  

10% to 60% of its total assets in fixed income-related investments,

 

  Ÿ  

0% to 40% of its total assets in commodities, real estate assets, infrastructure assets, foreign currencies, hedge fund strategies

 

  Ÿ  

0% to 40% in cash and cash equivalents

The following table compares the fund’s asset allocation ranges to a traditional 60% equity/30% fixed income/10% cash portfolio.

 

Target asset allocation             
Asset class    Benchmark   Benchmark
allocation
  Allocation
range
Equities    MSCI World Index   60%   20%-80%
Fixed Income    Barclays Capital U.S.
Aggregate Index
  30%   10%-60%
Cash and Cash Equivalents    Treasury Bills   10%   0%-40%
Alternative Investments (indirect investments in commodities, real estate assets, infrastructure assets, foreign currencies and hedge fund strategies)        0-40%

 

8   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

Other than investments in closed-end funds, Permal seeks to allocate fund assets first among Legg Mason affiliated funds and then among other underlying funds that, in its view, represent attractive investment opportunities that will assist the fund in achieving its investment objective. However, Permal will consider periodically rebalancing the fund’s portfolio to maintain what it considers to be an appropriate mix of asset classes, given its prevailing market views. There is no guarantee that any given underlying fund will accept additional investments from the fund at the time the fund wishes to make such an additional investment or at any time thereafter. Furthermore, any underlying fund may return the fund’s investment in whole or in part without the fund’s consent (as a result of the underlying fund’s liquidation or other compulsory redemption).

Permal anticipates that the number and identity of underlying funds and other investments will vary over time as a result of allocations and reallocations among new and existing underlying funds and the performance of each underlying fund as compared to the performance of other fund assets. In addition, to avoid potential adverse regulatory consequences, the fund may need to hold its interest in an underlying fund in non-voting form or limit its voting rights to a certain percentage. Except for ETFs, the fund generally does not intend to own 5% or more of the voting securities of any underlying unaffiliated fund. Such a limitation on voting rights is intended to prevent an underlying unaffiliated fund from becoming an “affiliated person” of the fund for purposes of the 1940 Act. If the fund becomes an affiliated person of an underlying fund through ownership of its voting securities or otherwise, the 1940 Act may limit the ability of the fund to transact with the underlying fund or its affiliates.

The fund may seek to gain exposure to certain asset classes, such as ETFs that invest primarily in commodities or master limited partnerships, through investments in its wholly-owned subsidiary, Tactical Allocation Fund Ltd., a Cayman Islands limited company. The subsidiary may invest without limit in these investments. The subsidiary has the same investment manager and subadvisers as the fund. The fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in the subsidiary.

The fund’s investment objective and strategies may be changed by the fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval.

Bank loans

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in bank loans. Bank loans are fixed and floating rate loans arranged through private negotiations between a company or a non-U.S. government and one or more financial institutions (lenders). The funds and the underlying funds may obtain interests in bank loans through participations or assignments. The purchaser of a participation generally has no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement or any rights of set-off against the borrower. The purchaser of an assignment acquires direct rights against the borrower on the loan.

Borrowing

Certain underlying funds may be authorized to borrow money, including for investment or cash management purposes. In addition, certain underlying funds may utilize investment techniques and invest in certain financial instruments, such as derivatives, that may result in financial leverage.

Borrowing may make the value of an investment in an underlying fund more volatile and increase the underlying fund’s overall investment exposure. An underlying fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowings. Interest on borrowings will be a fund expense and reduce the value of the underlying fund’s shares.

Commodity-linked derivative instruments

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in commodity-linked derivatives instruments such as commodity-linked notes, swap agreements, commodity options, futures and options on futures that provide exposure to the investment returns of the commodities markets without investing directly in physical commodities.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   9


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Concentrated investments

The fund’s investments (directly or through underlying funds) may be concentrated in a particular industry, group of industries, sector, geographic region, or asset class or in underlying funds that employ a particular strategy.

Defensive investing

The fund and certain of the underlying funds may depart from their principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in money market investments, short-term debt securities, repurchase agreements or cash without regard to any percentage limitations.

Derivatives and hedging techniques

The fund and most of the underlying funds may, but need not, use derivative contracts. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an asset, such as one or more underlying investments, indexes or currencies. The fund and most of the underlying funds may engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives, such as futures and options on U.S. and non-U.S. securities, securities indexes, interest rates or currencies, options on these futures and forward foreign currency contracts. Derivatives may be used by the fund and most of the underlying funds for any of the following purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

As a hedging technique in an attempt to manage risk in the underlying fund’s portfolio

 

  Ÿ  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

 

  Ÿ  

For certain underlying funds, as a means of enhancing returns

 

  Ÿ  

As a cash flow management technique

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the fund or an underlying fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more investments, currencies or indexes. When the fund or an underlying fund enters into derivatives transactions, it may be required to segregate assets or enter into offsetting positions, in accordance with applicable regulations. Such segregation is not a hedging technique and will not limit the fund’s or the underlying fund’s exposure to loss. The fund or the underlying fund will, therefore, have investment risk with respect to both the derivative itself and any assets that have been segregated to offset the fund’s or the underlying fund’s derivative exposure. If such segregated assets represent a large portion of the portfolio of the fund or the underlying fund, portfolio management may be affected as covered positions may have to be reduced if it becomes necessary for the fund or the underlying fund to reduce the amount of segregated assets in order to meet redemptions or other obligations.

In determining compliance with any percentage limitation or requirement regarding the use or investment of fund assets, the fund and certain underlying funds will, in determining compliance with any percentage limitation or requirement regarding the use or investment of fund assets, take into account the market value of its derivative positions that are intended to reduce or create exposure to the applicable category of investments. Other underlying funds are not subject to these requirements in their use of derivatives.

Diversified investments

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. The underlying funds may be classified as diversified or non-diversified under the 1940 Act.

Equity investments

Subject to its particular investment policies, the fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in all types of equity securities. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) common and preferred stocks, warrants and rights and securities convertible into common stocks.

 

10   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

Exchange traded funds (ETFs)

The fund and certain underlying funds may invest in shares of open-end mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange traded funds. Typically, an ETF seeks to track (positively or negatively) the performance of an index by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF gives the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based and the fund will gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. Certain ETFs in which the fund may invest seek to track (positively or negatively) a multiple of index performance on any given day.

Exchange traded notes (ETNs)

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in exchange traded notes or ETNs, which are debt securities that combine certain aspects of ETFs and bonds. At maturity of the ETN, the issuer pays a return linked to the performance of a market index, such as a commodity index, to which the ETN is linked, minus the issuer’s annual fee. Unlike regular bonds, ETNs have no periodic interest payments and principal is not protected. The price of ETNs in the secondary market is determined by supply and demand, the current performance of the index underlying the ETN and the credit rating of the ETN issuer.

Fixed income investments

Subject to their particular investment policies, the fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in all types of fixed income securities. Fixed income securities represent obligations of corporations, governments and other entities to repay money borrowed. Fixed income securities are commonly referred to as “debt,” “debt obligations,” “bonds” or “notes.” The issuer of the fixed income security usually pays a fixed, variable or floating rate of interest, and repays the amount borrowed, usually at the maturity of the security. Some fixed income securities, however, do not pay current interest but are sold at a discount from their face values. Other fixed income securities may make periodic payments of interest and/or principal. Some fixed income securities are partially or fully secured by collateral supporting the payment of interest and principal.

High yield, lower quality securities

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) a portion of their assets in debt securities rated below investment grade by a recognized rating agency or unrated securities determined by the fund’s adviser to be of equivalent quality. These securities are commonly referred to “junk bonds.”

Investments in underlying funds — hedge fund strategies

The fund may invest in underlying closed-end funds that are not managed by Legg Mason subsidiaries and that may or may not be registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act. The shares of these closed-end funds are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and are sometimes referred to as “hedge funds.”

The fund may invest in hedge funds that focus investment activities on one or more distinct classes of assets, such as public equity, fixed income and real assets ( i.e. , real estate, infrastructure assets and commodities). Within these classes of assets, hedge fund managers often employ discrete styles of investing, as described below:

 

  Ÿ  

Equity long/short . The fund may invest in underlying funds that pursue equity long/short strategies. Equity long/short strategies combine long stock positions with short sales of stocks or of stock index instruments. Equity long/short strategies are among the non-traditional absolute return strategies pursued by hedge funds. A distinguishing feature of absolute return strategies is their focus on absolute performance objectives as compared to measuring performance on a relative basis. Absolute return strategies seek to generate returns that are uncorrelated with traditional performance benchmarks and seek to achieve positive returns even in declining market conditions.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   11


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

  Ÿ  

U.S equity. The fund may invest in underlying funds that invest in publicly traded equity securities issued by U.S. companies. These securities will typically trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Alternext U.S. or the NASDAQ Stock Market, although they may trade on other exchanges and/or markets as well.

 

  Ÿ  

Opportunistic equity . The opportunistic equity investments comprise underlying funds that predominantly invest in equity securities in all global markets, including the U.S. domestic markets. Portfolio managers of these underlying funds will opportunistically allocate capital to those markets around the globe which present the best opportunities for profit based on either the portfolio managers’ fundamental company valuation analysis or perceived macroeconomic shifts.

 

  Ÿ  

Short sales . The fund may invest in underlying funds that employ short selling. A short sale involves the sale of a security that an underlying fund does not own with the expectation of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. Portfolio managers employing this strategy sell short the stock of companies whose fundamentals, liability profile or growth prospects do not support current public market valuations. Short selling relies on, among other things, fundamental analysis, in-depth knowledge of accounting, an understanding of public market pricing and/or industry research.

 

  Ÿ  

Macro. Underlying funds utilizing macro strategies typically seek to generate profits from changes in global economic conditions and the price movements in various asset classes that will result from these changes ( e.g. , interest rates, commodities, currencies or equities). These underlying funds may employ such approaches as long strategies, short strategies, long/short strategies, warrant and option arbitrage, hedging strategies, inter-market and intra-market equity spread trading and other special situation investing. The macro strategies may assume aggressive investment postures with respect to position concentrations, use of leverage, portfolio turnover and the various investment instruments used. With a broader global scope, returns for the macro strategy generally exhibit little to no correlation with the broader domestic equity and bond markets.

 

  Ÿ  

Fixed income hedge. Fixed income hedge portfolio managers invest long and short primarily in corporate debt instruments across the capital structure of companies, based on fundamental credit analysis. These portfolio managers run portfolios that have flexible mandates allowing them to invest in a large variety of corporate debt securities, enter short positions, employ leverage, run concentrated portfolios and hedge credit and interest rate risk in their books. Although fixed income hedge portfolio managers invest a portion of their portfolios in investment grade debt, they typically focus in high yield lower-rated corporate debt and distressed debt.

 

  Ÿ  

Event driven . Event driven portfolio managers identify specific events that may have the potential to trigger significant change in the valuation of certain securities or financial instruments. These portfolio managers attempt to identify specific catalysts in order to exploit these situations. Discrete alternative strategies within the event driven investment style include:

 

  ¡  

Merger/Risk arbitrage . Merger arbitrage, sometimes called risk arbitrage, involves investments in event-driven situations such as leveraged buy-outs, mergers, and hostile takeovers. Normally, the security of an acquisition target appreciates while the acquiring company’s securities decrease in value. Returns may be obtained through use of this alternative strategy by purchasing securities of the acquired company and in some instances selling short securities of the acquiring company.

 

  ¡  

Distressed/Stressed debt and equity . This alternative strategy focuses on investing in performing and non-performing debt or equity securities of companies that are either experiencing financial distress or whose credit quality is poor but expected to improve. The objective of an underlying fund employing this strategy is to obtain profits based upon the perceived material difference between the market value and intrinsic value of these securities, which is calculated based upon an analysis of the relevant assets and liabilities along with a company’s future projected cash flows.

 

  ¡  

Private placements . An underlying fund may invest in privately placed securities, such as structured discount convertibles. Normally, such securities are privately offered to an underlying

 

12   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

 

fund by companies in need of timely financing. Portfolio managers generally will hedge with purchases of registered common stock until the registration becomes effective and then liquidate the position gradually.

 

  ¡  

Special situations . Certain underlying funds may take advantage of special situations such as spin-offs, recapitalizations, tender offers and other corporate restructurings, by seeking to purchase securities at substantial discounts to fair value and profit if the market recognizes the fair value. Fair value is generally determined through research and evaluation of the opportunity.

Inflation indexed securities

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in inflation indexed securities. Inflation indexed securities are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. There are two common structures. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the index-based accruals as part of a semiannual coupon. The underlying funds may invest in inflation indexed securities issued in any country.

Master limited partnerships (MLPs)

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in master limited partnerships. MLPs generally engage in natural resources based activities such as the exploration, development, mining, production, processing, refining, transportation, storage and certain marketing of mineral or natural resources.

Money market funds

The fund may invest in money market funds.

Mortgage- and asset-backed securities

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are collateralized by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property. Asset-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of assets such as receivables from mortgages, credit card loans, automobile loans and other trade receivables.

Non-publicly traded and illiquid securities

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in non-publicly traded and illiquid securities, including securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale or lacking readily available markets.

Portfolio turnover

The fund and certain underlying funds may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover.

Real estate investment trusts (REITs)

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in real estate investment trusts (REITs). REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITS.

Repurchase agreements

The fund may enter (directly or through an underlying fund) into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from the buyer, at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the purchaser’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   13


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Reverse repurchase agreements

The fund may borrow (directly or through an underlying fund) by entering into reverse repurchase agreements or other borrowing transactions. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund or an underlying fund sells securities to a counterparty, in return for cash, and the fund or the underlying fund agrees to repurchase the security at a later date and for a higher price, representing the cost to the fund or the underlying fund for the money borrowed. The fund or an underlying fund will use the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement to purchase other securities which either mature at a date simultaneous with or prior to the expiration of the reverse repurchase agreement or which are held under an agreement to resell, maturing as of that time.

Securities lending

Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may lend (directly or through an underlying fund) portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements in order to earn income. The loans are continuously secured by cash or liquid securities equal to no less than the market value, determined daily of the securities loaned.

Short sales

Certain underlying funds may sell securities short from time to time or engage in shorting strategies. In addition, certain underlying funds in which the fund may invest are “short ETFs” or “short ETNs.” In seeking to meet their investment objectives, short ETFs and short ETNs may engage to a significant extent in short sales. A short sale is a transaction in which an underlying fund, such as an ETF, or ETN sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities.

If Permal believes the fund may benefit from taking a direct short position in an asset class, it may do so by, among other means, causing the fund to sell short shares of an ETF that invests in the subject asset class.

Small capitalization issuers

The fund may invest in and certain of the underlying funds may focus on investments in small capitalization companies.

Sovereign government and supranational debt

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in sovereign debt, including emerging markets sovereign debt. Sovereign debt securities include fixed income securities issued or guaranteed by governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, and issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank or the European Union.

U.S. government securities

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in U.S. government securities. U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies or government-sponsored entities.

When-issued securities and delayed-delivery transactions

To secure an advantageous price or yield, the fund may purchase (directly or through an underlying fund) certain securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities for delayed delivery. Delivery of the securities in such cases occurs beyond the normal settlement periods, but no payment or delivery is made by a fund prior to the reciprocal delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction.

Zero coupon securities

The fund may invest (directly or through an underlying fund) in zero coupon securities, which generally pay no cash interest (or dividends in the case of preferred stock) to their holders prior to maturity.

 

14   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

Other investments

The fund may also use other strategies and invest (directly or through underlying funds) in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest (directly or through underlying funds) in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

Selection process

The composition of the fund’s investment portfolio will vary over time, based on, among other things, quantitative and qualitative techniques and risk management guidelines that seek exposure to global equity, fixed income, commodities, real estate assets, infrastructure assets, foreign currencies, hedge fund strategies and cash and cash equivalents. The fund may employ an asset allocation strategy to exploit perceived inefficiencies or imbalances in equity, fixed income or other asset classes in any region or country.

The fund will remain flexible in its use of investment strategies or techniques and investments and will be managed from both a top-down and bottom-up perspective.

 

  1. From a top-down perspective, the allocation will reflect the views of the Permal Investment Committee, which considers various qualitative and quantitative factors relating to the global economy and their impact on global equity, fixed income, currency and commodity markets. The factors used to develop a target asset allocation include, but are not limited to, current and forecasted economic growth rates, interest rates and inflation trends for U.S. and foreign economies.

 

  2. Tactical allocation decisions are supported by various market specialists within Permal and take into consideration relative valuation differentials between regions and asset classes and the potential return given the anticipated level of risk inherent in each asset class.

 

  3. From a bottom-up perspective, underlying fund allocation decisions take into consideration the underlying fund’s consistency, size, fees, risk/reward and other investment statistics, subject to the fund’s requirement to invest in Legg Mason-affiliated funds, rather than unaffiliated funds, when a Legg Mason-affiliated fund offers access to an asset class or employs a strategy which Permal wishes to utilize and, in Permal’s judgment, the Legg Mason-affiliated fund can accommodate the fund’s investments. The fund may invest in an unaffiliated fund in those instances where there is no Legg Mason-affiliated fund that invests in an asset class that Permal wishes to access or that employs an investment strategy that Permal wishes to use or, in Permal’s judgment, the Legg Mason-affiliated fund cannot accommodate the fund’s investments.

Permal will cause the fund to invest in underlying funds, including unregistered funds (to the extent permitted under applicable regulatory requirements), ETFs and ETNs that have a range of investment styles and focuses. The underlying equity funds may include, among others, large capitalization funds, medium capitalization funds, small capitalization funds, growth-oriented funds, value-oriented funds, international equity funds, emerging market equity funds and funds that invest in commodities and real estate-related securities (including REITs). The underlying fixed income funds similarly have a range of investment focuses and include funds that invest primarily in investment grade fixed income securities or in junk bonds.

Permal will allocate assets to various underlying funds and ETNs which, in its opinion, are consistent with its guidelines and invest in the markets and strategies as identified by its asset allocation process. In allocating assets, Permal may consider, among other factors, the general type of strategy employed, depth of experience, fee levels, value, growth potential, reputation in the industry, consistency, volatility, ability to perform in up and down markets and returns over time.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   15


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

The fund will purchase shares of the underlying open-end funds (other than ETFs) that are offered only to institutional and other eligible investors at net asset value with no initial or contingent deferred sales charges or Rule 12b-1 fees and with generally lower expenses than other share classes.

More on risks of investing in the fund

Allocation risk. The fund’s ability to achieve its investment goal depends upon the portfolio managers’ skill in determining the fund’s asset class allocation and in selecting the best mix of underlying funds. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular asset class, investment style, underlying fund or other issuer is incorrect.

Bank loans risk. The fund and the underlying funds will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling a participation in a bank loan. The fund or the underlying funds may have difficulty disposing of bank loans because, in certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and on the fund’s and the underlying fund’s ability to dispose of the bank loan in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

Borrowing. Certain borrowings may create an opportunity for increased return but, at the same time, create special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the portfolio’s shares and in the return on the fund’s securities holdings. The fund may be required to liquidate fund securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing. Interest on any borrowing will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

Cash management and defensive investing risk. The value of the investments held by the fund or an underlying fund for cash management or defensive investing purposes may be affected by changing interest rates and by changes in credit ratings of the investments. If the fund or an underlying fund holds cash uninvested it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash. If a significant amount of the fund or an underlying fund’s assets are used for cash management or defensive investing purposes, it will be more difficult for the fund to achieve its investment objective.

Closed-end funds risk. Investing in closed-end funds will give the fund exposure to the securities in which the closed-end fund invests and will expose the fund to risks similar to those of direct investment in those securities. Shares of closed-end funds may trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value.

Commodity-linked derivatives risk. Investments by the fund (directly or through an underlying fund) in commodity-linked derivative instruments may subject the fund or the underlying fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The value of commodity-linked derivative instruments may be affected by changes in overall market movements, changes in interest rates or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs and international economic, political and regulatory developments.

Concentration risk. To the extent the fund’s investments are concentrated, the fund may present more risks than if it were broadly diversified over numerous industries, group of industries, sectors, geographic regions, asset classes, or underlying fund strategies. A downturn in any category in which the fund may be concentrated would have a larger negative impact on the fund than on a fund that does not concentrate its investments.

Credit risk. If an obligor (such as the issuer or party offering credit enhancement) for a security held by the fund or an underlying fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the fund or an underlying fails to pay principal and interest when due, otherwise defaults or is perceived to be less creditworthy, a security’s credit rating is downgraded or the credit quality or value of any underlying assets declines, the value of your investment in the fund could decline. In addition, the fund or an underlying fund may incur expenses to protect its interest in securities experiencing these events. Credit risk is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the

 

16   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

securities in which the fund or an underlying fund invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the companies issuing them and are not guarantees as to quality. The fund and the underlying funds are subject to greater levels of credit risk to the extent they invest in junk bonds. These securities have a higher risk of issuer default and are considered speculative.

Currency risk. The fund or an underlying fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on forward currency transactions if changes in currency exchange rates do not occur as anticipated or do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings.

The fund and an underlying fund’s ability to use forward foreign currency transactions successfully depends on a number of factors, including the forward foreign currency transactions being available at prices that are not too costly, the availability of liquid markets and the ability of the portfolio managers to accurately predict the direction of changes in currency exchange rates. Currency exchange rates may be volatile and may be affected by, among other factors, the general economics of a country, the actions of U.S. and foreign governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls and speculation. A security may be denominated in a currency that is different from the currency where the issuer is domiciled.

Currency transactions are subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations.

Derivatives risk. Using derivatives, especially for non-hedging purposes, may involve greater risks to the fund or an underlying fund than investing directly in securities, particularly as these instruments may be very complex and may not behave in the manner anticipated. Certain derivatives transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund or an underlying fund. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a significant impact on a fund’s stock market, interest rate or currency exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices, currency rates or interest rates are changing. The fund (directly or through its investment in an underlying fund) may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond as anticipated to changes in the value of the fund or an underlying fund’s holdings. Using derivatives may increase volatility, which is the characteristic of a security, an index or a market to fluctuate significantly in price within a short time period. Holdings of derivatives also can make the fund or an underlying fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

Derivatives are subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations.

Exchange-traded funds (ETFs) risk. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based and will expose the fund to risks similar to those of investing directly in those securities. Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are traded on an exchange and may trade throughout a trading day. ETFs are bought and sold based on market values and not at net asset value, and, therefore, may trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. However, the trading prices of index-based ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the underlying portfolios. The fund will generally gain or lose value on holdings of an ETF consistent with the performance of the index on which the ETF is based. The fund will pay brokerage commissions in connection with the purchase and sale of shares of ETFs.

Exchange-traded notes (ETNs) risk. ETNs are not structured as investment companies and thus are not regulated under the 1940 Act. ETNs may be traded on stock exchanges and generally track specified market indexes, and their value depends on the performance of the underlying index and the credit rating of the issuer. ETNs may be held to maturity, but there are no periodic interests payments and principal is not protected. The fund (directly or through an underlying fund) could lose some or the entire amount invested in an ETN.

Extension risk. When interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities, particularly asset- and mortgage-backed securities, may occur more slowly than anticipated, extending the effective duration of these fixed income securities at below market interest rates. This may cause the fund’s or an underlying fund’s share price to be more volatile.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   17


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Foreign investments risk. The fund or an underlying fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign countries in which the fund or an underlying fund may invest may have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than markets in the United States, may suffer from political or economic instability and may experience negative government actions, such as currency controls or seizures of private businesses or property. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Foreign withholdings may reduce the fund’s returns. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses. Because the value of a depositary receipt is dependent upon the market price of an underlying foreign security, depositary receipts are subject to most of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities directly. The risks of investing in foreign securities are heightened when investing in issuers in emerging market countries.

Fund of funds risk. By investing in the fund, you will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the underlying funds in which the fund invests in addition to the fund’s direct fees and expenses. Your cost of investing in the fund, therefore, may be higher than the cost of investing in a mutual fund that only invests directly in individual securities. The underlying funds may change their investment objectives or policies without the fund’s approval. If that were to occur, the fund might be forced to withdraw its investment from such underlying fund at a time that is unfavorable to the fund. Like any security that trades on an exchange, the price of an underlying closed-end fund or ETF is based on supply and demand, as well as the underlying value of the closed-end fund’s or ETF’s portfolio holdings. Closed-end funds and ETFs may not trade at their underlying net asset value.

Investing primarily in other funds presents special risks:

 

  Ÿ  

One underlying fund may buy the same securities that another underlying fund sells. You would indirectly bear the costs of these trades without accomplishing any investment purpose

 

  Ÿ  

The underlying funds invest principally in the securities constituting their asset class ( e.g. , equity or fixed income). However, under normal market conditions an underlying fund may vary the percentage of its assets in these securities (subject to any applicable regulatory requirements). Depending on Permal’s classification of an underlying fund as primarily investing in a particular asset class ( e.g. , equity or fixed income), the percentage of securities in a particular asset class held by the underlying funds at any given time, and the percentage of the assets of the fund invested in various underlying funds, the fund’s actual exposure to the securities in a particular asset class may vary substantially from its intended allocation for that asset class.

 

  Ÿ  

An underlying fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments and short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations. If an underlying fund takes a temporary defensive position, the fund may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

Growth and value investing risk. Growth or value securities as a group may be out of favor and underperform the overall equity market while the market concentrates on other types of securities. Growth securities typically are very sensitive to market movements because their market prices tend to reflect future expectations. When it appears those expectations will not be met, the prices of growth securities typically fall. Growth securities may also be more volatile than other investments because they often do not pay dividends. The value approach to investing involves the risk that value stocks may remain undervalued.

Although the fund will not concentrate its investments in any one industry or industry group, it may, like many growth or value funds, weight its investments toward certain industries, thus increasing its exposure to factors adversely affecting issuers within those industries.

Hedge funds risk. The fund may invest in certain underlying closed-end funds that are not registered under the 1940 Act, and, therefore, the fund will not be entitled to the protections of the 1940 Act with respect to its investments in these underlying funds. Some protections afforded by the 1940 Act to investors in registered

 

18   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

investment companies include limitations applicable to the use of leverage and prohibitions on transactions with affiliated persons. The shares of these funds are not registered under the 1933 Act, are not freely tradable and/or have substantial restrictions and no active trading market. In addition, the portfolio managers of these underlying funds may not be registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and, therefore, the fund as an investor in these underlying funds would not have the benefit of certain protections of the Advisers Act. These types of funds are sometimes referred to as “hedge funds.”

Investments in unregistered funds generally will be illiquid and generally may not be transferred without the consent of the underlying fund. The fund may be unable to liquidate its investment in an underlying unregistered fund when desired (and incur losses as a result), or may be required to sell such investment regardless of whether it desires to do so. Upon its withdrawal of all or a portion of its interest in an unregistered fund, the fund may receive securities that are illiquid or difficult to value. In such a case, Permal would seek to cause the fund to dispose of these securities in a manner that is in the fund’s best interests. The fund may not be able to withdraw from an underlying unregistered fund except at certain designated times, thereby limiting the ability of Permal to withdraw assets from an underlying unregistered fund that may have poor performance or for other reasons. The fees paid by unregistered funds to their advisers and general partners or managing members often are significantly higher than those paid by registered funds and generally include a percentage of gains. The value of the fund’s interest in these unregistered funds will be affected by these fees; the fund’s expense ratio will reflect an allocable portion of these fees and the fund’s expense limitation excludes such performance-based fees.

High yield or “junk” bond risk. Debt securities that are below investment grade, or “junk bonds,” are speculative, have a higher risk of default, tend to be less liquid and are more difficult to value than higher grade securities. Junk bonds tend to be volatile and more susceptible to adverse events and negative sentiments. Investing in these securities subjects the fund or an underlying fund to increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates; greater risk of loss because of default or declining credit quality; or an issuer’s inability to make interest and/or principal payments due to adverse company specific events. Junk bonds are also subject to the risk of negative perceptions of the high yield market depressing the price and liquidity of high yield securities. These negative perceptions could last for a significant period of time.

Inflation-indexed securities risk. The value of inflation-indexed fixed income securities generally fluctuates in response to changes in real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed securities. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed securities. Although the principal value of inflation-indexed securities declines in periods of deflation, holders at maturity receive no less than the par value of the security. However, if the fund or an underlying fund purchases inflation-indexed securities in the secondary market whose principal values have been adjusted upward due to inflation since issuance, it may experience a loss if there is a subsequent period of deflation. If inflation is lower than expected during the period the fund or an underlying fund holds an inflation-indexed security, the fund (directly or through the underlying fund) may earn less on the security than on a conventional bond.

Any increase in principal value caused by an increase in the index to which the inflation-indexed securities are tied is taxable in the year the increase occurs, even though the fund or an underlying fund will not receive cash representing the increase at that time. As a result, the fund or certain underlying funds could be required at times to liquidate other investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy their distribution requirements as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

If real interest rates rise ( i.e. , if interest rates rise for reasons other than inflation, for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), the value of inflation-indexed securities held by the fund or an underlying fund will decline. Moreover, because the principal amount of inflation-indexed securities would be

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   19


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

adjusted downward during a period of deflation, the fund or an underlying fund will be subject to deflation risk with respect to its investments in these securities. Inflation-indexed securities are tied to indexes that are calculated based on rates of inflation for prior periods. There can be no assurance that such indexes will accurately measure the actual rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services.

Issuer risk. The value of a security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole. The value of a company’s stock may deteriorate because of a variety of factors, including disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment.

Large capitalization company risk. Large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Leverage risk. An underlying fund may take on leveraging risk by, among other things, engaging in derivative transactions or reverse repurchase agreements. When an underlying fund engages in transactions that have a leveraging effect on its portfolio, the value of the underlying fund will be more volatile and all other risks tend to be compounded. This is because leverage generally magnifies the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the underlying fund’s underlying assets or creates investment risk with respect to a larger pool of assets than the underlying fund would otherwise have. Engaging in such transactions may cause the underlying fund to liquidate positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations.

Liquidity risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to sell. Investments may become illiquid after purchase by the fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. When the fund holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the fund is forced to sell these investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the fund may suffer a loss. In addition, when there is illiquidity in the market for certain securities, the fund, due to limitations on illiquid investments, may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.

Master limited partnership (MLP) investment risk. The value of an investment in an MLP may be directly affected by the prices of natural resources commodity prices. The volatility and interrelationships of commodity prices can also indirectly affect certain MLPs due to the potential impact on the volume of commodities transported, processed, stored or distributed. The fund’s investment in an MLP (directly or through an underlying fund) may be adversely affected by market perceptions that the performance and distributions or dividends of MLPs are directly tied to commodity prices.

Model risk. Permal’s quantitative techniques may not adequately take into account certain factors and may result in the fund having a lower return than if the fund were managed using another technique or investment strategy.

Money market funds risk. The fund may invest in money market funds, which are registered open-end funds that seek to maintain a stable $1.00 per share price. The fund may, however, lose money if shares of money market funds in which it invests fall below $1.00 per share.

Mortgage- and asset-backed securities risk. The risks of investing in mortgage- and asset-backed securities ultimately depend upon the payment of the loans by the individual borrowers. In its capacity as purchaser of a mortgage- or asset-backed security, the fund or an underlying fund would generally have no recourse to the entity that originated the loans in the event of default by the borrower. Additionally, the loans underlying mortgage- and asset-backed securities are subject to prepayments, which may shorten the weighted average life of such securities and may lower their return. Changes in the market’s perception of the asset backing the security, the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the loan pool, the originator of the loans, or the financial institution providing any credit enhancement, will all affect the value of a mortgage- or asset-backed security held by the fund or an underlying fund, as will the exhaustion of any credit enhancement.

Non-diversification risk. To the extent an underlying fund invests its assets in fewer issuers, the fund will be more susceptible to negative events affecting those issuers.

 

20   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

Performance-based fee risk. Portfolio managers of underlying unregistered funds typically charge asset-based management fees and are also entitled to receive performance-based fees or allocations. Investments by the fund in these underlying funds would be subject to these fees and allocations, which would reduce the investment returns of the fund, and are in addition to the fund’s management fee. The performance-based fees or allocations to portfolio managers of certain underlying funds may create an incentive for those portfolio managers to make investments that are riskier or more speculative than those that might have been made in the absence of a performance-based fee or allocation. In addition, because a performance-based fee or allocation will generally be calculated on a basis that includes unrealized appreciation of an underlying fund’s assets, the fee or allocation may be greater than if it were based solely on realized gains.

Portfolio turnover risk. The fund or an underlying fund may engage in active and frequent trading to achieve its principal investment strategies. Active and frequent trading may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher short-term capital gains, which would increase their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the fund or an underlying fund’s performance.

Prepayment or call risk. Many fixed income securities give the issuer the option to repay or call the security prior to its maturity date. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates fall. Accordingly, if the fund or an underlying fund holds a fixed income security subject to prepayment or call risk, the fund may not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities generally experience when interest rates fall. Upon prepayment of the security, the fund or an underlying fund would also be forced to reinvest the proceeds at then current yields, which would be lower than the yield of the security that was paid off. In addition, if the fund or an underlying fund purchases a fixed income security at a premium (at a price that exceeds its stated par or principal value), the fund may lose the amount of the premium paid in the event of prepayment.

Real assets risk. Fund Investments in an underlying fund that invests in real assets involve a high degree of risk, including significant financial, operating, and competitive risks, and expose the fund to adverse macroeconomic conditions, such as a rise in interest rates or a downturn in the economy in which the asset is located, elevating the risk of loss. Also, real asset investments involve exposure to business cycles, local economic conditions and other factors that may not be present with other types of investments. These risks may be increased for investments in real assets located outside the United States. Foreign markets can be more volatile than the U.S. market due to increased risk of adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market, or economic developments and can perform differently than the U.S. market.

Recent market events risk. The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility. This financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for Permal. These market conditions may continue or get worse.

REITs risk. Investments in REITs expose the fund to risks similar to investing directly in real estate. The value of these underlying investments may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying real estate, the quality of the property management, the creditworthiness of the issuer of the investments, and changes in property taxes, interest rates and the real estate regulatory environment. Investments in REITs are also affected by general economic conditions.

Repurchase agreements risk. Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the seller, including losses and possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that the fund has purchased has decreased, the fund could experience a loss.

Reverse repurchase agreements risk. Reverse repurchase agreements involve leverage, which may exaggerate the interim increase or decrease of the value of a fund’s assets.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   21


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Securities of other investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to stock market and allocation risk. In addition, if the fund acquires shares of other investment companies, shareholders may have to bear both their proportionate share of expenses in the fund and, indirectly, the expenses of the other investment companies.

Securities lending risk. Lending securities involves the risk of possible delay in receiving additional collateral, delay in recovery of securities when the loan is called or possible loss of collateral should the borrower fail financially. The fund could also lose money if its short-term investment of the cash collateral declines in value over the period of the loan.

Short sales risk. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will realize a loss. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

Small and medium capitalization company risk. The fund will be exposed to additional risks as a result of its investments (directly or through an underlying fund) in the securities of small and medium capitalization companies. Small and medium capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors; may have limited product lines, operating histories, markets or financial resources; or may be dependent upon a limited management group. The prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies generally are more volatile than those of large capitalization companies and are more likely to be adversely affected than large capitalization companies by changes in earnings results and investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions, including those experienced during a recession. Securities of small and medium capitalization companies may underperform large capitalization companies, may be harder to sell at times and at prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate and may offer greater potential for losses.

Sovereign debt risk. Sovereign government and supranational debt involve many of the risks of foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation and the fund or an underlying fund may be unable to enforce its rights against the issuers.

Stock market and interest rate risk. The securities markets are volatile and the market prices of the fund’s securities may decline generally. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest or currency rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. If the market prices of the securities owned by the fund fall, the fund’s value will decline.

The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility. This financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for Permal and the underlying funds’ advisers. These market conditions may continue or get worse. Changes in market conditions will not have the same impact on all types of securities. The value of a security may also fall due to specific conditions that affect a particular sector of the securities market or a particular issuer.

When interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities generally falls. A change in interest rates will not have the same impact on all fixed income securities. Generally, the longer the maturity or duration of a fixed income security, the greater the impact of a rise in interest rates on the security’s value. In addition,

 

22   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

different interest rate measures (such as short- and long-term interest rates and U.S. and foreign interest rates), or interest rates on different types of securities or securities of different issuers, may not necessarily change in the same amount or in the same direction.

Certain fixed income securities pay interest at variable or floating rates. Variable rate securities tend to reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities may reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security. However, some securities do not track the underlying index directly, but reset based on formulas that may produce a leveraging effect; others may also provide for interest payments that vary inversely with market rates. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change.

Subsidiary risk. By investing in its subsidiary, the fund is indirectly exposed to the risks associated with the subsidiary’s investments. The investments held by the subsidiary are generally similar to those that are permitted to be held by the fund and are subject to the same risks that apply to similar investments if held directly by the fund. The subsidiary is not registered under the 1940 Act and is not subject to all the investor protections of the 1940 Act. The subsidiary is subject to the same investment restrictions and limitations as the fund and follows the fund’s compliance policies and procedures.

Changes in the laws of the United States and/or the Cayman Islands could result in the inability of the fund or its subsidiary to operate as described in this Prospectus. For example, the Cayman Islands does not currently impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax on the subsidiary. If Cayman Islands law changes such that the subsidiary must pay Cayman Islands taxes, fund shareholders could suffer decreased investment returns.

Tax risk. In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, the fund must meet certain requirements regarding the source of its income, the diversification of its assets and the distribution of its income. Income that does not meet these requirements, including income from certain commodity-linked investments, certain commodity-focused ETFs and ETNs and certain master limited partnerships, must be limited to a maximum of 10% of a regulated investment company’s gross income. If the fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company, the fund would be subject to federal income tax on its net income at regular corporate tax rates (without reduction for distributions to shareholders). When distributed, that income would also be taxable to shareholders as an ordinary dividend to the extent attributable to the fund’s earnings and profits. If the fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company and become subject to federal income tax, shareholders of the fund would be subject to diminished returns.

Tracking error risk. The fund may hold long or short positions through investments in underlying funds and other instruments, such as ETFs and ETNs, whose investment objectives are to track (positively or negatively) the performance of a particular market or benchmark index. The performance of these instruments, however, may not match that of the indexes the instruments are designed to track, either on a daily or aggregate basis. Factors such as expenses, imperfect correlation between an instrument’s investments and those of its underlying index, rounding of share prices, changes to the composition of the underlying index, regulatory policies, high portfolio turnover rate and the use of leverage all contribute to tracking error. In addition, because these instruments seek to track the performance of their benchmarks on a daily basis, mathematical compounding may prevent the instruments’ performance from correlating with the monthly, quarterly, annual or other period performance of their benchmarks.

Underlying fund rebalancing risk. From time to time, an underlying fund may experience relatively large redemptions or subscriptions due to a rebalancing of the assets of the fund or other funds of funds. In such event, an underlying fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so. An underlying fund may make distributions in-kind, or partly in cash and partly in-kind, to its shareholders, including the fund. Securities that are distributed in-kind in connection with a redemption may be illiquid and the valuation of those securities will generally be determined according to procedures adopted by the underlying fund. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and on the fund’s ability to dispose of the security.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   23


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Rebalancings may increase brokerage and/or other transaction costs of an underlying fund, increase the fund’s expenses or result in the fund’s becoming too small to be economically viable. Rebalancings could accelerate the realization of taxable capital gains in underlying funds subject to large redemptions if sales of securities result in capital gains.

The impact of rebalancings is likely to be greater when the fund owns, redeems, or invests in a substantial portion of an underlying fund. The effects of rebalancings could adversely affect an underlying fund’s performance and, therefore, the fund’s performance.

The adviser of the underlying fund may take such actions as it deems appropriate to minimize such adverse impact, considering the potential benefits of such investments to the underlying fund and consistent with its obligations to the underlying fund. Permal will seek to cooperate with the adviser of an underlying fund in its efforts to minimize any such adverse impact on the underlying fund. Such actions may cause delay in the rebalancing of the fund’s investments in the event of significant market or other events that may require more rapid action.

U.S. government securities risk. Although the U.S. government guarantees principal and interest payments on securities issued by the U.S. government and some of its agencies, such as securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association, this guarantee does not apply to losses resulting from declines in the market value of these securities.

Valuation risk. Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ — higher or lower — from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for illiquid securities and securities that trade in relatively think markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. If market conditions make it difficult to value some investments, the fund may value these investments using more subjective methods, such as fair value methodologies. The fund will rely primarily on information provided by underlying unregistered funds in valuing its investments in such funds. Because these underlying funds generally provide net asset value information no more frequently than monthly, and may provide detailed information on their investment positions no more frequently than annually, the fund generally fair values its investments in these underlying funds. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or greater or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different methodology. The value of foreign securities and currencies may be materially effected by events after the close of the market on which they are valued, but before the fund determines its net asset value.

When-issued securities and delayed-delivery transactions risk. In entering into a when-issued or delayed-delivery transaction, a fund will rely on the other party to consummate the transaction and may be disadvantaged if the other party fails to do so.

Zero coupon securities risk. Zero coupon securities usually are issued and traded at a deep discount from their face or par value and generally are subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than securities of comparable maturities and credit quality that pay cash interest (or dividends in the case of preferred stock) on a current basis.

Please note that there are other factors that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective. More information about risks appears in the SAI. Before investing, you should carefully consider the risks that you will assume.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the SAI.

For more information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, please visit the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

24   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


More on fund management

 

Manager and subadvisers

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. LMPFA was formed in April 2006 as a result of an internal reorganization to consolidate advisory services after Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) acquired substantially all of Citigroup’s asset management business in December 2005. As of December 31, 2009, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion.

Permal Asset Management Inc. (“Permal”) is an investment subadviser to the fund. Permal, with offices at 900 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, is a member of The Permal Group and is owned indirectly by Permal Group Ltd., a holding company of an international financial group of companies. Permal Group Ltd. is a subsidiary of Legg Mason. The Permal Group is one of the largest fund-of-funds investment management firms in the world with approximately $[ ] billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2009. Permal provides day-to-day portfolio management with respect to the fund’s assets, including the allocation among asset classes and the determination of the fund’s allocation to particular underlying funds.

Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC (“LMGAA”) is also an investment subadviser to the Fund. LMGAA is responsible for implementing Permal’s portfolio investment decisions for the fund and provides certain compliance and portfolio execution services to the fund. LMGAA has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018. As of December 31, 2009, LMGAA’s total assets under management were approximately $     billion.

LMPFA and LGMAA are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2009, Legg Mason’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

Portfolio managers

Christopher Zuehlsdorff, CFA, and Alexander Pillersdorf are responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund’s portfolio.

Mr. Zuehlsdorff is Vice President and Portfolio Manager with Permal. Mr. Zuehlsdorff joined The Permal Group as a Senior Financial Analyst in 2003. Mr. Zuehlsdorff also manages other fund of funds within the Permal Family of Funds. Prior to joining The Permal Group, Mr. Zuehlsdorff was an IT consultant at Computer Sciences Corporation. He is a CFA charter holder. Mr. Zuehlsdorff graduated with an M.B.A. in Finance and Accounting from Carnegie Mellon University. He also received a B.A. in Economics and Mathematics from Saint Olaf College.

Mr. Pillersdorf is a Senior Financial Analyst and Co-portfolio Manager with Permal. Mr. Pillersdorf joined The Permal Group in 2005 as a Financial Analyst. Mr. Pillersdorf is also a co-portfolio manager for other fund of funds within the Permal Family of Funds. Prior to joining Permal Group, Mr. Pillersdorf was a Financial Analyst at Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin. Mr. Pillersdorf graduated with distinction from the Goizueta Business School at Emory University with a B.B.A. in Finance and Accounting and is currently pursuing an MBA at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

The Permal Investment Committee is also involved in advising with respect to the top-down allocation of investments of the fund. Its members are listed below:

Isaac Souede, Director Permal Group Ltd., Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Permal Asset Management Inc.

Mr. Souede has served as Director of Permal Group Inc., since September 1987 and he is also Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. In April 2003, Mr. Souede became the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Permal Asset Management Inc. and in July 2005 he became a Director of Permal Group Ltd.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   25


More on fund management cont’d

 

Mr. Souede serves as a director of various Steinhardt Funds as well as other funds within the Permal Family of Funds. Mr. Souede holds an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan and is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of New York.

James R. Hodge, President and Chief Investment Officer, Permal Asset Management Inc.

Mr. Hodge joined The Permal Group in 1987. Mr. Hodge is responsible for asset allocation as well as performance monitoring and research and analysis of fund managers. In addition he is director, alternate director or on the advisory board of a number of independent offshore investment funds. Prior to joining The Permal Group, Mr. Hodge held a number of positions culminating in Director of Cost Accounting during four years of employment with the New York Stock Exchange. He was also the Controller of Biolectron, Inc., a privately held medical products company, for four years. Mr. Hodge has an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, a B.S. with highest distinction from Indiana University and is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of New Jersey.

Robert Kaplan, Executive Vice President, Permal Asset Management Inc.

Mr. Kaplan joined The Permal Group in 1996 focusing on the discovery and identification of independent investment managers including the analysis of their styles and strategies. Mr. Kaplan later became involved in and is currently responsible for ongoing asset allocation, performance monitoring and research. Prior to joining The Permal Group, Mr. Kaplan was an audit manager at Ernst & Young in its financial services division. Mr. Kaplan is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of New York. Mr. Kaplan has an M.B.A. with honors from Columbia University in New York and a B.S. in accounting from the State University of New York at Albany.

Judy Tchou, Executive Vice President, Permal Asset Management Inc.

Ms. Tchou joined The Permal Group in 1991. Her responsibilities include interviewing potential and existing money managers and analyzing and monitoring performance of existing fund managers, including performing ongoing due diligence. Additionally, Ms. Tchou monitors fund cash flows and oversees the execution of investment transactions. Ms. Tchou has a B.S. in Finance from New York University.

The SAI provides information about the compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

The fund pays a management fee at the annual rate of 0.65% of the fund’s average daily net assets. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the fund paid a management fee of             % of the fund’s average daily net assets (including the assets invested in the fund’s subsidiary) for management services, after waivers and reimbursements.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreements is available in the fund’s Semi-Annual Report for the period ended June 30, 2009.

Expense limitation

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage (including brokerage commissions paid on purchases and sales of shares of closed-end funds, ETFs, ETNs and other assets), taxes, incentive or performance-based fees of underlying funds and extraordinary expenses) subject to recapture as described below. As a result, total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.75% for Class A shares, 2.50% for Class C shares, 1.75% for Class FI shares, 2.00% for Class R shares, 1.50% for Class I shares and 1.50% for Class IS shares. Acquired fund fees and expenses are subject to the agreement and are calculated based on an average of the net expense ratio (as shown in the most recent prospectus or shareholder report for each underlying fund) of the class of shares of each underlying fund held by the fund, weighted in proportion to the fund’s investment allocation among the underlying funds.

These arrangements are expected to continue until December 31, 2011, may be terminated prior to that date by agreement of the manager and the Board, and may be terminated at any time after that date by the

 

26   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

manager. These arrangements, however, may be modified by the manager to decrease total annual operating expenses at any time. The manager is also permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’s total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the fund, in the class’s total annual operating expenses exceeding these limits or any other lower limits then in effect.

Distribution

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A shares; up to 1.00% for Class C shares; up to 0.25% for Class FI shares; and up to 0.50% for Class R shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares and Class IS shares are not subject to distribution and/or service fees under the plan.

In addition, the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates make payments for distribution, shareholder servicing, marketing and promotional activities and related expenses out of their profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the fund. These payments are not reflected as additional expenses in the fee table contained in this Prospectus. The recipients of these payments may include the fund’s distributor and affiliates of the manager, as well as non-affiliated broker/dealers, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund, including your financial intermediary. The total amount of these payments is substantial, may be substantial to any given recipient and may exceed the costs and expenses incurred by the recipient for any fund-related marketing or shareholder servicing activities. The payments described in this paragraph are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” Revenue sharing arrangements are separately negotiated.

Revenue sharing payments create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it receives or may receive. Revenue sharing payments, as well as payments under the shareholder services and distribution plan (where applicable), also benefit the manager, the distributor and their affiliates to the extent the payments result in more assets being invested in the fund on which fees are being charged.

Choosing a class of shares to buy

Individual investors can generally invest in Class A and Class C shares. Individual investors who held Class I shares prior to November 20, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares.

Retirement Plan and Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and Institutional Investors – eligible investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose a class that may be appropriate for you.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

 

  Ÿ  

How much you plan to invest

 

  Ÿ  

How long you expect to own the shares

 

  Ÿ  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus

 

  Ÿ  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

 

  Ÿ  

Availability of share classes

If you are choosing between Class A and Class C shares, you plan to invest a large amount and/or your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   27


More on fund management cont’d

 

The annual distribution and/or service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

Each class of shares except Class IS shares is authorized to pay fees for recordkeeping services to Service Agents. As a result, operating expenses of classes that incur new or additional recordkeeping fees may increase over time.

You may buy shares:

 

  Ÿ  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

 

  Ÿ  

Directly from the fund

Your Service Agent may provide shareholder services that differ from the services provided by other Service Agents. Services provided by your Service Agent may vary by class. You should ask your Service Agent to explain the shareholder services it provides for each class and the compensation it receives in connection with each class. Remember that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest.

Your Service Agent may not offer all classes of shares. You should contact your Service Agent for further information.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

 

  Ÿ  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

 

  Ÿ  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To visit the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

28   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


Comparing the fund’s classes

 

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you choose a class that may be appropriate for you. Please contact your Service Agent regarding the availability of Class FI or Class R shares. You may be required to provide appropriate documentation confirming your eligibility to invest in these share classes. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

    Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred
sales charge
  Annual distribution and/
or service fees
  Exchange privilege 1
Class A  

Ÿ Initial sales charge

Ÿ You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

Ÿ Generally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

  Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more   1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class C  

Ÿ No initial sales charge

Ÿ Contingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

Ÿ Does not convert to Class A

Ÿ Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class C shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class FI  

Ÿ No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

Ÿ Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

  None   None   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class FI shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class R  

Ÿ No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

Ÿ Only offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

  None   None   0.50% of average daily net assets   Class R shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class I  

Ÿ No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

Ÿ Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

Ÿ Generally lower annual expenses than all classes except Class IS

  None   None   None   Class I shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   29


Comparing the fund’s classes cont’d

 

    Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred
sales charge
  Annual distribution and/
or service fees
  Exchange privilege 1
Class IS  

Ÿ No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

Ÿ Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

Ÿ Generally lower annual expenses than the other classes

  None   None   None   Class IS shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

1

Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

 

30   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


Sales charges

 

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends that you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. It also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by the distributor, the distributor will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will receive a distribution and/or service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of Investment      Sales charge
as % of
offering price
     Sales charge
as % of net
amount
invested
     Broker/dealer
commission as
% of
offering price
Less than $25,000      5.75      6.10      5.00
$25,000 but less than $50,000      5.00      5.26      4.25
$50,000 but less than $100,000      4.50      4.71      3.75
$100,000 but less than $250,000      3.50      3.63      2.75
$250,000 but less than $500,000      2.50      2.56      2.00
$500,000 but less than $750,000      2.00      2.04      1.60
$750,000 but less than $1 million      1.50      1.52      1.20
$1 million or more 1      -0-      -0-      up to 1.00

 

1

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution and/or service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Accumulation Privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

  Ÿ  

you or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   31


Sales charges cont’d

 

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Letter of Intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

 

  Ÿ  

you or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter of intent, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase and any capital appreciation on those shares. In addition, you can include toward your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible holdings.

If you hold shares of funds sold by the distributor in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Service Agents

 

  Ÿ  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a fund sold by the distributor in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

 

  Ÿ  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

 

  Ÿ  

Investors investing through certain Retirement Plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS generally will pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI and Class R shares

You buy Class FI and Class R shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

 

32   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by Class FI shares serviced by them and up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by Class R shares serviced by them.

Class I and Class IS shares

You buy Class I and Class IS shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Class I and Class IS shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   33


More about contingent deferred sales charges

 

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

 

  Ÿ  

When you exchange shares for shares of another fund sold by the distributor

 

  Ÿ  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

 

  Ÿ  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then redeem the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeem shares of a fund sold by the distributor and pay a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

 

  Ÿ  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

 

  Ÿ  

On certain distributions from a Retirement Plan

 

  Ÿ  

For Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

  Ÿ  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

 

  Ÿ  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

34   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors

 

Retirement Plans

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or similar accounts.

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally invest in Class C, Class FI, Class R,, Class I and Class IS shares.

Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary. The distributor may impose certain additional requirements. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class A shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Class C shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class R1 shares available. Please see below for additional information.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plan investors can generally invest in Class A and Class C shares. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may invest in Class A, Class FI or Class I shares. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I and Class IS shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A and Class C shares, which have different investment minimums, fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, defined benefit plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

Class A — Retirement Plans

Class A shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

 

  Ÿ  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares

 

  Ÿ  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account

 

  Ÿ  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants or has total assets exceeding $1 million

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   35


Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors cont’d

 

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that are permitted to purchase shares at net asset value, LMIS may pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class C — Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class FI shares

Class FI shares are offered only to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediaries and Retirement Plan programs.

Class R shares

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary).

Class I shares

Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other investors authorized by LMIS. Certain waivers of these requirements for individuals associated with the fund, Legg Mason or its affiliates are discussed in the SAI.

Class IS shares

Class IS shares may be purchased only by Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund and Institutional Investors. In order to purchase Class IS shares, an investor must hold its shares in one account with the fund, which account is not subject to payment of recordkeeping or similar fees by the fund to any intermediary.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher distribution and/or service fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

Your Service Agent may not offer all share classes. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

36   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

 

You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

 

Ÿ Name of fund being bought

 

Ÿ Class of shares being bought

 

Ÿ Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

 

Ÿ Account number (if existing account)

Through a
Service Agent
  

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

Through the fund   

Investors should contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to open an account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

For initial purchases, complete and send your account application to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Subsequent purchases should be sent to the same address. Enclose a check to pay for the shares.

 

For more information, please call Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time).

Through a

systematic

exchange plan

  

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

 

Ÿ Amounts transferred must meet the applicable minimums (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

Ÿ Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

Ÿ If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   37


Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares of the fund for the same class of shares of other funds sold by the distributor on any day that both the fund and the fund into which you are exchanging are open for business.

Legg Mason
offers a distinctive

family of funds

tailored to help

meet the varying

needs of large and

small investors

  

You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.

 

Ÿ If you bought shares through a Service Agent, contact your Service Agent to learn which funds your Service Agent makes available to you for exchanges

 

Ÿ If you bought shares directly from the fund, contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to learn which funds are available to you for exchanges

 

Ÿ Not all funds offer all classes

 

Ÿ Some funds are offered only in a limited number of states. Your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will provide information about the funds offered in your state

 

Ÿ Remember that an exchange is normally a taxable transaction unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account

 

Ÿ Always be sure to read the prospectus of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

Investment

minimums, sales

charges and other

requirements

  

Ÿ In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange

 

Ÿ Your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased

 

Ÿ You will generally be required to meet the minimum investment requirement for the class of shares of the fund into which your exchange is made (except in the case of systematic exchange plans)

 

Ÿ Your exchange will also be subject to any other requirements of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

 

Ÿ If you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates, endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers, to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before the exchange is effective

 

Ÿ The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges

By telephone   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for information. Exchanges are priced at the net asset value next determined.

 

Telephone exchanges may be made only between accounts that have identical registrations and may be made on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

38   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

Through a

systematic

investment plan

  

You may be permitted to schedule automatic exchanges of shares of the fund for shares of other funds available for exchange. All requirements for exchanging shares described above apply to these exchanges. In addition:

 

Ÿ Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

Ÿ Each exchange must meet the applicable investment minimums for systematic investment plans (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   39


Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to redeem shares of the fund.

 

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

 

If you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before you may redeem.

 

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, partnership or similar entity, other documents may be required.

Redemption proceeds   

Your redemption proceeds normally will be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days, except that your proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your share purchase was made by check.

 

Your redemption proceeds may be delayed, or your right to receive redemption proceeds suspended, if the NYSE is closed (other than on weekends or holidays) or trading is restricted, if an emergency exists, or otherwise as permitted by order of the SEC.

 

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated by you. To change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers, you will be required to deliver a new written authorization and may be asked to provide other documents. You may be charged a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).

 

In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 

The fund reserves the right to pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Your written request must provide the following:

 

Ÿ The fund name, the class of shares being redeemed and your account number

 

Ÿ The dollar amount or number of shares being redeemed

 

Ÿ Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

 

Ÿ Signature guarantees, as applicable (see “Other things to know about transactions”)

By telephone   

If your account application permits, you may be eligible to redeem shares by telephone. Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for more information. Please have the following information ready when you call:

 

Ÿ Name of fund being redeemed

 

Ÿ Class of shares being redeemed

 

Ÿ Account number

 

40   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic redemptions of a portion of your shares. To qualify, you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for Retirement Plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50.

 

The following conditions apply:

 

Ÿ Your shares must not be represented by certificates

 

Ÿ Redemptions may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

Ÿ If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the charge will be required to be paid upon redemption. However, the charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the redemptions commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year

 

Ÿ You must elect to have all dividends and distributions reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   41


Other things to know about transactions

 

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

 

Ÿ  

Name of the fund

 

Ÿ  

Your account number

 

Ÿ  

In the case of a purchase (including a purchase as part of an exchange transaction), the class of shares being bought

 

Ÿ  

In the case of an exchange or redemption, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed (if you own more than one class)

 

Ÿ  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

 

Ÿ  

In certain circumstances, the signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered (see “Redeeming shares”)

The fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish accounts with the fund.

In certain circumstances, such as during periods of market volatility, severe weather and emergencies, shareholders may experience difficulties placing exchange or redemption orders by telephone. In that case, shareholders should consider using the fund’s other exchange and redemption procedures described above under “Exchanging shares” and “Redeeming shares.”

The transfer agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for these transactions.

The fund has the right to:

 

Ÿ  

Suspend the offering of shares

 

Ÿ  

Waive or change minimum initial and additional investment amounts

 

Ÿ  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

 

Ÿ  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

 

Ÿ  

Suspend telephone transactions

 

Ÿ  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

 

Ÿ  

Are redeeming shares with a value over $50,000

 

Ÿ  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

 

Ÿ  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

 

Ÿ  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

 

Ÿ  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

 

Ÿ  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

 

42   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

Anti-money laundering

Federal anti-money laundering regulations require all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you sign your account application, you may be asked to provide additional information in order for the fund to verify your identity in accordance with these regulations. Accounts may be restricted and/or closed, and the monies withheld, pending verification of this information or as otherwise required under these and other federal regulations.

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

The fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your account up to a minimum investment amount as determined by your Service Agent if the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period). You will be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. If your account is closed, you will not be eligible to have your account reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent trading of fund shares

Frequent trading in the fund’s shares increases the fund’s administrative costs associated with processing shareholder transactions. In addition, frequent trading may potentially interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio and increase the fund’s costs associated with trading the fund’s portfolio securities. Under certain circumstances, frequent trading may also dilute the returns earned on shares held by the fund’s other shareholders. The fund therefore discourages frequent purchases and redemptions by shareholders.

The fund reserves the right to refuse any client or reject any purchase order for shares (including exchanges) for any reason. In particular, the Board has determined that the fund is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the securities markets.

Under the fund’s frequent trading policy, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever the fund detects a pattern of excessive trading. The policy currently provides that the fund will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the fund if that shareholder has engaged in three or more “Round Trips” (defined below) during any rolling 12-month period. The restriction on the number of Round Trips may change from time to time by amendment of the frequent trading policy. The fund may determine to restrict a shareholder from making additional purchases prior to engaging in three Round Trips. However, the fund has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful to the fund. In making such a determination, the fund will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading and the amount of trading. Additionally, the fund has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the fund may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the fund.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into the fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of fund shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   43


Other things to know about transactions cont’d

 

With respect to accounts where shareholder transactions are processed or records are kept by third-party intermediaries, the fund uses reasonable efforts to monitor such accounts to detect suspicious trading patterns. For any such account that is so identified, the fund will make such further inquiries and take such other actions as shall be considered necessary or appropriate to enforce the fund’s frequent trading policy against the shareholder(s) trading through such account and, if necessary, the third-party intermediary (retirement plan administrators, securities broker/dealers and mutual fund marketplaces) maintaining such account. The fund may accept undertakings from intermediaries to enforce frequent trading policies on behalf of the fund that provide a substantially similar level of protection against excessive trading.

Shareholders who own shares of the fund through financial intermediaries should examine any disclosures provided by the intermediaries to determine what restrictions apply to the shareholders.

Although the fund will monitor shareholder transactions for certain patterns of frequent trading activity, there can be no assurance that all such trading activity can be identified, prevented or terminated.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, the certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificates to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

44   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


Dividends, distributions and taxes

 

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends and makes capital gain distributions, if any, once or twice a year. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. Capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

The following discussion is very general and does not address investors subject to special rules, such as investors who hold shares in the fund through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund. In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction   Federal Tax Status
Redemption or exchange of shares   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
Long-term capital gain distributions   Long-term capital gain
Dividends   Ordinary income, potentially taxable at long-term capital gain rates

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Taxable dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares. Although dividends (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than dividends from tax-exempt organizations and certain dividends from real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies) and certain foreign corporations. Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a long-term capital gain distribution or a dividend because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment.

A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will, in certain circumstances, be treated as paid in December for tax purposes.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   45


Share price

 

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, adjusted for any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares.

The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. The fund generally values its securities and other assets and calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). If the NYSE closes at another time, the fund will calculate its net asset value as of the actual closing time. The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at a certain day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes on that day. If the NYSE closes early on that day, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time. It is the responsibility of the Service Agent to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

Valuation of the fund’s securities and other assets is performed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. These procedures delegate most valuation functions to the manager, which, in turn, uses independent third party pricing services approved by the fund’s Board. Under the procedures, assets are valued as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Equity securities and certain derivative instruments that are traded on an exchange are valued at the closing price or, if that price is unavailable or deemed by the manager not representative of market value, the last sale price. Where a security is traded on more than one exchange (as is often the case overseas), the security is generally valued at the price on the exchange considered by the manager to be the primary exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if exchange prices are not otherwise available, the prices are typically determined by independent third party pricing services that use a variety of techniques and methodologies.

 

  Ÿ  

The valuations for fixed income securities and certain derivative instruments are typically the prices supplied by independent third party pricing services, which may use market prices or broker/dealer quotations or a variety of fair valuation techniques and methodologies. Short-term fixed income securities that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value.

 

  Ÿ  

The valuations of securities traded on foreign markets and certain fixed income securities will generally be based on prices determined as of the earlier closing time of the markets on which they primarily trade, unless a significant event has occurred. When the fund holds securities or other assets that are denominated in a foreign currency, the fund will normally use the currency exchange rates as of 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time). The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to value foreign equity securities on days when a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index suggests that the closing prices on foreign exchanges may no longer represent the value of those securities at the time of closing of the NYSE. Foreign markets are open for trading on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

 

  Ÿ  

If independent third party pricing services are unable to supply prices for a portfolio investment, or if the prices supplied are deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined by the manager using quotations from one or more broker/dealers. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. These procedures permit, among other things, the use of a matrix, formula or other method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments to determine fair value. Fair value of a security is the amount as determined by the manager in good faith, that the fund might reasonably expect to receive upon a current sale of the security. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated.

 

46   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


 

Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ — higher or lower — from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could be significant, particularly for securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. Moreover, valuing securities using fair value methodologies involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities based on market quotations. A fund that uses fair value methodologies may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair-valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or higher or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different methodology.

 

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund   47


Financial highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class since the fund’s inception, unless otherwise noted. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by             , an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the Semi-Annual Report (available upon request).

 

48   Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund


Privacy Policy

 

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

 

Ÿ  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about our customers or former customers, except to our affiliates (such as broker/dealers or investment advisers within the Legg Mason family of companies) or as is otherwise permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions or service an account. We may also provide this information to companies that perform marketing services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. When we enter into such agreements, we will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the Prospectus.]


Legg Mason Permal

Tactical Allocation Fund

 

You may visit the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432, or by writing to the fund at 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-06444)

FDXX011767ST [04/10]


April             , 2010

LOGO

 

Prospectus

Legg Mason ClearBridge

Equity

Income

Builder

Fund

Class : Ticker Symbol

 

A: SOPAX
B: SOPTX
C: SBPLX
FI
R
R1
I: SOPYX
IS

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED • NO BANK GUARANTEE • MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Contents
Investment objective    2
Fees and expenses of the fund    2
Principal investment strategies    4
Certain risks    4
Performance    6
Management    7
Purchase and sale of fund shares    7
Tax information    7
Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries    7
More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks    8
Portfolio holdings    14
More on fund management    15
Choosing a class of shares to buy    17
Comparing the fund’s classes    19
Sales charges    21
More about contingent deferred
sales charges
   24
Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors    25
Buying shares    27
Exchanging shares    28
Redeeming shares    30
Other things to know about transactions    32
Dividends, distributions and taxes    35
Share price    36
Financial highlights    38
Appendix A    39

Investment objective

The fund’s primary investment objective is to provide a high level of current income. Long-term capital appreciation is its secondary objective. Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Fees and expenses of the fund

The accompanying table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.

You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $25,000 in funds sold by Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), the fund’s distributor. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial intermediary, in this Prospectus on page [            ] under the heading “Sales charges” and in the fund’s statement of additional information (“SAI”) on page [            ] under the heading “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions.”

 

Shareholder fees (paid directly from your investment) (%)
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class IS
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75   None   None   None   None   None   None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption) (may be reduced over time)   Generally,

none

  5.00   1.00   None   None   None   None   None
Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment) (%)
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class IS
Management fees                                
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees   0.25   0.75   1.00   0.25   0.50   1.00   None   None
Other expenses               [            ] 1       [            ] 1       [            ] 1
Total annual fund operating expenses                                

Fees forgone and/or expenses reimbursed

(subject to recapture) 2

                               
Total annual fund operating expenses after forgoing fees and/or reimbursing expenses (subject to recapture) 2                

 

1

“Other expenses” for Class FI, Class R1 and Class IS shares are estimated for the current fiscal year because no Class FI, Class R1 and Class IS shares were outstanding during the fund’s last fiscal year.

2.

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses) so that total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.35% for Class FI shares, 1.60% for Class R shares and 1.10% for Class I shares. In addition, total annual fund operating expenses for Class IS shares will not exceed total annual fund operating expenses for Class I shares. These arrangements cannot be terminated prior to December 31, 2011 without the Board of Trustees’ consent. The manager is permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes:

 

Ÿ  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated

 

Ÿ  

Your investment has a 5% return each year and the fund’s operating expenses remain the same

 

Ÿ  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

 

2   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

Number of years you own your shares ($)    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
Class A (with or without redemption at end of period)                 
Class B (with redemption at end of period)                 
Class B (without redemption at end of period)                 
Class C (with redemption at end of period)                 
Class C (without redemption at end of period)                 
Class FI (with or without redemption at end of period)                 
Class R (with or without redemption at end of period)                 
Class R1 (with or without redemption at end of period)                 
Class I (with or without redemption at end of period)                 
Class IS (with or without redemption at end of period)         

Portfolio turnover. The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was [            ]% of the average value of its portfolio.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund    3


Principal investment strategies

 

Normally, the fund will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets in equity securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics. A significant portion of the fund’s portfolio will consist of equity securities that pay dividends.

The fund may invest up to 50% of its net assets in equity securities of foreign issuers. The foreign issuers in which the fund may invest include issuers that are organized outside the United States and conduct their operations in the United States and other countries (commonly known as “multi-national companies”) and other foreign issuers with market capitalizations generally of at least $10 billion.

The portfolio managers believe that high quality companies with strong balance sheets coupled with strong dividend profiles are attractive candidates for long-term investment. The portfolio managers typically emphasize dividend-paying equity securities, with current dividend levels being the main focus and dividend growth over time being secondary. The fund may invest in issuers of any size.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in fixed income securities. The fund may invest in fixed income securities of any quality, including lower-rated, high-yielding debt securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”). The fund may invest in fixed income securities when the portfolio managers believe such securities provide attractive income opportunities.

Certain risks

Risk is inherent in all investing. There is no assurance that the fund will meet its investment objective. The value of your investment in the fund, as well as the amount of return you receive on your investment, may fluctuate significantly. You may lose part or all of your investment in the fund or your investment may not perform as well as other similar investments. The following is a summary description of certain risks of investing in the fund.

Stock market and interest rate risk. The securities markets are volatile and the market prices of the fund’s securities may decline generally. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. If the market prices of the securities owned by the fund fall, the value of your investment in the fund will decline. The value of your investment also may go down when interest rates rise. A rise in rates tends to have a greater impact on the prices of longer term or duration securities. The recent financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities.

Dividend-paying stock risk. The fund’s emphasis on dividend-paying stocks involves the risk that such stocks may fall out of favor with investors and underperform the market. Also, a company may reduce or eliminate its dividend.

Foreign investments risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign countries in which the fund may invest may have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets and may suffer from political or economic instability. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses.

Credit risk. If an issuer or guarantor of a security held by the fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the fund defaults or is downgraded, or if the value of the assets underlying a security declines, the value of your investment will decline.

High yield or “junk” bond risk. Debt securities that are below investment grade or “junk bonds,” are speculative, have a higher risk of default, tend to be less liquid and are more difficult to value than higher grade securities. Junk bonds tend to be volatile and more susceptible to adverse events and negative sentiments.

Prepayment or call risk. Many issuers have a right to prepay their securities. If interest rates fall, an issuer may exercise this right. If this happens, the fund will be forced to reinvest prepayment proceeds at a time when yields on securities available in the market are lower than the yield on the prepaid security. The fund also may lose any premium it paid on the security.

Extension risk. If interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities may occur more slowly than anticipated by the market. This may drive the prices of these securities down because their interest rates are lower than the current interest rate and they remain outstanding longer.

 

4   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


 

Large capitalization company risk. Large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Small and medium capitalization company risk. The fund will be exposed to additional risks as a result of its investments in the securities of small and medium capitalization companies. Small and medium capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors; may have limited product lines, operating histories, markets or financial resources; or may be dependent upon a limited management group. The prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies generally are more volatile than those of larger capitalization companies and are more likely to be adversely affected than larger capitalization companies by changes in earnings results and investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions, including those experienced during a recession. Securities of small and medium capitalization companies may underperform larger capitalization companies, may be harder to sell at times and at prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate and may offer greater potential for losses.

Liquidity risk. Some securities held by the fund may be difficult to sell, or illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil. Illiquid securities may also be difficult to value. If the fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, the fund may be forced to sell at a loss.

Portfolio turnover risk. Active and frequent trading may increase a shareholder’s tax liability and transaction costs, which could detract from fund performance.

 

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.

Issuer risk. The value of a stock can go up or down more than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole, often due to disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the

issuer or the competitive environment. The fund may experience a substantial or complete loss on an individual stock. Historically, the prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies have generally gone up or down more than those of large capitalization companies, although even large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

These risks are discussed in more detail later in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   5


Performance

 

The accompanying bar chart and table provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. The bar chart shows changes in the fund’s performance from year to year for Class B shares. The table shows the average annual total returns of each class of the fund that has been in operation for at least one full calendar year and also compares the fund’s performance with the average annual total returns of an index or other benchmark. The Russell 3000 Value Index replaced the S&P 500 Index and the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Index (a fixed income index) as the fund’s performance benchmark effective December 7, 2009 in connection with changes in the fund’s investment objective, policies and strategies. The fund makes updated performance information available at the fund’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/products/mutual-funds/annualized_performance (select share class), or by calling Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432.

The fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Sales charges are not reflected in the accompanying bar chart, and if those charges were included, returns would be less than those shown.

 

Total returns (before taxes) (%)
  

Best quarter

(            ): [            ]

 

Worst quarter

(            ): [            ]

 

Average annual total returns (for periods ended December 31, 2009) (%)             
       1 year   5 years   10 years
Class B             
Return before taxes             
Return after taxes on distributions             
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares             
Other Classes (Return before taxes only)             
Class A             
Class C             
Class I             
Russell 3000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)             
S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)             
Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)       

Prior to December 7, 2009, the fund followed different investment strategies under the name “Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital and Income Fund.”

The after-tax returns are shown only for Class B shares, are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. After-tax returns for classes other than Class B will vary from returns shown for Class B.

 

6   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Management

 

Investment manager: Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

Subadviser: ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge”)

Portfolio managers: Harry D. Cohen, Peter Vanderlee, CFA and Michael Clarfeld, CFA. Mr. Cohen (Chief Investment Officer, Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager of ClearBridge), Mr. Vanderlee (Managing Director of ClearBridge) and Mr. Clarfeld (Director and Senior Portfolio Analyst - Generalist of ClearBridge) have been portfolio managers for the fund since August 2009.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

You may purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the fund each day the New York Stock Exchange is open, at the fund’s net asset value determined after receipt of your request in good order, subject to any applicable sales charge.

The fund’s initial and subsequent investment minimums generally are as follows:

 

Investment minimum initial/additional investment ($)
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class R1   Class I   Class IS
General   1,000/50   1,000/50   1,000/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts   1,000/50   1,000/50   1,000/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
IRAs   250/50   250/50   250/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
SIMPLE IRAs   None/None   None/None   None/None   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Systematic Investment Plans   50/50   50/50   50/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries   None/None   N/A   N/A   None/None   N/A   N/A   None/None   N/A
Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund   None/None   N/A   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None
Other Retirement Plans   None/None   None/None   None/None   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Institutional Investors   1,000/50   1,000/50   1,000/50   N/A   N/A   N/A   1 million/None   1 million/None

Your financial intermediary may impose different investment minimums.

For more information about how to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, and to learn which classes of shares are available to you, you should contact your financial intermediary, or, if you hold your shares or plan to purchase shares through the fund, you should contact the fund by phone (Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432) or by mail (Legg Mason Funds, P.O. Box 55214, Boston, MA 02205-8504).

Tax information

The fund’s distributions are taxable as ordinary income or capital gain, except when your investment is through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.

Payments to broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries

The fund and its related companies may pay broker/dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as a bank) for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments create a conflict of interest by influencing your broker/dealer or other intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your financial adviser or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   7


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund was formerly known as Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital and Income Fund. Prior to October 5, 2009, the fund was formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund.

*    *    *

The fund’s primary investment objective is to provide a high level of current income. Long-term capital appreciation is its secondary objective.

Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, if any, in equity securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics. A significant portion of the fund’s portfolio will consist of equity securities that pay dividends. Convertible securities may be purchased to gain additional exposure to a company or for their income or other features.

The fund may invest up to 50% of its net assets in equity securities of foreign issuers directly or in the form of depositary receipts representing an interest in those securities. The foreign issuers in which the fund may invest include issuers that are organized outside the United States and conduct their operations in the United States and other countries (commonly known as “multi-national companies”) and other foreign issuers with market capitalizations generally of at least $10 billion.

The portfolio managers believe that high quality companies with strong balance sheets coupled with strong dividend profiles are attractive candidates for long-term investment. The portfolio managers typically emphasize dividend-paying equity securities, with current dividend levels being the main focus and dividend growth over time being secondary. The fund may invest in issuers of any size.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in fixed income securities. The fund may invest in fixed income securities of any quality, including lower-rated, high-yielding debt securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”). The fund may invest in fixed income securities when the portfolio managers believe such securities provide attractive income opportunities.

The fund’s 80% investment policy may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

The fund’s investment objectives and principal investment strategies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

Equity investments

Subject to its particular investment policies, the fund may invest in all types of equity securities. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) common and preferred stocks, warrants and rights, securities convertible into common stocks, and securities of other investment companies and of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

Fixed income investments

Subject to its particular investment policies, the fund may invest in all types of fixed income securities. Fixed income securities represent obligations of corporations, governments and other entities to repay money borrowed. Fixed income securities are commonly referred to as “debt,” “debt obligations,” “bonds” or “notes.” The issuer of the fixed income security usually pays a fixed, variable or floating rate of interest, and repays the amount borrowed, usually at the maturity of the security. Some fixed income securities, however, do not pay current interest but are sold at a discount from their face values. Other fixed income securities may make periodic payments of interest and/or principal. Some fixed income securities are partially or fully secured by collateral supporting the payment of interest and principal.

 

8   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


 

Foreign investments

The fund may invest directly in foreign securities or invest in depositary receipts for securities of foreign issuers. The issuers of foreign securities purchased by the fund will be located in developed markets, and the fund does not intend to invest in securities of issuers located in emerging markets. However, if a country in which an issuer whose securities have been purchased by the fund is later classified as an emerging market, the fund will not be required to sell the security.

High yield securities

The fund may invest a portion of its assets in high yield securities (“junk bonds”).

Derivatives and hedging techniques

The fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an asset, such as one or more underlying investments, indexes or currencies. The fund may engage in a variety of transactions using derivatives, such as options on securities and securities indexes; futures and options on futures; forward foreign currency contracts; and swaps, including interest rate, currency and credit default swaps. Derivatives may be used by the fund for the following purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

As a means to generate income

 

  Ÿ  

As a hedging technique in an attempt to manage risk in the fund’s portfolio

 

  Ÿ  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

 

  Ÿ  

As a means of enhancing returns

 

  Ÿ  

As a cash flow management technique

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more investments or indexes. When the fund enters into derivatives transactions, it may be required to segregate assets or enter into offsetting positions, in accordance with applicable regulations. Such segregation is not a hedging technique and will not limit the fund’s exposure to loss. The fund will, therefore, have investment risk with respect to both the derivative itself and the assets that have been segregated to offset the fund’s derivative exposure. If such segregated assets represent a large portion of the fund’s portfolio, portfolio management may be affected as covered positions may have to be reduced if it becomes necessary for the fund to reduce the amount of segregated assets in order to meet redemptions or other obligations.

Should the fund invest in derivatives, the fund will, in determining compliance with any percentage limitation or requirement regarding the use or investment of fund assets, take into account the market value of the fund’s derivative positions that are intended to reduce or create exposure to the applicable category of investments.

Short sales

A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time.

Cash management

The fund may hold cash pending investment, and may invest in money market instruments for cash management purposes. The amount of assets the fund may hold for cash management purposes will depend on market conditions and the need to meet expected redemption requests.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   9


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

Fund of funds investments

The fund may be an investment option for other Legg Mason-managed mutual funds that are managed as a “fund of funds.”

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments, short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations.

Other investments

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI.

Selection process

The portfolio managers emphasize individual security selection. In selecting individual companies for investment, the portfolio managers look for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Current yield

 

  Ÿ  

Potential for dividend growth

 

  Ÿ  

Sound or improving balance sheets

 

  Ÿ  

Effective management teams that exhibit a desire to earn consistent returns for shareholders

The portfolio managers may also consider the following characteristics:

 

  Ÿ  

Past growth rates

 

  Ÿ  

Future earnings prospects

 

  Ÿ  

Technological innovation

 

  Ÿ  

General market and economic factors

 

  Ÿ  

Recognized industry leadership

Generally, companies held by the fund are those that the portfolio managers believe have assets or earnings power that are either unrecognized or undervalued. Based upon their models, the portfolio managers generally look for attractive valuations. The portfolio managers also look for companies that are expected to have positive changes in earnings prospects because of factors such as:

 

  Ÿ  

New, improved or unique products and services

 

  Ÿ  

New or rapidly expanding markets for a company’s product

 

  Ÿ  

New management

 

  Ÿ  

Changes in the economic, financial, regulatory or political environment particularly affecting a company

 

  Ÿ  

Effective research, product development and marketing

 

  Ÿ  

A business strategy not yet recognized by the marketplace

Effective December 7, 2009, the fund adopted investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (“Equity Income Builder Fund”), which was reorganized into the fund effective December 4, 2009. The fund adopted the investment objective, policies and strategies of Equity Income Builder Fund and changed its name to Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund effective December 7, 2009.

 

10   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


 

Attached as Appendix A to the Prospectus is performance information for Class I shares of Equity Income Builder Fund for the period from its inception on August 29, 2008 through its termination on December 4, 2009. The performance is shown net of fees and expenses applicable to the fund’s Class [I] shares. Equity Income Builder Fund’s performance is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future . This information is provided to show how a fund with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the fund performed in the past. Investors should not rely on this information as an indication of actual performance or future performance of the fund. Equity Income Builder Fund's performance data represent past performance and do not guarantee future results. Performance results fluctuate, and there can be no assurance that objectives will always be achieved. Other methods of computing returns may produce different results, and the results for different periods will vary.

More on risks of investing in the fund

Stock market and interest rate risk. The securities markets are volatile and the market prices of the fund’s securities may decline generally. Securities fluctuate in price based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions, inflation, changes in interest or currency rates, lack of liquidity in the bond markets or adverse investor sentiment. The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility. This financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser. These market conditions may continue or get worse. Changes in market conditions will not have the same impact on all types of securities. The value of a security may also fall due to specific conditions that affect a particular sector of the securities market or a particular issuer.

When interest rates rise, the value of fixed income securities generally falls. A change in interest rates will not have the same impact on all fixed income securities. Generally, the longer the maturity or duration of a fixed income security, the greater the impact of a rise in interest rates on the security’s value. In addition, different interest rate measures (such as short- and long-term interest rates and U.S. and foreign interest rates), or interest rates on different types of securities or securities of different issuers, may not necessarily change in the same amount or in the same direction.

Certain fixed income securities pay interest at variable or floating rates. Variable rate securities tend to reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities may reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the security. However, some securities do not track the underlying index directly, but reset based on formulas that may produce a leveraging effect; others may also provide for interest payments that vary inversely with market rates. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change.

Dividend-paying stock risk. The fund’s emphasis on dividend-paying stocks involves the risk that such stocks may fall out of favor with investors and underperform the market. Also, a company may reduce or eliminate its dividend.

Warrants and rights risk. Warrants and rights can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security. Prices of warrants and rights do not necessarily move in tandem with the prices of the underlying securities and therefore, are highly volatile and speculative investments. They have no voting rights, pay no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer other than a purchase option. If a warrant or right held by the fund is not exercised by the date of its expiration, the fund would lose the entire purchase price of the warrant or right.

Convertible securities risk. Convertible securities are subject both to the stock market risk associated with equity securities and to the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed income securities. As the market price of the equity security underlying a convertible security falls, the convertible security tends to

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   11


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

trade on the basis of its yield and other fixed income characteristics. As the market price of the equity security underlying a convertible security rises, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its equity conversion features.

REITs risk. Investments in REITs expose the fund to risks similar to investing directly in real estate. The value of these underlying investments may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying real estate, the quality of the property management, the creditworthiness of the issuer of the investments, and changes in property taxes, interest rates and the real estate regulatory environment. Investments in REITs are also affected by general economic conditions.

Foreign investments risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Foreign countries in which the fund may invest may have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than markets in the United States, may suffer from political or economic instability and may experience negative government actions, such as currency controls or seizures of private businesses or property. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Foreign withholdings may reduce the fund’s returns. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses. Because the value of a depositary receipt is dependent upon the market price of an underlying foreign security, depositary receipts are subject to most of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities directly.

Credit risk. If an obligor (such as the issuer or party offering credit enhancement) for a security held by the fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the fund fails to pay principal and interest when due, otherwise defaults or is perceived to be less creditworthy, a security’s credit rating is downgraded or the credit quality or value of any underlying assets declines, the value of your investment in the fund could decline. In addition, the fund may incur expenses to protect the fund’s interest in securities experiencing these events. Credit risk is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the fund invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the companies issuing them and are not guarantees as to quality. The fund is subject to greater levels of credit risk to the extent it invests in junk bonds. These securities have a higher risk of issuer default and are considered speculative.

Prepayment or call risk. Many fixed income securities give the issuer the option to repay or call the security prior to its maturity date. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates fall. Accordingly, if the fund holds a fixed income security subject to prepayment or call risk, it may not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities generally experience when interest rates fall. Upon prepayment of the security, the fund would also be forced to reinvest the proceeds at then current yields, which would be lower than the yield of the security that was paid off. In addition, if the fund purchases a fixed income security at a premium (at a price that exceeds its stated par or principal value), the fund may lose the amount of the premium paid in the event of prepayment.

Extension risk. When interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities, particularly asset- and mortgage-backed securities, may occur more slowly than anticipated, extending the effective duration of these fixed income securities at below market interest rates. This may cause the fund’s share price to be more volatile.

Large capitalization company risk. Large capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors. An investment in securities of large capitalization companies carries with it the risk that the company and its earnings may grow more slowly than the economy as a whole.

Small and medium capitalization company risk. The fund will be exposed to additional risks as a result of its investments in the securities of small and medium capitalization companies. Small and medium capitalization companies may fall out of favor with investors; may have limited product lines, operating histories, markets or financial resources; or may be dependent upon a limited management group. The prices of securities of small and medium capitalization companies generally are more volatile than those of large capitalization companies and are more likely to be adversely affected than large capitalization companies by

 

12   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


 

changes in earnings results and investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions, including those experienced during a recession. Securities of small and medium capitalization companies may underperform large capitalization companies, may be harder to sell at times and at prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate and may offer greater potential for losses.

Liquidity risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to sell. Although most of the fund’s investments must be liquid at the time of investment, investments may become illiquid after purchase by the fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. When the fund holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if the fund is forced to sell these investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the fund may suffer a loss. In addition, when there is illiquidity in the market for certain securities, the fund, due to limitations on illiquid investments, may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.

Portfolio turnover risk. Active and frequent trading may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher short-term capital gains, which would increase their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the fund’s performance.

Portfolio selection risk. The value of your investment may decrease if the portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry or sector or about market movements is incorrect.

Issuer risk. The value of a security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole. The value of a company’s stock may deteriorate because of a variety of factors, including disappointing earnings reports by the issuer, unsuccessful products or services, loss of major customers, major litigation against the issuer or changes in government regulations affecting the issuer or the competitive environment.

Growth and value investing risk. Growth or value securities as a group may be out of favor and underperform the overall equity market while the market concentrates on other types of securities. Growth securities typically are very sensitive to market movements because their market prices tend to reflect future expectations. When it appears those expectations will not be met, the prices of growth securities typically fall. The value approach to investing involves the risk that value stocks may remain undervalued.

Although the fund will not concentrate its investments in any one industry or industry group, it may, like many growth or value funds, weight its investments toward certain industries, thus increasing its exposure to factors adversely affecting issuers within those industries.

High yield or “junk” bond risk. Debt securities that are below investment grade, or “junk bonds,” are speculative, have a higher risk of default, tend to be less liquid and are more difficult to value than higher grade securities. Junk bonds tend to be volatile and more susceptible to adverse events and negative sentiments. Investing in these securities subjects the fund to increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates; greater risk of loss because of default or declining credit quality; or an issuer’s inability to make interest and/or principal payments due to adverse company specific events. Junk bonds are also subject to the risk negative perceptions of the high yield market depressing the price and liquidity of high yield securities. These negative perceptions could last for a significant period of time.

Derivatives risk. Using derivatives, especially for non-hedging purposes, may involve greater risks to the fund than investing directly in securities, particularly as these instruments may be very complex and may not behave in the manner anticipated. Certain derivatives transactions may have a leveraging effect on the fund. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a significant impact on the fund’s stock market, or interest rate or currency exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices, currency rates or interest rates are changing. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond as anticipated to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings. Using derivatives may increase

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   13


More on the fund’s investment strategies, investments and risks cont’d

 

volatility, which is the characteristic of a security, an index or a market to fluctuate significantly in price within a short time period. Holdings of derivatives also can make the fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

Derivatives are subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation.

Short sales risk. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will realize a loss. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

Fund of funds investments risk. From time to time, the fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to rebalancings of a fund of funds’ portfolio. In the event of such redemptions or investments, the fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so.

Cash management and defensive investing risk. The value of the investments held by the fund for cash management or defensive investing purposes may be affected by changing interest rates and by changes in credit ratings of the investments. If the fund holds cash uninvested it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash. If a significant amount of the fund's assets are used for cash management or defensive investing purposes, it will be more difficult for the fund to achieve its objective.

Recent market events risk. The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility. This financial crisis has caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. In response to the crisis, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve have taken steps to support financial markets. The withdrawal of this support could also negatively affect the value and liquidity of certain securities. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the subadviser. These market conditions may continue or get worse.

Risk of increase in expenses. Your actual costs of investing in the fund may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual fund operating expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, expense ratios may be higher than those shown if a fee limitation is changed or terminated or if average net assets decrease. Net assets are more likely to decrease and fund expense ratios are more likely to increase when markets are volatile.

Please note that there are other factors that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective. More information about risks appears in the SAI. Before investing, you should carefully consider the risks that you will assume.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the SAI.

For more information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, please visit the fund’s website,

http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

14   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


More on fund management

 

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. LMPFA was formed in April 2006 as a result of an internal reorganization to consolidate advisory services after Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) acquired substantially all of Citigroup’s asset management business in December 2005. As of December 31, 2009, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion.

ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund, except for management of cash and short-term instruments. ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is an investment adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of Citigroup Asset Management, which was acquired by Legg Mason in December 2005, but traces back its asset management expertise over 45 years to several prominent firms including Smith Barney Asset Management, Davis Skaggs Investment Management and Salomon Brothers Asset Management. As of December 31, 2009, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $53.5 billion.

LMPFA and ClearBridge are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2009, Legg Mason’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

Portfolio managers

Harry D. Cohen, Peter Vanderlee, CFA, and Michael Clarfeld, CFA serve as co-portfolio managers of the fund. They have served as portfolio managers since August 2009.

Mr. Cohen, Chief Investment Officer of ClearBridge, has been with ClearBridge since 1979.

Mr. Vanderlee, Managing Director of ClearBridge, has been with ClearBridge since 1999.

Mr. Clarfeld, Director and Senior Portfolio Analyst—Generalist of ClearBridge, has been with ClearBridge since 2006. Prior to joining ClearBridge, Mr. Clarfeld was an equity analyst with Hygrove Partners, LLC and a financial analyst with Goldman Sachs.

The SAI provides information about the compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

The fund pays a management fee at an annual rate that decreases as assets increase, as follows: 0.750% of assets up to and including $1 billion, 0.725% of assets over $1 billion and up to and including $2 billion, 0.700% of assets over $2 billion and up to and including $5 billion, 0.675% of assets over $5 billion and up to and including $10 billion and 0.650% of assets over $10 billion.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the fund paid LMPFA a management fee of [ ]% of the fund’s average daily net assets for investment management services.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Expense limitation

The manager has agreed to forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than interest, brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses), subject to recapture as described below. As a result, total annual operating expenses are not expected to exceed 1.35% for Class FI shares, 1.60% for Class R shares and 1.10% for Class I shares. In addition, total annual fund operating expenses for Class IS shares will not exceed total annual fund operating expenses for Class I shares.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   15


More on fund management cont’d

 

These arrangements are expected to continue until December 31, 2011, may be terminated prior to that date by agreement of the manager and the Board, and may be terminated at any time after that date by the manager. These arrangements, however, may be modified by the manager to decrease total annual operating expenses at any time. The manager is also permitted to recapture amounts forgone or reimbursed to a class during the same fiscal year if the class’ total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the limits described above. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular business day of the fund, in the class’ total annual operating expenses exceeding these limits or any other lower limits then in effect.

Distribution

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A shares; up to 0.75% for Class B shares; up to 1.00% for Class C shares; up to 0.25% for Class FI shares; up to 0.50% for Class R shares; and up to 1.00% for Class R1 shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares and Class IS shares are not subject to distribution and/or service fees under the plan.

In addition, the distributor, the manager and/or their affiliates make payments for distribution, shareholder servicing, marketing and promotional activities and related expenses out of their profits and other available sources, including profits from their relationships with the fund. These payments are not reflected as additional expenses in the fee table contained in this Prospectus. The recipients of these payments may include the fund’s distributor and affiliates of the manager, as well as non-affiliated broker/dealers, insurance companies, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund, including your financial intermediary. The total amount of these payments is substantial, may be substantial to any given recipient and may exceed the costs and expenses incurred by the recipient for any fund-related marketing or shareholder servicing activities. The payments described in this paragraph are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” Revenue sharing arrangements are separately negotiated.

Revenue sharing payments create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it receives or may receive. Revenue sharing payments, as well as payments under the shareholder services and distribution plan (where applicable), also benefit the manager, the distributor and their affiliates to the extent the payments result in more assets being invested in the fund on which fees are being charged.

 

16   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Choosing a class of shares to buy

 

Individual investors can generally invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares. Individual investors who held Class I shares prior to November 20, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares.

Retirement Plan and Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and Institutional Investors – eligible investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose a class that may be appropriate for you.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

 

  Ÿ  

How much you plan to invest

 

  Ÿ  

How long you expect to own the shares

 

  Ÿ  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus

 

  Ÿ  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

 

  Ÿ  

Availability of share classes

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be the more economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C shares more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and/or your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and/or service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

Each class of shares except Class IS shares is authorized to pay fees for recordkeeping services to Service Agents. As a result, operating expenses of classes that incur new or additional recordkeeping fees may increase over time.

You may buy shares:

 

  Ÿ  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisers, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

 

  Ÿ  

Directly from the fund

Your Service Agent may provide shareholder services that differ from the services provided by other Service Agents. Services provided by your Service Agent may vary by class. You should ask your Service Agent to explain the shareholder services it provides for each class and the compensation it receives in connection with each class. Remember that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest.

Your Service Agent may not offer all classes of shares. You should contact your Service Agent for further information.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   17


Choosing a class of shares to buy cont’d

 

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

 

  Ÿ  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

 

  Ÿ  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

 

  Ÿ  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To visit the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses, and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

18   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Comparing the fund’s classes

 

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the fee table and example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you choose a class that may be appropriate for you. Please contact your Service Agent regarding the availability of Class FI, Class R or Class R1 shares. You may be required to provide appropriate documentation confirming your eligibility to invest in these share classes. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

    Key features   Initial sales charge  

Contingent deferred

sales charge

 

Annual distribution and/

or service fees

  Exchange privilege 1
Class A  

Ÿ Initial sales charge

Ÿ You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

Ÿ Generally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

  Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more   1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class B  

Ÿ No initial sales charge

Ÿ Contingent deferred sales charge declines over time

Ÿ Converts to
Class A after approximately 8 years

Ÿ Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   Up to 5.00% charged if you redeem shares. This charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors   0.75% of average daily net assets   Class B shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class C  

Ÿ No initial sales charge

Ÿ Contingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

Ÿ Does not convert to Class A

Ÿ Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

  None   1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class C shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class FI  

Ÿ No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

Ÿ Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

  None   None   0.25% of average daily net assets   Class FI shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class R  

Ÿ No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

Ÿ Only offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

  None   None   0.50% of average daily net assets   Class R shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   19


Comparing the fund’s classes cont’d

 

    Key features   Initial sales charge   Contingent deferred
sales charge
  Annual distribution and/
or service fees
  Exchange privilege 1
Class R1  

Ÿ  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

Ÿ  Only offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

Ÿ  Generally higher annual expenses than Class R

  None   None   1.00% of average daily net assets   Class R1 shares of funds sold by the distributor 2
Class I  

Ÿ  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

Ÿ  Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

Ÿ  Generally lower annual expenses than all classes except Class IS

  None   None   None   Class I shares of funds sold by the distributor
Class IS  

Ÿ  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

Ÿ  Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

Ÿ  Generally lower annual expenses than the other classes

  None   None   None   Class IS shares of funds sold by the distributor

 

1

Ask your Service Agent about the funds available for exchange.

2

In this class, your options for exchange may be limited as the class is newly introduced.

 

20   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Sales charges

 

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends that you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. It also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by the distributor, the distributor will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will receive a distribution and/or service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of Investment      Sales charge
as % of
offering price
     Sales charge
as % of net
amount
invested
     Broker/dealer
commission as
% of
offering price
Less than $25,000      5.75      6.10      5.00
$25,000 but less than $50,000      5.00      5.26      4.25
$50,000 but less than $100,000      4.50      4.71      3.75
$100,000 but less than $250,000      3.50      3.63      2.75
$250,000 but less than $500,000      2.50      2.56      2.00
$500,000 but less than $750,000      2.00      2.04      1.60
$750,000 but less than $1 million      1.50      1.52      1.20
$1 million or more 1      -0-      -0-      up to 1.00

 

1

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution and/or service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Accumulation Privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of funds sold by the distributor that are owned by:

 

  Ÿ  

you or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charges.

If you hold fund shares in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be combined. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   21


Sales charges cont’d

 

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

 

  Ÿ  

Letter of Intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of shares of funds sold by the distributor that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

 

  Ÿ  

you or

 

  Ÿ  

your spouse, and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter of intent, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase and any capital appreciation on those shares. In addition, you can include toward your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible holdings.

If you hold shares of funds sold by the distributor in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Service Agents

 

  Ÿ  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a fund sold by the distributor in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

 

  Ÿ  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

 

  Ÿ  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

 

  Ÿ  

Investors investing through certain Retirement Plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase      1st      2nd      3rd      4th      5th      6th through 8th
Contingent deferred sales charge (%)      5      4      3      2      1      0

LMIS generally will pay Service Agents selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. The fund pays annual distribution and/or service fees of up to 0.75% of the average daily net assets of Class B shares. Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

 

22   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


 

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued: at initial purchase   Shares issued: on reinvestment of
dividends and distributions
  Shares issued: upon exchange
from another fund sold by LMIS
Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase   In same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)   On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into Class A shares

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS generally will pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell. LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares

You buy Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Service Agents receive an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by Class FI shares serviced by them, up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by Class R shares serviced by them and up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by Class R1 shares serviced by them.

Class I and Class IS shares

You buy Class I and Class IS shares at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

Class I and Class IS shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   23


More about contingent deferred sales charges

 

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

 

  Ÿ  

When you exchange shares for shares of another fund sold by the distributor

 

  Ÿ  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

 

  Ÿ  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then redeem the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeem shares of a fund sold by the distributor and pay a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

 

  Ÿ  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

 

  Ÿ  

On certain distributions from a Retirement Plan

 

  Ÿ  

For Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

  Ÿ  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

 

  Ÿ  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, select “Equity” and click on the name of the fund in the dropdown menu.

 

24   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors

 

Retirement Plans

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth individual retirement accounts, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs or similar accounts.

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally invest in Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shares.

Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary. The distributor may impose certain additional requirements. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Class C shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class R1 shares available. Please see below for additional information.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plan investors can generally invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may invest in Class A, Class FI or Class I shares. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I and Class IS shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, Class B and Class C shares, which have different investment minimums, fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, defined benefit plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

Class A and Class B — Retirement Plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

 

  Ÿ  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares

 

  Ÿ  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account

 

  Ÿ  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants or has total assets exceeding $1 million

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   25


Retirement and Institutional Investors — eligible investors cont’d

 

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that are permitted to purchase shares at net asset value, LMIS may pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Class C — Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution and/or service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class FI shares

Class FI shares are offered only to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediaries and Retirement Plan programs.

Class R shares

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary).

Class R1 shares

Class R1 shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary).

Class I shares

Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and other investors authorized by LMIS. Certain waivers of these requirements for individuals associated with the fund, Legg Mason or its affiliates are discussed in the SAI.

Class IS shares

Class IS shares may be purchased only by Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund and Institutional Investors. In order to purchase Class IS shares, an investor must hold its shares in one account with the fund, which account is not subject to payment of recordkeeping or similar fees by the fund to any intermediary.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher distribution and/or service fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

Your Service Agent may not offer all share classes. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

26   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

 

You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

 

Ÿ   Name of fund being bought

 

Ÿ   Class of shares being bought

 

Ÿ   Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

 

Ÿ   Account number (if existing account)

Through a
service agent
  

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares.

 

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

Through the fund   

Investors should contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to open an account and make arrangements to buy shares. For initial purchases, complete and send your account application to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Subsequent purchases should be sent to the same address. Enclose a check to pay for the shares.

 

For more information, please call Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time).

Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

 

Ÿ   Amounts transferred must meet the applicable minimums (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

Ÿ   Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

Ÿ   If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   27


Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares of the fund for the same class of shares of other funds sold by the distributor on any day that both the fund and the fund into which you are exchanging are open for business.
Legg Mason
offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of large and small investors
  

You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.

 

Ÿ   If you bought shares through a Service Agent, contact your Service Agent to learn which funds your Service Agent makes available to you for exchanges

 

Ÿ   If you bought shares directly from the fund, contact Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to learn which funds are available to you for exchanges

 

Ÿ   Not all funds offer all classes

 

Ÿ   Some funds are offered only in a limited number of states. Your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will provide information about the funds offered in your state

 

Ÿ   Remember that an exchange is normally a taxable transaction unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account

 

Ÿ   Always be sure to read the prospectus of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

Investment minimums, sales charges and other requirements   

Ÿ   In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange

 

Ÿ   Your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased

 

Ÿ   You will generally be required to meet the minimum investment requirement for the class of shares of the fund into which your exchange is made (except in the case of systematic exchange plans)

 

Ÿ   Your exchange will also be subject to any other requirements of the fund into which you are exchanging shares

 

Ÿ   If you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates, endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers, to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before the exchange is effective

 

Ÿ   The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in a pattern of excessive exchanges

By telephone   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for information. Exchanges are priced at the net asset value next determined.

 

Telephone exchanges may be made only between accounts that have identical registrations and may be made on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

28   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


 

Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic exchanges of shares of the fund for shares of other funds available for exchange. All requirements for exchanging shares described above apply to these exchanges. In addition:

 

Ÿ  Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

Ÿ  Each exchange must meet the applicable investment minimums for systematic investment plans (see “Purchase and sale of fund shares”)

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   29


Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 to redeem shares of the fund.

 

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

 

If you hold share certificates, you must deliver the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee to the transfer agent or your Service Agent before you may redeem.

 

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, partnership or similar entity, other documents may be required.

Redemption proceeds   

Your redemption proceeds normally will be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days, except that your proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your share purchase was made by check.

 

Your redemption proceeds may be delayed, or your right to receive redemption proceeds suspended, if the NYSE is closed (other than on weekends or holidays) or trading is restricted, if an emergency exists, or otherwise as permitted by order of the SEC.

 

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated by you. To change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers, you will be required to deliver a new written authorization and may be asked to provide other documents. You may be charged a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).

 

In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 

The fund reserves the right to pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities.

By mail   

Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, write to the fund at the following address:

 

Legg Mason Funds

P.O. Box 55214

Boston, Massachusetts 02205-8504

 

Your written request must provide the following:

 

Ÿ   The fund name, the class of shares being redeemed and your account number

 

Ÿ   The dollar amount or number of shares being redeemed

 

Ÿ   Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

 

Ÿ   Signature guarantees, as applicable (see “Other things to know about transactions”)

By telephone   

If your account application permits, you may be eligible to redeem shares by telephone. Contact your Service Agent or, if you hold shares directly with the fund, call Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. (Eastern time) for more information. Please have the following information ready when you call:

 

Ÿ   Name of fund being redeemed

 

Ÿ   Class of shares being redeemed

 

Ÿ   Account number

 

30   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


 

Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You may be permitted to schedule automatic redemptions of a portion of your shares. To qualify, you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for Retirement Plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50.

 

The following conditions apply:

 

Ÿ  Your shares must not be represented by certificates

 

Ÿ  Redemptions may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

 

Ÿ  If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the charge will be required to be paid upon redemption. However, the charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the redemptions commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year

 

Ÿ  You must elect to have all dividends and distributions reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   31


Other things to know about transactions

 

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

 

Ÿ  

Name of the fund

 

Ÿ  

Your account number

 

Ÿ  

In the case of a purchase (including a purchase as part of an exchange transaction), the class of shares being bought

 

Ÿ  

In the case of an exchange or redemption, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed (if you own more than one class)

 

Ÿ  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

 

Ÿ  

In certain circumstances, the signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered (see “Redeeming shares”)

The fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish accounts with the fund.

In certain circumstances, such as during periods of market volatility, severe weather and emergencies, shareholders may experience difficulties placing exchange or redemption orders by telephone. In that case, shareholders should consider using the fund’s other exchange and redemption procedures described above under ”Exchanging shares” and “Redeeming shares.”

The transfer agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for these transactions.

The fund has the right to:

 

Ÿ  

Suspend the offering of shares

 

Ÿ  

Waive or change minimum initial and additional investment amounts

 

Ÿ  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

 

Ÿ  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

 

Ÿ  

Suspend telephone transactions

 

Ÿ  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

 

Ÿ  

Are redeeming shares with a value over $50,000

 

Ÿ  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

 

Ÿ  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

 

Ÿ  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

 

Ÿ  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

 

Ÿ  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

 

32   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


 

Anti-money laundering

Federal anti-money laundering regulations require all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you sign your account application, you may be asked to provide additional information in order for the fund to verify your identity in accordance with these regulations. Accounts may be restricted and/or closed, and the monies withheld, pending verification of this information or as otherwise required under these and other federal regulations.

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

The fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your account up to a minimum investment amount as determined by your Service Agent if the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period). You will be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. If your account is closed, you will not be eligible to have your account reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent trading of fund shares

Frequent trading in the fund’s shares increases the fund’s administrative costs associated with processing shareholder transactions. In addition, frequent trading may potentially interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio and increase the fund’s costs associated with trading the fund’s portfolio securities. Under certain circumstances, frequent trading may also dilute the returns earned on shares held by the fund’s other shareholders. The fund therefore discourages frequent purchases and redemptions by shareholders.

The fund reserves the right to refuse any client or reject any purchase order for shares (including exchanges) for any reason. In particular, the Board has determined that the fund is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the securities markets.

Under the fund’s frequent trading policy, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever the fund detects a pattern of excessive trading. The policy currently provides that the fund will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the fund if that shareholder has engaged in three or more “Round Trips” (defined below) during any rolling 12-month period. The restriction on the number of Round Trips may change from time to time by amendment of the frequent trading policy. The fund may determine to restrict a shareholder from making additional purchases prior to engaging in three Round Trips. However, the fund has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful to the fund. In making such a determination, the fund will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading and the amount of trading. Additionally, the fund has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the fund may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the fund.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   33


Other things to know about transactions cont’d

 

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into the fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of fund shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips.

With respect to accounts where shareholder transactions are processed or records are kept by third-party intermediaries, the fund uses reasonable efforts to monitor such accounts to detect suspicious trading patterns. For any such account that is so identified, the fund will make such further inquiries and take such other actions as shall be considered necessary or appropriate to enforce the fund’s frequent trading policy against the shareholder(s) trading through such account and, if necessary, the third-party intermediary (retirement plan administrators, securities broker/dealers and mutual fund marketplaces) maintaining such account. The fund may accept undertakings from intermediaries to enforce frequent trading policies on behalf of the fund that provide a substantially similar level of protection against excessive trading. Shareholders who own shares of the fund through financial intermediaries should examine any disclosures provided by the intermediaries to determine what restrictions apply to the shareholders.

Although the fund will monitor shareholder transactions for certain patterns of frequent trading activity, there can be no assurance that all such trading activity can be identified, prevented or terminated.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, the certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificates to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

34   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Dividends, distributions and taxes

 

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends from income quarterly, which may include short-term capital gains. The fund makes long-term capital gains distributions, if any, once or twice a year. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from income. Capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

The following discussion is very general and does not address investors subject to special rules, such as investors who hold shares in the fund through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund. In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction   Federal Tax Status
Redemption or exchange of shares   Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
Long-term capital gain distributions   Long-term capital gain
Dividends   Ordinary income, potentially taxable at long-term capital gain rates

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Taxable dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares. Although dividends (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than dividends from tax-exempt organizations and certain dividends from real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies) and certain foreign corporations. Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a long-term capital gain distribution or a dividend because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment.

A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will, in certain circumstances, be treated as paid in December for tax purposes.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   35


Share price

 

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, adjusted for any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares.

The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. The fund generally values its securities and other assets and calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, normally at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time). If the NYSE closes at another time, the fund will calculate its net asset value as of the actual closing time. The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at a certain day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes on that day. If the NYSE closes early on that day, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time. It is the responsibility of the Service Agent to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

Valuation of the fund’s securities and other assets is performed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. These procedures delegate most valuation functions to the manager, which, in turn, uses independent third party pricing services approved by the fund’s Board. Under the procedures, assets are valued as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Equity securities and certain derivative instruments that are traded on an exchange are valued at the closing price or, if that price is unavailable or deemed by the manager not representative of market value, the last sale price. Where a security is traded on more than one exchange (as is often the case overseas), the security is generally valued at the price on the exchange considered by the manager to be the primary exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if exchange prices are not otherwise available, the prices are typically determined by independent third party pricing services that use a variety of techniques and methodologies.

 

  Ÿ  

The valuations for fixed income securities and certain derivative instruments are typically the prices supplied by independent third party pricing services, which may use market prices or broker/dealer quotations or a variety of fair valuation techniques and methodologies. Short-term fixed income securities that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value.

 

  Ÿ  

The valuations of securities traded on foreign markets and certain fixed income securities will generally be based on prices determined as of the earlier closing time of the markets on which they primarily trade, unless a significant event has occurred. When the fund holds securities or other assets that are denominated in a foreign currency, the fund will normally use the currency exchange rates as of 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time). The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to value foreign equity securities on days when a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index suggests that the closing prices on foreign exchanges may no longer represent the value of those securities at the time of closing of the NYSE. Foreign markets are open for trading on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

 

  Ÿ  

If independent third party pricing services are unable to supply prices for a portfolio investment, or if the prices supplied are deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined by the manager using quotations from one or more broker/dealers. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. These procedures permit, among other things, the use of a matrix, formula or other method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments to determine fair value. Fair value of a security is the amount as determined by the manager in good faith, that the fund might reasonably expect to receive upon a current sale of the security. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated.

Many factors may influence the price at which the fund could sell any particular portfolio investment. The sales price may well differ – higher or lower – from the fund’s last valuation, and such differences could

 

36   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


 

be significant, particularly for securities that trade in relatively thin markets and/or markets that experience extreme volatility. Moreover, valuing securities using fair value methodologies involves greater reliance on judgment than valuing securities based on market quotations. A fund that uses fair value methodologies may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value. Investors who purchase or redeem fund shares on days when the fund is holding fair- valued securities may receive a greater or lesser number of shares, or higher or lower redemption proceeds, than they would have received if the fund had not fair-valued the security or had used a different methodology.

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   37


Financial highlights

 

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years, unless otherwise noted. No financial highlights are presented for Class FI, Class R1 and Class IS shares because no Class FI, Class R1 and Class IS shares were outstanding for the periods shown. The returns for Class FI, Class R1 and Class IS shares will differ from those of the other classes to the extent that its expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by [            ], an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the Annual Report (available upon request). The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

 

38   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Appendix A

 

The performance information shown below is that of Class I shares of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (“Equity Income Builder Fund”) for the period from inception on August 29, 2008 through its termination on December 4, 2009. The fund adopted investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of Equity Income Builder Fund effective December 7, 2009. The performance is shown net of fees and expenses applicable to the fund’s Class [I] shares. Equity Income Builder Fund’s performance is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future . This information is provided to show how a fund with investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to those of the fund performed in the past. Investors should not rely on this information as an indication of actual performance or future performance of the fund. Equity Income Builder Fund's performance data represents past performance and do not guarantee future results. Performance results fluctuate, and there can be no assurance that objectives will always be achieved. Other methods of computing returns may produce different results, and the results for different periods will vary.

Equity Income Builder Fund was reorganized into the fund effective December 4, 2009. The fund adopted the investment objective, policies and strategies of Equity Income Builder Fund and changed its name to Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund effective December 7, 2009.

 

Average annual total returns (for period ended December 4, 2009) (%)
      

Since

inception

  

Inception

date

Class I         08/29/2008

 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund   39


Privacy Policy

 

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

 

Ÿ  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about our customers or former customers, except to our affiliates (such as broker/dealers or investment advisers within the Legg Mason family of companies) or as is otherwise permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions or service an account. We may also provide this information to companies that perform marketing services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. When we enter into such agreements, we will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the Prospectus.]

 

40   Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund


Privacy Policy

 

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

 

Ÿ  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

 

Ÿ  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about our customers or former customers, except to our affiliates (such as broker/dealers or investment advisers within the Legg Mason family of companies) or as is otherwise permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions or service an account. We may also provide this information to companies that perform marketing services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. When we enter into such agreements, we will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the Prospectus.]


Legg Mason ClearBridge

Equity Income Builder Fund

 

You may visit the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors/prospectuses for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent, Funds Investor Services or Institutional Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Funds Investor Services at 1-800-822-5544 or Institutional Shareholder Services at 1-888-425-6432, or by writing to the fund at 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-06444)

FD0213ST 04/10


[            ], 2010

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST

LEGG MASON PERMAL TACTICAL ALLOCATION FUND

Class A (LPTAX), Class C (LPTCX), Class FI (LPTFX),

Class R, Class I (LPTIX) and Class IS (LPTSX)

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

Funds Investor Services 1-800-822-5544

Institutional Shareholder Services 1-888-425-6432

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the current Prospectus of Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund (the “fund”) dated [            ], 2010, as amended or supplemented from time to time and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. The fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The fund’s Prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”), or by writing or calling the Trust at the address or telephone number set forth above, by sending an email request to prospectus@leggmason.com or by visiting the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Investment Objective and Management Policies

   3

Investment Practices and Risk Factors

   4

Investment Policies

   41

Management

   46

Investment Management and Other Services

   54

Purchase of Shares

   66

Redemption of Shares

   72

Exchange Privilege

   73

Valuation of Shares

   74

Portfolio Transactions

   74

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   76

The Trust

   78

Taxes

   81

Financial Statements

   90

Appendix A—Description of Ratings

   A-1

Appendix B—Permal Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

   B-1

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the Prospectus or this SAI in connection with the offerings made by the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the fund or its distributor. The Prospectus and this SAI do not constitute offerings by the fund or by the distributor in any jurisdiction in which such offerings may not lawfully be made.

 

2


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) as an open-end, diversified management investment company.

The fund’s Prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and policies. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment policies in its Prospectus.

Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies

The fund is managed as a tactical asset allocation program. The fund seeks to provide total return in excess of a traditional 60/30/10 (equity/fixed income/cash) portfolio over the medium term.

The fund is a “fund of funds,” which is a term used to describe a mutual fund that pursues its investment objective by investing primarily in other investment companies (underlying funds).

In seeking to meet its investment objective, the fund allocates assets in accordance with decisions made by Permal Asset Management Inc. (“Permal”), one of the fund’s subadvisers. The fund will seek to achieve its objective by allocating assets and primarily investing in mutual funds, closed-end funds, exchange traded funds (ETFs) and indexed or other performance-related instruments, including exchange traded notes (ETNs), as identified by Permal. The fund may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated open-end funds and unaffiliated closed-end funds, including funds which are not registered under the 1940 Act. Some of these unregistered closed-end funds may be referred to as “hedge funds.” The fund may change the underlying funds—whether affiliated or unaffiliated—from time to time without notice to shareholders.

The fund anticipates that it will regularly gain exposure to one or more of the following asset classes, although it is not required to maintain exposure to any particular asset class:

 

   

global equity

   

fixed income

   

real estate

   

infrastructure investments

   

commodity investments

   

hedge fund strategies

   

cash and cash equivalents

The fund may invest in underlying funds that employ any investment strategy or technique and may invest in any region or country. The fund also may invest directly in equity securities, fixed income securities and derivatives, including forward foreign currency contracts. The composition of the fund’s investment portfolio will vary over time based on Permal’s overall asset allocation decisions and top-down and bottom-up implementation. The fund will remain flexible in its use of investment strategies and techniques and can seek both long and short exposure through passive and actively managed vehicles.

The fund typically will invest, directly or through underlying funds and ETNs, approximately

 

   

20% to 80% of its total assets in equity-related investments,

   

10% to 60% of its total assets in fixed income-related investments,

   

0% to 40% of its total assets in commodities, real estate assets, infrastructure assets, foreign currencies, hedge fund strategies

   

0% to 40% in cash and cash equivalents

 

3


The following table compares the fund’s asset allocation ranges to a traditional 60% equity/30% fixed income/10% cash portfolio.

TARGET ASSET ALLOCATION

 

ASSET CLASS

   BENCHMARK    BENCHMARK
ALLOCATION
    ALLOCATION
RANGE

Equities

   MSCI World Index    60   20%-80%

Fixed Income

   Barclays Capital
U.S. Aggregate Index
   30   10%-60%

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   Treasury Bills    10   0%-40%

Alternative Investments (indirect investments in commodities, real estate assets, infrastructure assets, foreign currencies and hedge fund strategies)

      —        0%-40%

Other than investments in closed-end funds, Permal seeks to allocate fund assets first among Legg Mason affiliated funds and then among other underlying funds that, in its view, represent attractive investment opportunities that will assist the fund in achieving its investment objective. However, Permal will consider periodically rebalancing the fund’s portfolio to maintain what it considers to be an appropriate mix of asset classes, given its prevailing market views. There is no guarantee that any given underlying fund will accept additional investments from the fund at the time the fund wishes to make such an additional investment or at any time thereafter. Furthermore, any underlying fund may return the fund’s investment in whole or in part without the fund’s consent (as a result of the underlying fund’s liquidation or other compulsory redemption).

Permal anticipates that the number and identity of underlying funds and other investments will vary over time as a result of allocations and reallocations among new and existing underlying funds and the performance of each underlying fund as compared to the performance of other fund assets. In addition, to avoid potential adverse regulatory consequences, the fund may need to hold its interest in an underlying fund in non-voting form or limit its voting rights to a certain percentage. Except for ETFs, the fund generally does not intend to own 5% or more of the voting securities of any underlying unaffiliated fund. Such a limitation on voting rights is intended to prevent an underlying unaffiliated fund from becoming an “affiliated person” of the fund for purposes of the 1940 Act. If the fund becomes an affiliated person of an underlying fund through ownership of its voting securities or otherwise, the 1940 Act may limit the ability of the fund to transact with the underlying fund or its affiliates.

The fund may seek to gain exposure to certain asset classes, such as ETFs that invest primarily in commodities or master limited partnerships, through investments in its wholly-owned subsidiary, Tactical Allocation Fund Ltd., a Cayman Islands limited company. The subsidiary may invest without limit in these investments. The subsidiary has the same investment manager and subadvisers as the fund. The fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in the subsidiary.

There is no guarantee that the fund will achieve its investment objective.

INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISK FACTORS

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the underlying funds and the fund.

Because the fund invests primarily in the underlying funds, rather than directly in securities or other instruments, the strategies and risks below are described by reference to the underlying funds. However, each of the strategies and risks described below may not apply to all of the underlying funds. To the extent that the fund

 

4


invests directly in securities and other instruments, the strategies and risks described below are also directly applicable to the fund. In addition, certain of the regulatory requirements described in this SAI relating to, among other things, use of derivatives will apply only to the fund and those underlying funds that are registered investment companies under the 1940 Act and qualify for treatment as regulated investment companies under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The underlying funds that are neither registered nor regulated investment companies will not be subject to these requirements.

Equity Securities

General . Equity securities are subject to the following risks: the risk that their prices generally fluctuate more than those of other securities, such as debt or fixed income securities; the risk that prices of securities will go down because of the interplay of market forces, which may affect a single issuer, industry or sector of the economy, country or region, or may affect the market as a whole; the risk that an adverse company-specific event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may negatively affect the stock price of a company in which an underlying fund invests; and the risk that an underlying fund may experience a substantial or complete loss on an individual stock.

Common Stocks . Certain underlying funds may invest in common stocks. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity securities. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.

Preferred Stock . Certain underlying funds may invest in preferred stocks which, like debt obligations, have characteristics similar to fixed income securities. Holders of preferred stocks normally have the right to receive dividends at a fixed rate when and as declared by the issuer’s board of directors, but do not participate in other amounts available for distribution by the issuing corporation. Dividends on preferred stock may be cumulative, and all cumulative dividends usually must be paid prior to common shareholders receiving any dividend. For that reason, preferred stocks generally entail less risk than common stocks. Upon liquidation, preferred stocks are entitled to a specified liquidation preference, which is generally the same as the par or stated value, and are senior in right of payment to common stock. Preferred stocks are, however, equity securities in the sense that they do not represent a liability of the issuer and, therefore, do not offer as great a degree of protection of capital or assurance of continued income as investments in corporate debt securities. In addition, preferred stocks are subordinated in right of payment to all debt obligations and creditors of the issuer, and convertible preferred stocks may be subordinated to other preferred stock of the same issuer.

Foreign Securities . Certain underlying funds may invest all or a portion of their assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers. Foreign investments include non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities traded outside the United States and U.S. dollar-denominated securities traded in the United States (such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)).

The returns of the underlying fund may be adversely affected by fluctuations in value of one or more currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include risks resulting from revaluation of currencies; future adverse political and economic developments and the possible imposition of currency exchange blockages or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; reduced availability of public information concerning issuers; differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions; the possibility of expropriation, nationalization or confiscatory taxation; possible withholding taxes and limitations on the use or removal of funds or other assets, including the withholding of dividends; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Additionally, foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility and be less liquid. Many of the foreign securities

 

5


held by an underlying fund will not be registered with, nor will the issuers thereof be subject to the reporting requirements of, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information about the securities and about the foreign company issuing them than is available about a U.S. company and its securities. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions. The fund, through its investment in certain of the underlying funds or directly, may invest in securities of foreign governments (or agencies or subdivisions thereof), and, many, if not all, of the foregoing considerations apply to such investments as well. These risks are intensified when investing in countries with developing economies and securities markets, also known as “emerging markets.”

The costs associated with investment in the securities of foreign issuers, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions and custodial fees, may be higher than those associated with investment in domestic issuers. In addition, foreign investment transactions may be subject to difficulties associated with the settlement of such transactions. Transactions in securities of foreign issuers may be subject to less efficient settlement practices, including extended clearance and settlement periods. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return can be earned on them. The inability of the fund to make intended investments due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in liability to the purchaser.

Since the underlying funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and since the underlying funds may hold foreign currencies, the underlying funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in exchange rates between such currencies and the U.S. dollar. Changes in currency exchange rates may influence the value of an underlying fund’s shares, and also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned by an underlying fund and gains and losses realized by an underlying fund. Exchange rates are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments, other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

Certain underlying funds may invest in the securities of foreign and domestic issuers in the form of ADRs and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”). Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the domestic market. Usually issued by a U.S. bank or trust company, ADRs are receipts that demonstrate ownership of underlying foreign securities. ADRs may be sponsored or unsponsored; issuers of securities underlying unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the United States. Accordingly, there may be less information available about such issuers than there is with respect to domestic companies and issuers of securities underlying sponsored ADRs. The underlying funds may also invest in GDRs, EDRs and other similar instruments, which are receipts that are often denominated in U.S. dollars and are issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. bank evidencing ownership of underlying foreign securities. Even where they are denominated in U.S. dollars, depositary receipts are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is denominated in a foreign currency. EDRs are issued in bearer form and are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

For purposes of the underlying funds’ investment policies, depositary receipts generally are deemed to have the same classifications as the underlying securities they represent. Thus, a depositary receipt representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.

Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, very negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging markets. Economies in emerging markets generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected

 

6


adversely by economic conditions, trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.

While some emerging market countries have sought to develop a number of corrective mechanisms to reduce inflation or mitigate its effects, inflation may have significant effects both on emerging market economies and their securities markets. In addition, many of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced steady devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major devaluations have occurred in certain countries.

Because of the high levels of foreign denominated debt owed by many emerging market countries, fluctuating exchange rates can significantly affect the debt service obligations of those countries. This could, in turn, affect local interest rates, profit margins and exports, which are a major source of foreign exchange earnings.

To the extent an emerging market country faces a liquidity crisis with respect to its foreign exchange reserves, it may increase restrictions on the outflow of any foreign exchange. Repatriation is ultimately dependent on the ability of a fund to liquidate its investments and convert the local currency proceeds obtained from such liquidation into U.S. dollars. Where this conversion must be done through official channels (usually the central bank or certain authorized commercial banks), the ability to obtain U.S. dollars is dependent on the availability of such U.S. dollars through those channels, and, if available, upon the willingness of those channels to allocate those U.S. dollars to a fund. In such a case, a fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may be adversely affected by any increased restrictions imposed on the outflow of foreign exchange. If a fund is unable to repatriate any amounts due to exchange controls, it may be required to accept an obligation payable at some future date by the central bank or other governmental entity of the jurisdiction involved. If such conversion can legally be done outside official channels, either directly or indirectly, a fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may not be affected as much by any increased restrictions except to the extent of the price which may be required to be paid for the U.S. dollars.

Many emerging market countries have little experience with the corporate form of business organization and may not have well-developed corporation and business laws or concepts of fiduciary duty in the business context.

The securities markets of emerging markets are substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the securities markets of the United States and other more developed countries. Disclosure and regulatory standards in many respects are less stringent than in the United States and other major markets. There also may be a lower level of monitoring and regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors in such markets; enforcement of existing regulations has been extremely limited. Investing in the securities of companies in emerging markets may entail special risks relating to the potential political and economic instability and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investment, convertibility of currencies into U.S. dollars and on repatriation of capital invested. In the event of such expropriation, nationalization or other confiscation by any country, a fund could lose its entire investment in any such country.

Some emerging markets have different settlement and clearance procedures. In certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The inability of a fund to make intended securities purchases due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of a portfolio security caused by settlement problems could result either in losses to a fund due to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or, if a fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, in possible liability to the purchaser.

The risk also exists that an emergency situation may arise in one or more emerging markets as a result of which trading of securities may cease or may be substantially curtailed and prices for the fund’s portfolio securities in such markets may not be readily available. Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act permits a registered investment company to suspend redemption of its shares for any period during which an emergency exists, as

 

7


determined by the SEC. Accordingly, if the fund believes that appropriate circumstances warrant, it will promptly apply to the SEC for a determination that an emergency exists within the meaning of Section 22(a) of the 1940 Act. During the period commencing from the fund’s identification of such conditions until the date of SEC action, the portfolio securities in the affected markets will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board.

Although it might be theoretically possible to hedge for anticipated income and gains, the ongoing and indeterminate nature of the risks associated with emerging market investing (and the costs associated with hedging transactions) makes it very difficult to hedge effectively against such risks.

Equity Linked Notes. Equity linked notes, or ELNs, are securities that are valued based upon the performance of one or more equity securities, such as a stock index, a group of stocks or a single stock. ELNs offer investors the opportunity to participate in the appreciation of the underlying local equity securities where an underlying fund may not have established local access. Investors in ELNs are subject to risk of loss of principal investment.

Warrants . A warrant entitles an underlying fund to purchase common stock from the issuer at a specified price and time. Since a warrant does not carry with it the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to securities that the warrant holder is entitled to purchase, and because it does not represent any rights to the assets of the issuer, a warrant may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. Warrants acquired by an underlying fund in units or attached to securities may be deemed to be without value.

Model Risk . The proprietary models that may be used by certain underlying funds’ advisers to evaluate securities or securities markets are based on the adviser’s understanding of the interplay of market factors and do not assure successful investment. The markets or the prices of individual securities may be affected by factors not foreseen in developing the models.

Style Risk . The value approach to investing involves the risk that value stocks may remain undervalued. Value investing seeks stocks having prices that are low in relation to their real worth or future prospects, with the expectation that the fund will realize appreciation in the value of its holdings when other investors realize the intrinsic value of the stock. Value stocks as a group may be out of favor and underperform the overall equity market for a long period of time, while the market concentrates on “growth” stocks. Value funds often concentrate much of their investments in certain industries, and thus will be more susceptible to factors adversely affecting issuers within that industry than would a more diversified portfolio of securities.

The market values of growth stocks may be more volatile than other types of investments and may lack dividends that can cushion share prices during market declines. The returns on growth securities may or may not move in tandem with the returns of other styles of investing or the overall stock markets.

Capitalization Risk . Returns on investments in stocks of large capitalization companies could trail the returns on investments in stocks of small and medium capitalization companies. Returns on investments in medium capitalization companies could trail the returns on investments in stocks of larger or smaller companies. Returns on investments in stocks of small companies could trail the returns on investments in stocks of larger companies. Investments in securities of companies with small and medium market capitalizations are generally considered to offer greater opportunity for appreciation but involve special risks. The securities of those companies may be subject to more abrupt fluctuations in market price than larger, more established companies. Small to medium capitalization companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent upon a limited management group. In addition to exhibiting greater volatility, small and medium capitalization company stocks may, to a degree, fluctuate independently of larger company stocks, i.e. , small and medium capitalization company stocks may decline in price as the prices of large company stocks rise or vice versa. Micro cap companies may be newly formed or in the early stages of development with limited

 

8


product lines, markets or financial resources. Therefore, micro cap companies may be less financially secure than large, medium or small capitalization companies and may be more vulnerable to key personnel losses due to reliance on a smaller number of management personnel. In addition, there may be less public information available about these companies. Micro cap stock prices may be more volatile than those of large, medium and small capitalization companies. Such stocks may be more thinly traded and thus difficult for an underlying fund to buy and sell in the market.

Fixed Income Securities

General . Fixed income securities may be affected by general changes in interest rates, which will result in increases or decreases in the market value of the debt securities held by the underlying funds. The market value of the fixed income obligations in which the underlying funds may invest can be expected to vary inversely in relation to the changes in prevailing interest rates and also may be affected by other market and credit factors.

Many fixed income securities, especially those issued at high interest rates and with longer maturities, provide that the issuer may repay them early. Issuers often exercise this right when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate of the security. Accordingly, holders of callable securities may not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities experience when rates decline. Furthermore, the underlying funds most likely would have to reinvest the proceeds of the payoff at current yields, which would be lower than those paid by the security that was paid off.

Floating and variable rate income securities include securities whose rates vary inversely with changes in market rates of interest. Such securities may also pay a rate of interest determined by applying a multiple to the variable rate. The extent of increases and decreases in the value of securities whose rates vary inversely with changes in market rates of interest generally will be larger than comparable changes in the value of an equal principal amount of a fixed rate security having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity.

Zero Coupon, Discount and Payment-in-Kind Securities . Zero coupon securities generally pay no cash interest (or dividends in the case of preferred stock) to their holders prior to maturity. Payment-in-kind securities allow the lender, at its option, to make current interest payments on such securities either in cash or in additional securities. Accordingly, such securities usually are issued and traded at a deep discount from their face or par value and generally are subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than securities of comparable maturities and credit quality that pay cash interest (or dividends in the case of preferred stock) on a current basis.

Premium Securities . Premium securities are income securities bearing coupon rates higher than prevailing market rates. Premium securities are typically purchased at prices greater than the principal amounts payable on maturity. If securities purchased by an underlying fund at a premium are called or sold prior to maturity, a fund will recognize a capital loss to the extent the call or sale price is less than the purchase price. Additionally, the fund will recognize a capital loss if it holds such securities to maturity.

Yankee Bonds . Yankee bonds are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds sold in the United States by non-U.S. issuers. As compared with bonds issued in the United States, such bond issues normally carry a higher interest rate but are less actively traded.

Certain underlying funds may invest in high-quality, high-grade or investment-grade securities. High-quality securities are those rated in the two highest categories by Moody’s Investors Service Inc. (“Moody’s”) (Aaa or Aa) or Standard & Poor’s, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) (AAA or AA), or determined by the underlying fund’s adviser to be of comparable quality. High grade securities are those rated in the three highest categories by Moody’s (Aaa, Aa or A) or S&P (AAA, AA or A) or determined by the underlying fund’s adviser to be of comparable quality. Investment-grade securities are those rated in the four highest categories by Moody’s (Aaa, Aa, A or Baa) or S&P (AAA, AA, A or BBB) or determined by the

 

9


underlying fund’s adviser to be of comparable quality. Securities rated Baa or BBB have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of their issuer to make timely principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade securities.

High Yield Securities . Certain of the underlying funds may invest in securities rated below investment grade; that is, rated below Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P, or determined by the underlying fund’s adviser to be of comparable quality. Securities rated below investment grade (and comparable unrated securities) are the equivalent of high yield, high risk bonds, commonly known as “junk bonds.” Such securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations and involve major risk exposure to adverse business, financial, economic or political conditions. The prices of debt securities fluctuate in response to perceptions of the issuer’s creditworthiness and also tend to vary inversely with market interest rates. The value of such securities is likely to decline in times of rising interest rates. Conversely, when rates fall, the value of these investments is likely to rise. The longer the time to maturity the greater are variations in value. The ratings of S&P and Moody’s represent the opinions of those agencies. Such ratings are relative and subjective, and are not absolute standards of quality.

Generally, high yield, below investment grade securities offer a higher return potential than higher-rated securities but involve greater volatility of price and greater risk of loss of income and principal, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities. Below investment grade securities and comparable non-rated securities will likely have large uncertainties or major risk exposure to adverse conditions and are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The occurrence of adverse conditions and uncertainties would likely reduce the value of securities held by an underlying fund, with a commensurate effect on the value of the underlying fund’s shares.

The markets in which below investment grade securities or comparable non-rated securities are traded generally are more limited than those in which higher-quality securities are traded. The existence of limited markets for these securities may restrict the availability of securities for an underlying fund to purchase and also may restrict the ability of an underlying fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating NAV or to sell securities at their fair value. An economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of issuers of high yield securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

While the market values of below investment grade securities and comparable non-rated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-quality securities, the market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-quality securities. In addition, below investment grade securities and comparable non-rated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of below investment grade securities and comparable non-rated securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss because of default by such issuers is significantly greater because below investment grade securities and comparable non-rated securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. An underlying fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

Convertible Securities . A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion or exchange, convertible securities

 

10


ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower than the yield of nonconvertible debt. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable-tier nonconvertible securities, but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure.

The value of a convertible security is a function of (1) its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (2) its worth, at market value, if converted or exchanged into the underlying common stock. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which may be less than the ultimate conversion or exchange value.

Convertible securities are subject both to the stock market risk associated with equity securities and to the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed income securities. As the market price of the equity security underlying a convertible security falls, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its yield and other fixed income characteristics. As the market price of such equity security rises, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its equity conversion features.

Synthetic convertible securities are created by combining non-convertible bonds or preferred stocks with warrants or stock call options. Synthetic convertible securities differ from convertible securities in certain respects, including that each component of a synthetic convertible security has a separate market value and responds differently to market fluctuations. Investing in synthetic convertible securities involves the risks normally involved in holding the securities comprising the synthetic convertible security.

Convertible securities generally are subordinated to other similar but non-convertible securities of the same issuer, although convertible bonds, as corporate debt obligations, enjoy seniority in right of payment to all equity securities, and convertible preferred stock is senior to common stock of the same issuer. Convertible securities typically have lower ratings than similar nonconvertible securities because of the subordination feature.

Money Market Instruments . Most underlying funds may invest, for temporary defensive purposes, when opportunities for capital growth do not appear attractive or for other purposes in short-term corporate and government money market instruments. Money market instruments include: U.S. government securities; certificates of deposit (“CDs”), time deposits (“TDs”) and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States and subsidiaries located in Canada), domestic branches of foreign banks, savings and loan associations and similar institutions; commercial paper; and repurchase agreements with respect to the foregoing types of instruments. The following is a more detailed description of such money market instruments.

CDs are short-term negotiable obligations of commercial banks. TDs are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers usually in connection with international transactions.

Domestic commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Domestic banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each bank held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of governmental regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks, such as CDs and TDs, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and government regulation. Such obligations are subject to different risks than are those of domestic banks or

 

11


domestic branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of domestic banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations, and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a domestic bank than about a domestic bank. CDs issued by wholly owned Canadian subsidiaries of domestic banks are guaranteed as to repayment of principal and interest (but not as to sovereign risk) by the domestic parent bank.

Obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by governmental regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A domestic branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state, an amount of its assets equal to 5% of its total liabilities; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a domestic branch of a foreign bank than about a domestic bank.

In view of the foregoing factors associated with the purchase of CDs and TDs issued by foreign branches of domestic banks or by domestic branches of foreign banks, advisers of the underlying funds will carefully evaluate such investments on a case-by-case basis.

Savings and loans associations whose CDs may be purchased by the fund are supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC and is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. As a result, such savings and loan associations are subject to regulation and examination.

U.S. Government Securities . U.S. government securities include (1) U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (maturities generally greater than ten years) and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities which are supported by any of the following: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (such as Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) certificates); (b) the right of the issuer to borrow an amount limited to specific line of credit from the U.S. government (such as obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks); (c) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of agencies or instrumentalities (such as securities issued by Fannie Mae); or (d) only the credit of the instrumentality (such as securities issued by Freddie Mac). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, an underlying fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Neither the U.S. government nor any of its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the market value of the securities they issue. Therefore, the market value of such securities will fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates.

Ginnie Mae is a wholly owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are stockholder-owned companies chartered by Congress. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guarantee the securities they issue as to timely payment of principal and interest, but such guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

 

12


In September 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed into conservatorship by their regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency. It is unclear what effect this conservatorship will have on the securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Although the U.S. government has provided financial support to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, there can be no assurance that it will support these or other government-sponsored enterprises in the future.

Mortgage-Related Securities . Mortgage-related securities provide capital for mortgage loans made to residential homeowners and include securities which represent interests in pools of mortgage loans made by lenders such as savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled for sale to investors (such as an underlying fund) by various governmental, government-related and private organizations, such as dealers. The market value of mortgage-related securities will fluctuate as a result of changes in interest rates and mortgage rates.

Interests in pools of mortgage loans generally provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Securities issued by Ginnie Mae and Fannie Mae are fully modified pass-through securities, i.e. , the timely payment of principal and interest is guaranteed by the issuer. Freddie Mac securities are modified pass-through securities, i.e. , the timely payment of interest is guaranteed by Freddie Mac, principal is passed through as collected but payment thereof is guaranteed not later than one year after it becomes payable.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers, such as dealers, create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers also may be the originators of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payments with respect to such pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools is supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. There can be no assurance that the private insurers can meet their obligations under the policies. The underlying funds may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees if the adviser determines that the securities are an appropriate investment for the underlying fund.

Another type of security representing an interest in a pool of mortgage loans is known as a collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”). CMOs represent interests in a short-term, intermediate-term or long-term portion of a mortgage pool. Each portion of the pool receives monthly interest payments, but the principal repayments pass through to the short-term CMO first and to the long-term CMO last. A CMO permits an investor to more accurately predict the rate of principal repayments. CMOs are issued by private issuers, such as broker-dealers, and by government agencies, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Investments in CMOs are subject to the same risks as direct investments in the underlying mortgage-backed securities. In addition, in the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a broker that issued the CMO held by an underlying fund, such fund could experience delays in liquidating both its position and losses. An underlying fund may invest in CMOs in any rating category of the recognized rating services and may invest in unrated CMOs. An underlying fund may also invest in “stripped” CMOs, which represent only the income portion or the principal portion of the CMO. The values of stripped CMOs are very sensitive to interest rate changes; accordingly, these instruments present a greater risk of loss than conventional mortgage-backed securities.

Governmental, government-related or private entities may create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to those described above. The mortgages underlying these securities may be second mortgages or alternative mortgage instruments (for example, mortgage instruments whose principal or interest payments may vary or whose terms to maturity may differ from customary long-term fixed rate mortgages). As

 

13


new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, an underlying fund’s adviser may, consistent with the underlying fund’s investment objective and policies, consider making investments in such new types of securities.

The average life of securities representing interests in pools of mortgage loans is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools as a result of prepayments or foreclosures of such mortgages. Prepayments are passed through to the registered holder with the regular monthly payments of principal and interest, and have the effect of reducing future payments. To the extent the mortgages underlying a security representing an interest in a pool of mortgages are prepaid, an underlying fund may experience a loss (if the price at which the respective security was acquired by the fund was at a premium over par, which represents the price at which the security will be redeemed upon prepayment) or a gain (if the price at which the respective security was acquired by the fund was at a discount from par). In addition, prepayments of such securities held by the fund will reduce the share price of the fund to the extent the market value of the securities at the time of prepayment exceeds their par value, and will increase the share price of the fund to the extent the par value of the securities exceeds their market value at the time of prepayment. Prepayments may occur with greater frequency in periods of declining mortgage rates because, among other reasons, it may be possible for mortgagors to refinance their outstanding mortgages at lower interest rates. When market interest rates increase, the market values of mortgage-backed securities decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancing slows, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of mortgage securities is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of fixed income securities.

Asset-Backed Securities . Asset-backed securities are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pool of assets, or as debt instruments, which are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. The pool of assets generally represents the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities frequently carry credit protection in the form of extra collateral, subordinated certificates, cash reserve accounts, letters of credit or other enhancements. For example, payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or other enhancement issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. Assets which have been used to back asset-backed securities include motor vehicle installment sales contracts or installment loans secured by motor vehicles, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements.

Asset-backed securities present certain risks which are, generally, related to limited interests, if any, in related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Other types of asset-backed securities will be subject to the risks associated with the underlying assets. If a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement is exhausted or otherwise unavailable, holders of asset-backed securities may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying assets are not realized.

Foreign Government Securities . Among the foreign government securities in which certain underlying funds may invest are those issued by countries with developing economies, which are countries in the initial stages of their industrialization cycles. Investing in securities of countries with developing economies involves exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and less mature, and to political systems that can be expected

 

14


to have less stability, than those of developed countries. The markets of countries with developing economies historically have been more volatile than markets of the more mature economies of developed countries, but often have provided higher rates of return to investors.

Brady Bonds . Certain underlying funds may invest in Brady Bonds, which are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Niger, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay and Venezuela.

Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) secondary market. The Brady Bonds that the underlying funds may purchase have no or limited collateralization, and an underlying fund will be relying for payment of interest and (except in the case of principal collateralized Brady Bonds) principal primarily on the willingness and ability of the foreign government to make payment in accordance with the terms of the Brady Bonds. In the event of a default on collateralized Brady Bonds for which obligations are accelerated, the collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed. In light of the residual risk of the Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of default with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds are to be viewed as speculative. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”).

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors, including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which the underlying funds may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect an underlying fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may, therefore, have access to information not available to other market participants. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which the underlying funds may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the funds to suffer a loss of interest or principal on their holdings of Brady Bonds.

 

15


Bank Obligations . Domestic commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Domestic banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to an underlying fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of federal and state laws and regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, such as CDs and TDs, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and governmental regulation. Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks are subject to different risks than are those of U.S. banks or U.S. branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of U.S. banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to U.S. banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a U.S. bank than about a U.S. bank. CDs issued by wholly-owned Canadian subsidiaries of U.S. banks are guaranteed as to repayment of principal and interest, but not as to sovereign risk, by the U.S. parent bank.

Obligations of U.S. branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by federal and state regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. An U.S. branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state, an amount of its assets equal to 5% of its total liabilities; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly-available information about a U.S. branch of a foreign bank than about a U.S. bank.

Bank Loans . Certain underlying funds may invest in bank loans. Bank loans are fixed and floating rate loans arranged through private negotiations between a company or a non-U.S. government and one or more financial institutions (lenders). In connection with purchasing participations, the underlying funds generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and an underlying fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the underlying funds will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. When the underlying funds purchase assignments from lenders, the underlying funds will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan. The underlying funds may have difficulty disposing of bank loans because, in certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and on an underlying fund’s ability to dispose of the bank loan in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs) . Certain underlying funds may invest in ETNs. ETNs are senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt securities whose returns are linked to the performance of a particular market benchmark or strategy, minus applicable fees. ETNs are traded on an exchange ( e.g. , the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”)) during normal trading hours. However, investors can also hold the ETN until maturity. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day’s market benchmark or strategy factor.

 

16


ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments or provide principal protection. ETNs are subject to credit risk and the value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying asset. When an underlying fund invests in ETNs, it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. These fees and expenses generally reduce the return realized at maturity or upon redemption from an investment in an ETN; therefore, the value of the index underlying the ETN must increase significantly in order for an investor in an ETN to receive at least the principal amount of the investment at maturity or upon redemption. An underlying fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. ETNs are also subject to tax risk. The Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and Congress have in the past considered proposals that would change the timing and character of income and gains from ETNs. There may be times when an ETN share trades at a premium or discount to its net asset value (“NAV”).

Commercial Paper . Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, such as one of the underlying funds, pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. Transfer of such notes is usually restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary trading market for such notes.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) . Certain underlying funds may invest in pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests, called REITs. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. Debt securities issued by REITs, for the most part, are general and unsecured obligations and are subject to risks associated with REITs. Like mutual funds, REITs have expenses, including advisory and administration fees paid by REIT shareholders and, as a result, a fund is subject to a duplicate level of fees if the fund invests in REITs.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to shareholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees and borrowers. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to industry related risks.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed income obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans the interest rates on which are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, REITs have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500 Index.

 

17


Illiquidity of Investments in Underlying Funds . The fund may invest in a combination of affiliated and unaffiliated funds, which may or may not be registered under the 1940 Act. Investments in unregistered funds generally will be illiquid and generally may not be transferred without the consent of the underlying fund. The fund may be unable to liquidate its investment in an underlying unregistered fund when desired (and incur losses as a result), or may be required to sell such investment regardless of whether it desires to do so. Upon its withdrawal of all or a portion of its interest in an unregistered fund, the fund may receive securities that are illiquid or difficult to value. In such a case, Permal would seek to cause the fund to dispose of these securities in a manner that is in the fund’s best interests. The fund may not be able to withdraw from an underlying unregistered fund except at certain designated times, thereby limiting the ability of Permal to withdraw assets from an underlying unregistered fund that may have poor performance or for other reasons. The fees paid by unregistered funds to their advisers and general partners or managing members often are significantly higher than those paid by registered funds and generally include a percentage of gains. The value of the fund’s interest in these unregistered funds will be affected by these fees; the fund’s expense ratio will reflect an allocable portion of these fees and the fund’s expense limitation excludes such performance-based fees.

Master Limited Partnerships. Certain underlying funds may invest in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), which generally engage in natural resources-based activities such as the exploration, development, mining, production, processing, refining, transportation, storage and certain marketing of mineral or natural resources. The value of an investment in an MLP may be directly affected by the prices of natural resources commodity prices. The volatility and interrelationships of commodity prices can also indirectly affect certain MLPs due to the potential impact on the volume of commodities transported, processed, stored or distributed. An underlying fund’s investment in an MLP may be adversely affected by market perceptions that the performance and distributions or dividends of MLPs are directly tied to commodity prices.

Ratings as Investment Criteria . In general, the ratings of NRSROs represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the securities. These ratings may be used by the underlying funds as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio securities, but the underlying funds also will rely upon the independent advice of their advisers to evaluate potential investments. Among the factors that may be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix A to this SAI contains further information concerning the rating categories of NRSROs and their significance.

Subsequent to its purchase by an underlying fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the fund. In addition, it is possible that an NRSRO might not change its rating of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. None of these events may require sale of such securities by an underlying fund, but the adviser of an underlying fund may consider such events in its determination of whether such fund should continue to hold the securities. In addition, to the extent that the ratings change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, or because of a corporate reorganization, an underlying fund may attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for its investments in accordance with its investment objective and policies.

Derivative Transactions

General. Certain underlying funds may invest in certain derivative instruments (also called “Financial Instruments”), discussed below, to attempt to enhance income or yield, to hedge investments, as a substitute for buying or selling securities or to enhance returns, among other things, as described in the Prospectus. The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). In addition, an underlying fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations. In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the underlying funds’ advisers expect that additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques may become available. These new opportunities may become

 

18


available as the underlying funds’ advisers develop new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The underlying funds’ advisers may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with a fund’s investment objective and are permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. The underlying funds might not use any of these strategies, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.

Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of one or more investments held in a fund’s portfolio. In a short hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the fund intends to acquire. In a long hedge, a fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, a fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to a security the fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that the fund intends to acquire. If the fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security as anticipated, the effect on the fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

Financial Instruments on securities may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that a fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indexes, in contrast, may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which a fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities may be used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

Special Risks. The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below. In general, these techniques may increase the volatility of an underlying fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed.

 

(1) Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the adviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities, currency and interest rate markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed, and use of Financial Instruments could result in a loss, regardless of whether the intent was to enhance returns or manage risk.

 

(2) When Financial Instruments are used for hedging purposes, the historical correlation between price movements of a Financial Instrument and price movements of the investments being hedged might change so as to make the hedge less effective or unsuccessful. For example, if the value of a Financial Instrument used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a change in correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which Financial Instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using Financial Instruments on indexes will depend on the degree to which correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the securities being hedged can be accurately predicted.

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match a fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. A fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves the risk that the options or futures position will not track the performance of the fund’s other investments.

Options and futures prices can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match a fund’s investments well. Options and futures prices are affected by factors which may not affect security prices the same way, as current and anticipated short-term interest rates,

 

19


changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures are traded as compared to securities, or from the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. A fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in a fund’s options or futures positions have a low correlation with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

 

(3) If successful, the hedging strategies discussed above can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements. However, such strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. For example, if a fund entered into a short hedge because its adviser projected a decline in the price of a security in the fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the Financial Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the Financial Instrument declined by more than the increase in the price of the security, the fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the fund would have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

 

(4) As described below, a fund might be required to maintain segregated assets as “cover” or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties ( i.e. , Financial Instruments other than purchased options). If the fund were unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.

 

(5) A fund may be subject to the risk that the other party to a transaction in a Financial Instrument will not be able to honor its financial obligation to the fund.

 

(6) Many derivative instruments are traded in institutional markets rather than on an exchange. Nevertheless, many derivative instruments are actively traded and can be priced with as much accuracy as conventional securities. Derivative instruments that are custom designed to meet the specialized investment needs of a relatively narrow group of institutional investors such as the fund are not readily marketable and are subject to the fund’s restrictions on illiquid investments.

A fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the fund.

The use of Financial Instruments involves certain investment risks and transaction costs to which a fund might not otherwise be subject. These risks include: dependence on the adviser’s ability to predict movements in the prices of individual debt securities, fluctuations in the general fixed income markets and movements in interest rates and currency markets; imperfect correlation between movements in the price of currency, options, futures contracts or options thereon and movements in the price of the currency or security hedged or used for cover; the fact that skills and techniques needed to trade options, futures contracts and options thereon or to use forward currency contracts are different from those needed to select the securities in which the fund invests; the lack of assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular option, futures contract or options thereon at any particular time; and the possible need to defer or accelerate closing out certain options, futures contracts and options thereon in order for the underlying fund to continue to qualify for the beneficial tax treatment afforded “regulated investment companies” under the Code.

 

20


Certain underlying funds may enter into stock index, interest rate and currency futures contracts (or options thereon), swaps, caps, collars and floors. Certain underlying funds may also purchase and sell call and put options, futures and options contracts.

Certain underlying funds may also enter into futures contracts on securities or related options on futures contracts on securities that are traded on a domestic or foreign exchange or in the OTC market, and may also engage in transactions in options on securities, which may include the writing of covered put options and covered call options, the purchase of put and call options and the entry into closing transactions.

Options on Securities . Certain underlying funds may engage in transactions in options on securities, which, depending on the fund, may include the writing of covered put options and covered call options, the purchase of put and call options and the entry into closing transactions.

The principal reason for writing covered call options on securities is to attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. In return for a premium, the writer of a covered call option forfeits the right to any appreciation in the value of the underlying security above the strike price for the life of the option (or until a closing purchase transaction can be effected). Nevertheless, the call writer retains the risk of a decline in the price of the underlying security. Similarly, the principal reason for writing covered put options is to realize income in the form of premiums. The writer of a covered put option accepts the risk of a decline in the price of the underlying security. The size of the premiums a fund may receive may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions engage in or increase their option-writing activities.

Options written by a fund will normally have expiration dates between one and six months from the date written. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to, or above the current market values of the underlying securities at the times the options are written. In the case of call options, these exercise prices are referred to as “in-the-money,” “at-the-money” and “out-of-the-money,” respectively.

A fund may write (a) in-the-money call options when its adviser expects the price of the underlying security to remain flat or decline moderately during the option period, (b) at-the-money call options when its adviser expects the price of the underlying security to remain flat or advance moderately during the option period and (c) out-of-the-money call options when its adviser expects that the price of the security may increase but not above a price equal to the sum of the exercise price plus the premiums received from writing the call option. In any of the preceding situations, if the market price of the underlying security declines and the security is sold at this lower price, the amount of any realized loss will be offset wholly or in part by the premium received. Writing out-of-the-money, at-the-money and in-the-money put options (the reverse of call options as to the relation of exercise price to market price) may be utilized in the same market environments as such call options are used in equivalent transactions.

So long as the obligation of a fund as the writer of an option continues, the fund may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker/dealer through which the option was sold, requiring it to deliver, in the case of a call, or take delivery of, in the case of a put, the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates when the option expires or the fund effects a closing purchase transaction. The fund can no longer effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option once it has been assigned an exercise notice. To secure its obligation to deliver the underlying security when it writes a call option, or to pay for the underlying security when it writes a put option, the fund will be required to deposit in escrow the underlying security or other assets in accordance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) or similar clearing corporation and the securities exchange on which the option is written.

Certain underlying funds may purchase and sell put, call and other types of option securities that are traded on domestic or foreign exchanges or the OTC market including, but not limited to, “spread” options, “knock-out” options, “knock-in” options and “average rate” or “look-back” options. “Spread” options are dependent upon the difference between the price of two securities or futures contracts, “knock-out” options are canceled if the price of the underlying asset reaches a trigger level prior to expiration, “knock-in” options only have value if the price

 

21


of the underlying asset reaches a trigger level and “average rate” or “look-back” options are options where, at expiration, the option’s strike price is set based on either the average, maximum or minimum price of the asset over the period of the option.

An option position may be closed out only where there exists a secondary market for an option of the same series on a recognized securities exchange or in the OTC market. The underlying funds expect to write options only on national securities exchanges or in the OTC market. The underlying funds may purchase put options issued by the OCC or in the OTC market.

A fund may realize a profit or loss upon entering into a closing transaction. In cases in which the fund has written an option, it will realize a profit if the cost of the closing purchase transaction is less than the premium received upon writing the original option and will incur a loss if the cost of the closing purchase transaction exceeds the premium received upon writing the original option. Similarly, when the fund has purchased an option and engages in a closing sale transaction, whether it recognizes a profit or loss will depend upon whether the amount received in the closing sale transaction is more or less than the premium the fund initially paid for the original option plus the related transaction costs.

Although an underlying fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which its adviser believes there is an active secondary market so as to facilitate closing transactions, there is no assurance that sufficient trading interest to create a liquid secondary market on a securities exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time, and for some options no such secondary market may exist or may cease to exist. In the past, for example, higher than anticipated trading activity or order flow, or other unforeseen events, have at times rendered certain of the facilities of the OCC and national securities exchanges inadequate and resulted in the institution of special procedures, such as trading rotations, restrictions on certain types of orders or trading halts or suspensions in one or more options. There can be no assurance that similar events, or events that may otherwise interfere with the timely execution of customers’ orders, will not recur. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options. If, as a covered call option writer, a fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Securities exchanges generally have established limitations governing the maximum number of calls and puts of each class which may be held or written, or exercised within certain periods, by an investor or group of investors acting in concert (regardless of whether the options are written on the same or different securities exchanges or are held, written or exercised in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). It is possible that the fund and other clients of the manager or Permal and certain of their affiliates may be considered to be such a group. A securities exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

A call option written by an underlying fund is “covered” if the fund owns the securities or currency underlying the option or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security or currency without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by the fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities or currencies held in its portfolio. A written call option is also covered if the fund holds on a share-for-share basis a purchased call on the same security or holds a call on the same currency as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is equal to less than the exercise price of the call written or greater than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is maintained by the fund in cash or other liquid assets.

In the case of options written by an underlying fund that are deemed covered by virtue of an underlying fund’s holding convertible or exchangeable preferred stock or debt securities, the time required to convert or exchange and obtain physical delivery of the underlying common stocks with respect to which the fund has written options may exceed the time within which the fund must make delivery in accordance with an exercise notice. In these instances, an underlying fund may purchase or temporarily borrow the underlying securities for purposes of physical delivery. By so doing, the fund will not bear any market risk because the fund will have the

 

22


absolute right to receive from the issuer of the underlying security an equal number of shares to replace the borrowed stock, but the fund may incur additional transaction costs or interest expenses in connection with any such purchase or borrowing.

Additional risks exist with respect to certain of the U.S. government securities for which an underlying fund may write covered call options. If the fund writes covered call options on mortgage-backed securities, the securities that it holds as cover may, because of scheduled amortization or unscheduled prepayments, cease to be sufficient cover. The fund will compensate for the decline in the value of the cover by purchasing the appropriate additional amount of those securities.

Although Permal will attempt to take appropriate measures to minimize the risks relating to the fund’s writing of call options and purchasing of put and call options, there can be no assurance that the fund’s use of options will succeed.

Stock Index Options . Certain underlying funds may purchase and write put and call options on U.S. stock indexes listed on U.S. exchanges. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks included in the index. Some stock index options are based on a broad market index such as the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index or the Canadian Market Portfolio Index, or a narrower market or industry index such as the Standard & Poor’s 100 Index, the NYSE Arca Oil Index or the NYSE Arca Computer Technology Index.

Options on stock indexes are generally similar to options on stock except for the delivery requirements. Instead of giving the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a stock index gives the holder the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount” equal to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied by (b) a fixed “index multiplier.” Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based being greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. The amount of cash received will be equal to such difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars or a foreign currency, as the case may be, times a specified multiple. The writer of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The writer may offset its position in stock index options prior to expiration by entering into a closing transaction on an exchange or it may let the option expire unexercised.

The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options as a hedging technique will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the portion of the securities portfolio of the fund being hedged correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a fund will realize a gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indexes, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the fund of options on stock indexes will be subject to its adviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

Currency Transactions . Certain underlying funds may enter into forward currency exchange transactions. A forward currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a currency against another currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties. An underlying fund that enters into a forward currency contract may either accept or make delivery of the currency at the maturity of the forward contract or, prior to maturity, enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. An underlying fund may engage in forward currency transactions in anticipation of, or to protect itself against, fluctuations in exchange rates.

 

23


An underlying fund might sell a particular foreign currency forward, for example, when it holds bonds denominated in that currency but anticipates, and seeks to be protected against, a decline in the currency against the U.S. dollar. Similarly, an underlying fund may sell the U.S. dollar forward when it holds bonds denominated in U.S. dollars but anticipates, and seeks to be protected against, a decline in the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies. Further, an underlying fund may purchase a currency forward to “lock in” the price of securities denominated in that currency which it anticipates purchasing. Such contracts may involve the purchase or sale of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar or may involve two foreign currencies. An underlying fund may enter into forward currency contracts either with respect to specific transactions or with respect to its portfolio positions. For example, when an underlying fund’s adviser anticipates recommending a purchase or sale of a security, it may cause the fund to enter into a forward currency contract in order to set the rate (either relative to the U.S. dollar or another currency) at which the currency exchange transaction related to the purchase or sale will be made (“transaction hedging”). Further, when an underlying fund’s adviser believes that a particular currency may decline compared to the U.S. dollar or another currency, the fund may enter into a forward contract to sell the currency that the underlying fund’s adviser expects to decline in an amount approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s securities denominated in that currency. When an underlying fund’s adviser believes that one currency may decline against a currency in which some or all of the portfolio securities held by the fund are denominated, it may enter into a forward contract to buy the currency expected to appreciate for a fixed amount (“position hedging”). In this situation, the fund may, in the alternative, enter into a forward contract to sell a different currency for a fixed amount of the currency expected to decline where Permal believes that the value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward contract will fall whenever there is a decline in the value of the currency in which portfolio securities of the fund are denominated (“cross hedging”). If the underlying fund is a registered investment company, the fund’s custodian places cash or other liquid assets in a separate account of the fund having a value equal to the aggregate amount of the fund’s commitments under forward currency contracts entered into with respect to position hedges and cross-hedges. If the value of the securities placed in a separate account declines, additional cash or assets are placed in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the amount will equal the amount of the fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

At or before the maturity of a forward contract, an underlying fund either may sell a portfolio security and make delivery of the currency, or retain the security and offset its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second contract pursuant to which the fund will obtain, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the currency which it is obligated to deliver. If a fund retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the fund, at the time of execution of the offsetting transaction, will incur a gain or loss to the extent movement has occurred in forward contract prices. Should forward prices decline during the period between the fund’s entering into a forward contract for the sale of a currency and the date that it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the currency, the fund will realize a gain to the extent that the price of the currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward prices increase, the fund will suffer a loss to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

The cost to an underlying fund of engaging in currency transactions varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Since transactions in currency exchanges are usually conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. The use of forward currency contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities, but it does establish a rate of exchange that can be achieved in the future. In addition, although forward currency contracts limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time they limit any potential gain that might result should the value of the currency increase. If a devaluation is generally anticipated a fund may not be able to contract to sell the currency at a price above the devaluation level it anticipates.

Foreign Currency Options . Certain underlying funds may purchase or write put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of hedging against changes in future currency exchange rates. Foreign currency options generally have three, six and nine month expiration cycles. Put options convey the right to sell the underlying currency at a price which is anticipated to be higher than the spot price of the currency at the time the option expires. Call options convey the right to buy the underlying currency at a price which is expected to be lower than the spot price of the currency at the time that the option expires.

 

24


An underlying fund may use foreign currency options under the same circumstances that it could use forward currency exchange transactions. A decline in the U.S. dollar value of a foreign currency in which the fund’s securities are denominated, for example, will reduce the U.S. dollar value of the securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of securities that it holds, the fund may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, the fund will have the right to sell the currency for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its securities that otherwise would have resulted. Conversely, if a rise in the U.S. dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby potentially increasing the cost of the securities, the fund may purchase call options on the particular currency. The purchase of these options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. The benefit to the fund derived from purchases of foreign currency options, like the benefit derived from other types of options, will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, if currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, the fund could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options that would require it to forgo a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in the rates.

Futures Contracts . The purpose of entering into a futures contract is to protect an underlying fund from fluctuations in the value of securities without actually buying or selling the securities. For example, in the case of stock index futures contracts, if the fund anticipates an increase in the price of stocks that it intends to purchase at a later time, the fund could enter into contracts to purchase the stock index (known as taking a “long” position) as a temporary substitute for the purchase of stocks. If an increase in the market occurs that influences the stock index as anticipated, the value of the futures contracts increases and thereby serves as a hedge against the fund’s not participating in a market advance. The fund then may close out the futures contracts by entering into offsetting futures contracts to sell the stock index (known as taking a “short” position) as it purchases individual stocks. The fund can accomplish similar results by buying securities with long maturities and selling securities with short maturities. But by using futures contracts as an investment tool to reduce risk, given the greater liquidity in the futures market, it may be possible to accomplish the same result more easily and more quickly.

Certain underlying funds may enter into futures contracts or related options on futures contracts that are traded on a domestic or foreign exchange or in the over-the-counter market. Generally, these investments may be made solely for the purpose of hedging against changes in the value of portfolio securities due to anticipated changes in interest rates, currency values and/or market conditions when the transactions are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks inherent in the management of the fund and not for purposes of speculation, but some underlying funds may enter into futures contracts for non-hedging purposes, i.e. , to increase total return. The ability of the underlying funds to trade in futures contracts may be limited by the requirements of the Code applicable to a regulated investment company.

No consideration will be paid or received by the fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract, which is returned to the fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker, will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” In addition, when the fund enters into a long position in a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, it must maintain an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to the total market value of the underlying futures contract, less amounts held in the fund’s commodity brokerage account at its broker. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the fund’s existing position in the contract.

 

25


Several risks are associated with the use of futures contracts as a hedging device. Successful use of futures contracts by an underlying fund is subject to the ability of its adviser to predict correctly movements in interest rates, stock or bond indices or foreign currency values. These predictions involve skills and techniques that may be different from those involved in the management of the fund being hedged. In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be a correlation between movements in the price of the underlying securities, currency or index and movements in the price of the securities which are the subject of the hedge. A decision of whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected trends in interest rates or currency values.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange) and no secondary market exists for those contracts. In addition, although the underlying funds normally enter into futures contracts only if there is an active market for the contracts, there is no assurance that an active market will exist for the contracts at any particular time. Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses. In such event, and in the event of adverse price movements, an underlying fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin; in such circumstances, an increase in the value of the portion of the portfolio being hedged, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract. As described above, however, no assurance can be given that the price of the securities being hedged will correlate with the price movements in a futures contract and thus provide an offset to losses on the futures contract.

The CFTC has eliminated limitations on futures transactions and options thereon by registered investment companies, provided that the manager to the registered investment company claims an exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator and the underlying funds that are registered investment companies are generally managed by entities that have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation as pool operators under the Commodity Exchange Act. As a result of these CFTC rule changes, the fund and the underlying funds that are registered investment companies are no longer restricted in their ability to enter into futures transactions and options thereon under CFTC regulations. The current view of the staff of the SEC is that a registered fund’s long and short positions in future contracts as well as put and call options on futures written by it must be collateralized with cash or other liquid assets and segregated with the fund’s custodian or a designated sub-custodian or “covered” in a manner similar to that for covered options on securities and designed to eliminate any potential leveraging.

If an underlying fund has hedged against the possibility of a change in interest rates or currency or market values adversely affecting the value of securities held in its portfolio and rates or currency or market values move in a direction opposite to that which the fund has anticipated, the fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the fund had insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. These sales of securities may, but will not necessarily, be at increased prices which reflect the change in interest rates or currency or market values, as the case may be.

Options on Futures Contracts . An option on an interest rate futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. An option on a foreign currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to assume a long or short position in the relevant underlying foreign currency futures contract at a predetermined exercise price at a time in the future. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option

 

26


will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Since the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of the fund investing in the options.

Several risks are associated with options on futures contracts. The ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the existence of a liquid market. In addition, the purchase of put or call options on interest rate and foreign currency futures will be based upon predictions by an underlying fund’s adviser as to anticipated trends in interest rates and currency values, as the case may be, which could prove to be incorrect. Even if the expectations of an adviser are correct, there may be an imperfect correlation between the change in the value of the options and of the portfolio securities in the currencies being hedged.

Commodity-Linked Derivative Instruments . Investments by an underlying fund in commodity-linked derivative instruments may subject the fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The value of commodity-linked derivative instruments may be affected by changes in overall market movements; changes in interest rates or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes or tariffs; and international economic, political and regulatory developments. The means by which an underlying fund seeks exposure to commodities, both directly and indirectly, including through derivatives, may be limited by the underlying fund’s intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.

Foreign Commodity Exchanges . Unlike trading on domestic commodity exchanges, trading on foreign commodity exchanges is not regulated by the CFTC and may be subject to greater risks than trading on domestic exchanges. For example, some foreign exchanges may be principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a trader may look only to the broker for performance of the contract. In addition, unless an underlying fund’s trading on a foreign commodity exchange hedges against fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which trading is done on foreign exchanges, any profits that the fund might realize in trading could be eliminated by adverse changes in the exchange rate, or the fund could incur losses as a result of those changes.

Swap Agreements . Among the hedging transactions into which certain underlying funds may enter are interest rate swaps and the purchase or sale of interest rate caps and floors. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g. , an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor.

Certain underlying funds may enter into interest rate swaps, caps and floors on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether a fund is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis, i.e. , the two payment streams are netted, with the fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Inasmuch as these hedging transactions are entered into for good faith hedging purposes, the underlying fund’s adviser may believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the underlying fund’s borrowing restrictions. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account with its custodian. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement related to the transaction.

 

27


Swap agreements will tend to shift a fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the fund agreed to exchange payments in U.S. dollars for payments in a foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

Swap agreements are sophisticated risk management instruments that typically require a small cash investment relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on a fund’s performance. Swap agreements entail both interest rate risk and credit risk. There is a risk that, based on movements of interest rates in the future, the payments made by the fund under a swap agreement will be greater than the payments it received. Swap agreements are subject to credit risks related to the counterparty’s ability to perform, and may decline in value if the counterparty’s creditworthiness deteriorates. The creditworthiness of firms with which a fund enters into interest rate swaps, caps and floors will be monitored by the underlying fund’s adviser. If a firm’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. A fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions. The fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid assets equal to the net amount, if any, of the excess of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to a swap transaction.

The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps.

Credit Default Swaps . Certain underlying funds may enter into credit default swaps. Credit default swap contracts involve special risks and may result in losses to a fund. Credit default swaps may in some cases be illiquid, and they increase credit risk since the fund has exposure to both the issuer of the referenced obligation and the counterparty to the credit default swap. As there is no central exchange or market for credit default swap transactions, they may be difficult to trade or value, especially in the event of market disruptions. The swap market is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swap market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a fund’s ability to terminate existing credit default swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Investment Practices

In attempting to achieve its investment objectives, the fund and/or an underlying fund may employ, among others, the following investment strategies.

Borrowing . Certain underlying funds may borrow in certain circumstances. Borrowing creates an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the NAV of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, the fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing, which could affect the adviser’s strategy and the fund’s ability to comply with certain provisions of the Code in order to provide pass-though tax treatment to shareholders. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

Repurchase Agreements . Certain underlying funds may enter into repurchase agreements. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, a fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the

 

28


obligation at an agreed-upon price and time, thereby determining the yield during the fund’s holding period. If the value of such securities were less than the repurchase price, plus interest, the other party to the agreement would be required to provide additional collateral so that at all times the collateral is at least 102% of the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the fund seeks to assert its right to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the agreement. With respect to the fund’s repurchase agreements, Permal, acting under the supervision of the fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”), reviews on an ongoing basis the value of the collateral and creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the fund (but not the underlying funds) enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate potential risks.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the manager, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint repurchase accounts. These balances are invested in one or more repurchase agreements, secured by U.S. government securities. Securities that are collateral for repurchase agreements are financial assets subject to the fund’s entitlement orders through its securities account at its custodian bank until the agreements mature. Each joint repurchase arrangement requires that the market value of the collateral be sufficient to cover payments of interest and principal; however, in the event of default by the other party to the agreement, retention or sale of the collateral may be subject to legal proceedings.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements . Certain underlying funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the sale of fund securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowings. Since the proceeds of borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements are invested, this would introduce the speculative factor known as “leverage.” The securities purchased with the funds obtained from the agreement and securities collateralizing the agreement will have maturity dates no later than the repayment date. Generally the effect of such a transaction is that a fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases it will be able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if the fund has an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the cash derived from the transaction than the interest cost of obtaining that cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of a fund’s assets. If applicable, a fund’s custodian bank will maintain a separate account for the fund with cash or liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than such commitment of the fund.

Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer, or its trustee or receiver, may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce a fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and the fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision.

When-issued Securities and Delayed-delivery Transactions . To secure an advantageous price or yield, the fund, through its investment in certain of the underlying funds or directly, may purchase certain securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities for delayed delivery. Delivery of the securities in such cases occurs beyond the normal settlement periods, but no payment or delivery is made by a fund prior to the reciprocal delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. In entering into a when-issued or delayed-delivery transaction, a fund will rely on the other party to consummate the transaction and may be disadvantaged if the other party fails to do so.

Fixed income securities normally are subject to changes in value based upon changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates and the public’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers. In general, fixed

 

29


income securities tend to appreciate when interest rates decline and depreciate when interest rates rise. Purchasing these securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, therefore, can involve the risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself. Similarly, the sale of fixed income securities for delayed delivery can involve the risk that the prices available in the market when the delivery is made may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.

In the case of the purchase by the fund or an underlying fund of securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, a segregated account in the name of the fund consisting of cash or liquid securities equal to the amount of the when-issued or delayed-delivery commitments will be established. For the purpose of determining the adequacy of the securities in the accounts, the deposited securities will be valued at market or fair value. If the market or fair value of the securities declines, additional cash or securities will be placed in the account daily so that the value of the account will equal the amount of such commitments by the fund involved. On the settlement date, the fund will meet its obligations from then-available cash flow, the sale of securities held in the segregated account, the sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the sale of the securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis (which may have a value greater or less than the fund’s payment obligations).

Securities lending . Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. The fund will not lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the manager unless it has applied for and received specific authority to do so from the SEC. From time to time, the fund may pay to the borrower and/or a third party which is unaffiliated with the fund or Legg Mason and is acting as a “finder” a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral received for securities loaned. Although the borrower will generally be required to make payments to the fund in lieu of any dividends the fund would have otherwise received had it not loaned the shares to the borrower, such payments will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the fund’s regular dividends (as defined below) received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “Taxes” below).

Requirements of the SEC, which may be subject to future modification, currently provide that the following conditions must be met whenever the fund lends its portfolio securities: (a) the fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (b) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (c) the fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (d) the fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (e) the fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (f) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower. However, if a material event adversely affecting the investment in the loaned securities occurs, the fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities.

The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. The fund could also lose money if its short-term investment of the cash collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Loans will be made to firms deemed by Permal to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of Permal, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

Certain underlying funds may lend their portfolio securities subject to regulatory requirements.

Short Sales . The fund, through its investment in certain underlying funds, may be exposed to short sales. A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of that security. On occasions where Permal believes there is no suitable underlying fund through

 

30


which the fund may gain a short exposure to a particular asset class or market segment, it may cause the fund to engage in a short sale of an ETF that invests in the subject asset class or market segment. To effect a short sale, the fund or an underlying fund arranges through a broker to borrow the security it does not own to be delivered to a buyer of such security. In borrowing the security to be delivered to the buyer, the fund will become obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. A short sale results in a gain when the price of the securities sold short declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which a security is purchased to replace the borrowed security. Conversely, a short sale will result in a loss if the price of the security sold short increases. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risk beyond the amount of money used to secure each transaction.

When an underlying fund makes a short sale, the broker effecting the short sale typically holds the proceeds as part of the collateral securing the fund’s obligation to cover the short position. The fund may use securities it owns to meet such collateral obligations. Generally, the fund may not keep, and must return to the lender, any dividends or interest that accrue on the borrowed security during the period of the loan. Depending on the arrangements with a broker or the custodian, the fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it designates as security for the broker.

In addition, until an underlying fund that is a registered investment company closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the fund, pursuant to the 1940 Act, will designate liquid assets it owns (other than short sale proceeds) as segregated assets in an amount equal to its obligation to purchase the securities sold short. The amount segregated in this manner will be increased or decreased each business day (called marked-to-market) in an amount equal to the changes in the market value of the fund’s obligation to purchase the security sold short. This may limit the fund’s investment flexibility as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from those that could arise from a cash investment in a security in that losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security.

There can be no assurance that an underlying fund will be able to close out a short position ( i.e ., purchase the same security) at any particular time or at an acceptable or advantageous price.

When an underlying fund that is registered under the 1940 Act sells short, it must segregate liquid assets held by its custodian as collateral to cover its obligation, and maintain the collateral in an amount at least equal to the market value of the short position. To the extent that the liquid assets segregated by the fund’s custodian are subject to gain or loss, and the securities sold short are subject to the possibility of gain or loss, leverage is created. If the fund uses portfolio securities that are subject to gains or losses as collateral for short sales, leverage will normally be created.

There is also a risk that a borrowed security will need to be returned to the broker/dealer on short notice. If the request for the return of a security occurs at a time when other short sellers of the security are receiving similar requests, a “short squeeze” can occur, meaning that the underlying fund might be compelled, at the most disadvantageous time, to replace the borrowed security with a security purchased on the open market, possibly at prices significantly in excess of the proceeds received earlier.

An underlying fund has a short position in the securities sold short until it delivers to the broker/dealer the securities sold, at which time the fund receives the proceeds of the sale. The fund will normally close out a short position by purchasing on the open market and delivering to the broker/dealer an equal amount of the securities sold short.

 

31


As a hedging technique, an underlying fund may purchase call options to buy securities sold short by the fund. Such options would lock in a future price and protect the fund in case of an unanticipated increase in the price of a security sold short by the fund.

Short Sales Against the Box . The fund, through its investment in certain of the underlying funds, may be exposed to short sales “against the box.” An underlying fund may enter into a short sale of common stock such that when the short position is open the fund owns an amount of preferred stocks or debt securities, convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into an equal number of shares of the common stock sold short. This kind of short sale, which is described as “against the box,” will be entered into by a fund for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest earned by the executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The proceeds of the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement date, when the fund delivers the securities to close out its short position. Although prior to delivery the fund will have to pay an amount equal to any dividends paid on the common stock sold short, the fund will receive the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from the debt securities convertible into the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest earned from the proceeds of the short sale. The fund will deposit, in a segregated account with its custodian, convertible preferred stock or convertible debt securities in connection with short sales against the box.

Restricted and Illiquid Securities . The fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The fund, through its investment in certain underlying funds and directly, may invest in securities (including shares of underlying funds) the disposition of which is subject to legal or contractual restrictions. An illiquid security is any security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security. Illiquid securities may include (a) repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days, (b) futures contracts and options thereon for which a liquid secondary market does not exist, (c) TDs maturing in more than seven calendar days, (d) securities subject to contractual or other restrictions on resale and other instruments that lack readily available markets and (e) securities of new and early stage companies whose securities are not publicly traded.

Under SEC regulations, certain securities acquired through private placements can be traded freely among qualified purchasers. The SEC has stated that an investment company’s board of directors, or its investment adviser acting under authority delegated by the board, may determine that a security eligible for trading under these regulations is “liquid.” Investing in these restricted securities could have the effect of increasing an underlying fund’s illiquidity if qualified purchasers become, for a time, uninterested in buying these securities.

Restricted securities are securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on their resale, such as private placements. Such restrictions might prevent the sale of restricted securities at a time when the sale would otherwise be desirable. Restricted securities may be sold only (1) pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or another exemption (these securities are referred to as “Rule 144A Securities”), (2) in privately negotiated transactions or (3) in public offerings with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A securities, although not registered in the United States, may be sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. Where registration is required, a fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the fund is able to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the fund might obtain a less favorable price than expected when it decided to sell.

Illiquid securities may be difficult to value and the fund or an underlying fund may have difficulty disposing of such securities promptly. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing illiquid investments than those securities for which a more active market exists. The fund or an underlying fund may be forced to sell such securities at less than fair market value or may not be able to sell them when Permal or an underlying fund’s adviser believes it desirable to do so. Investments by the fund or an underlying fund in illiquid securities are subject to the risk that should the fund or the underlying fund desire to sell any of these securities when a ready buyer is not available at a price that Permal or the fund’s adviser deems representative of its value, the value of the fund’s or the

 

32


underlying fund’s net assets could be adversely affected. The fund does not consider non-U.S. securities to be restricted if they can be freely sold in the principal markets in which they are traded, even if they are not registered for sale in the United States.

To the extent required by applicable law and SEC guidance, no securities for which there is not a readily available market will be acquired by the fund or an underlying fund that is a registered investment company under the 1940 Act if such acquisition would cause the aggregate value of illiquid securities to exceed 15% of the fund’s net assets.

Leveraging . The fund, through its investment in certain underlying funds, may be exposed to leverage ( i.e., the purchase of securities with borrowed money). A fund registered under the 1940 Act is required to maintain at all times an asset coverage of 300% of the amount of its borrowings. If, as a result of market fluctuations or for any other reason, a fund’s asset coverage drops below 300%, the fund must reduce its outstanding borrowings within three business days so as to restore its asset coverage to the 300% level. Certain of the underlying funds in which the fund may invest are not registered under the 1940 Act and thus are not subject to the 1940 Act’s restrictions on the use of leverage.

Leverage creates an opportunity for increased returns to shareholders of an underlying fund but, at the same time, creates special risk considerations. For example, leverage may exaggerate changes in the NAV of a fund’s shares and in a fund’s yield. Although the principal or stated value of such borrowings will be fixed, a fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. Leverage will create interest or dividend expenses for the fund that can exceed the income from the assets retained. To the extent the income or other gain derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceeds the interest or dividends the fund will have to pay in respect thereof, the fund’s net income or other gain will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or other gain from the incremental assets is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage, the net income or other gain of the fund will be less than if leverage had not been used. If the amount of income for the incremental securities is insufficient to cover the cost of borrowing, securities might have to be liquidated to obtain required funds. Depending on market or other conditions, such liquidations could be disadvantageous to the underlying fund.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls . Certain underlying funds may enter into mortgage dollar rolls. A fund may enter into dollar rolls in which the fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month, realizing a gain or loss, and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities to settle on a specified future date. During the roll period, the fund forgoes interest paid on the securities. The fund is compensated by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale and by the lower repurchase price at the specified future date. A fund registered under the 1940 Act is required to maintain a segregated account, the dollar value of which is at least equal to its obligations with respect to dollar rolls.

The underlying funds generally execute mortgage dollar rolls in the to-be-announced (“TBA”) market, where a fund makes a forward commitment to purchase a security and, instead of accepting delivery, the position is offset by a sale of the security with a simultaneous agreement to repurchase at a future date.

The obligation to repurchase securities on a specified future date involves the risk that the market value of the securities a fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy, becomes insolvent or defaults on its obligations, a fund’s use of proceeds of the dollar roll may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. Dollar roll transactions may result in a form of leverage that increases the fund’s sensitivity to interest rate changes and may increase the overall risk of investing in the fund.

Forward roll transactions are considered borrowings by a fund. Although investing the proceeds of these borrowings in other instruments may provide an underlying fund with the opportunity for higher income, this

 

33


leveraging practice will increase a fund’s exposure to capital risk and higher current expenses. Any income earned from the securities purchased with the proceeds of these borrowings that exceeds the cost of the borrowings would cause a fund’s NAV per share to increase faster than would otherwise be the case; any decline in the value of the securities purchased would cause a fund’s NAV per share to decrease faster than would otherwise be the case.

Investment in Other Funds . The investments of the fund are concentrated in underlying funds so the fund’s performance is directly related to the investment performance of the underlying funds held by it. The ability of the fund to meet its investment objective is directly related to the ability of the underlying funds to meet their objectives as well as the allocation among those underlying funds by Permal. There can be no assurance that the investment objective of the fund or any underlying fund will be achieved.

The underlying funds are subject to management risk. This is the risk that the underlying fund’s adviser’s security selection process, which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results.

The fund will invest only in classes of shares of the underlying funds (except for ETFs) that are offered only to institutional and other eligible investors, such as the fund, at NAV and, accordingly, will not pay any sales loads or service or distribution (12b-1) fees in connection with their investments in shares of the underlying funds. The fund, however, will indirectly bear its pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by the underlying funds that are applicable to institutional class shareholders, including advisory fees. The investment returns of the fund, therefore, will be net of the expenses of the underlying funds in which it is invested. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses that the fund bears directly in connection with its own operations.

When the fund redeems shares from an underlying fund, the underlying fund, under certain circumstances, may choose to pay the fund’s net redemption proceeds with an in-kind distribution of a portion of the underlying fund’s securities rather than in cash. If the fund does not want to invest in such securities, it will liquidate such securities as soon as practicable. The liquidation of securities may cause the fund to incur brokerage or other transaction costs. In addition, there can be no assurance that when the fund sells these securities, it would receive the value attributed to the securities by the underlying fund.

The fund will invest in securities of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, or pursuant to an order by the SEC. Generally, under the 1940 Act, the fund may hold securities of another investment company in amounts which (a) do not exceed 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of such company, (b) do not exceed 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and (c) when added to all other investment company securities held by the fund, do not exceed 10% of the value of the fund’s total assets. However, a registered fund may invest in another registered fund that is in the same group of investment companies (as defined in the 1940 Act) subject to certain other conditions and in ETFs in amounts greater than those permitted under the 1940 Act if the fund enters into a “participation agreement” with the ETF and meets certain other conditions set forth in the exemptive order received by the ETF from the SEC. The exemptive order would permit the fund to, in the aggregate, acquire up to 25% of the ETF’s outstanding voting securities.

Investments in underlying funds employing hedge fund strategies. Certain of the underlying funds in which the fund will invest utilize certain hedge fund strategies. The fund may invest in hedge funds that focus investment activities on one distinct class of assets, such as public equity, fixed income and real assets ( i.e. , real estate, infrastructure assets and commodities). Within these classes of assets, hedge fund managers often employ discrete styles of investing as described below:

Equity Long/Short. The fund may invest in underlying funds that pursue equity long/short strategies. Equity long/short strategies combine long stock positions with short sales of stocks or of stock index instruments. Equity long/short strategies are among the non-traditional absolute return strategies pursued by hedge funds. A distinguishing feature of absolute return strategies is their focus on absolute performance objectives as compared

 

34


to measuring performance on a relative basis. Absolute return strategies seek to generate returns that are uncorrelated with traditional performance benchmarks and seek to achieve positive returns even in declining market conditions.

U.S. Equity. The fund may invest in underlying funds that invest in publicly traded equity securities issued by U.S. companies. These securities will typically trade on the NYSE, NYSE Euronext or the NASDAQ Stock Market (“Nasdaq”), although they may trade on other exchanges and/or markets as well.

Opportunistic Equity. The opportunistic equity investments comprise underlying funds that predominantly invest in all global markets, including the U.S. domestic markets, and predominantly invest in equity securities. Portfolio managers of these underlying funds will opportunistically allocate capital to those markets around the globe which present the best opportunities for profit based on either the portfolio managers’ fundamental company valuation analysis or perceived macroeconomic shifts.

Short Sales. The fund may invest in underlying funds that employ short selling. The short selling strategy involves selling short the stock of companies whose fundamentals, liability profile and/or growth prospects do not support current public market valuations. A short sale involves the sale of a security that an underlying fund does not own with the expectation of purchasing the same security (or a security exchangeable therefor) at a later date at a lower price. To make delivery to the buyer, an underlying fund must borrow the security, and that underlying fund is obligated to return the security to the lender (which is accomplished by a later purchase of the security by the underlying fund) and to pay any dividends paid on the borrowed security over the term of the loan. In the United States when a short sale is made, the seller generally must leave the proceeds thereof with the broker and deposit with the broker an amount of cash or securities sufficient under applicable margin regulations and the requirements of the broker (which may be higher) to collateralize its obligation to replace the borrowed securities that have been sold. If short sales are effected in foreign stocks, such transactions may be governed by local law. A short sale involves the theoretically unlimited risk of an increase in the market price of the security that would result in a theoretically unlimited loss. Short selling can be used to capitalize on any divergence between the long-term value of a stock and the short-term pricing by capital markets of the same stock. An underlying fund may combine short selling with an equity index hedge to offset the impact of systemic equity risk on that underlying fund’s short stock position. Portfolio managers employing this strategy sell short the stock of companies whose fundamentals, liability profile or growth prospects do not support current public market valuations. Short selling relies on, among other things, fundamental analysis, in-depth knowledge of accounting, an understanding of public market pricing and/or industry research. There can be no assurance that any such hedging techniques will be successful or that the hedging employed by an underlying fund will not have the negative effect of lowering overall returns, or creating losses, in the portfolio or with respect to the applicable position.

Macro. Underlying funds utilizing macro strategies typically seek to generate profits from changes in global economic conditions and the price movements in various asset classes that will result from these changes ( e.g. , interest rates, commodities, currencies or equities). These strategies may include positions in the cash, currencies, futures, options, forward and other derivative markets. These underlying funds may employ such approaches as long strategies, short strategies, long/short strategies, warrant and option arbitrage, hedging strategies, inter-market and intra-market equity spread trading, and other special situation investing. Trading positions will generally be held both long and/or short in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. Some underlying funds may rely principally on strategies that are based on fundamental, macro-economic analysis, while others may rely principally on strategies based on quantitative models or technical analysis. The macro strategies may assume aggressive investment postures with respect to position concentrations, use of leverage, portfolio turnover and the various investment instruments used.

With a broader global scope, returns for the macro strategy generally exhibit little to no correlation with the broader domestic equity and bond markets. There can be no assurance that any such hedging techniques will be successful or that the hedging employed by the underlying funds will not have the negative effect of lowering overall returns, or creating losses, in the portfolio.

 

35


Fixed Income Hedge. Fixed income hedge portfolio managers invest long and short primarily in corporate debt instruments across the capital structure of companies, based on fundamental credit analysis. These managers run portfolios that have flexible mandates allowing them to invest in a large variety of corporate debt securities, enter short positions, employ leverage, run concentrated portfolios and hedge credit and interest rate risk in their books.

Instruments traded by fixed income hedge portfolio managers include bank debt, bonds, convertible bonds, preferred stock, convertible preferred stock and private placements, as well as common stock. Although fixed income hedge portfolio managers invest a portion of their portfolios in investment grade debt, they typically focus in high yield lower-rated corporate debt and distressed debt.

High yield/distressed debt securities often trade at discounts to par value because many investors are either prohibited from, or willingly avoid, investing in such securities due to the complexity of determining the securities’ true risk/reward profile. Accordingly, portfolios managed by fixed income hedge portfolio managers typically experience significantly more volatility and risk than traditional fixed income underlying funds. To mitigate some of this risk, the portfolio managers may use certain hedging tools, such as “shorting” securities in other portions of the capital structure ( e.g. , being “long” the high yield debt position and “short” the issuer’s common stock) in order to mitigate the risk associated with an investment in the company (which may well be highly leveraged).

Discrete alternative strategies within the fixed income investment style include:

Fundamental Long Short Credit : This strategy involves performing intensive bottom up credit research on an issuer’s industry and company specific fundamental drivers, its financial condition, sources of liquidity and additional funding, access to capital markets, potential upgrade/downgrades by credit agencies, covenant protection with respect to corporate debt securities, asset coverage, seniority in the capital structure, interest coverage and maturity of debt, among other fundamental factors that are important to assess an issuer’s creditworthiness. Based on this analysis, assessment of supply and demand and technical factors of corporate debt securities traded in the market, the portfolio managers may decide to take a directional position, either long or short, in a company’s debt security. These portfolio managers typically identify specific catalysts in order to exploit these situations ( e.g. , exchange offers, workouts, financial reorganizations or other special credit event-related situations). Typically, these managers run net long biased books, but can hedge the interest rate or credit risk exposure embedded in the portfolios when deemed appropriate.

Capital Structure Arbitrage : The portfolio managers perform the same intensive bottom up credit research on an issuer described above under “Fundamental Long Short Credit.” Based on this analysis, the portfolio managers look for inefficiencies in the relative pricing of securities within the same capital structure and may take a long position in a debt security, typically senior in the capital structure ( e.g. , bank debt or senior bond) and a parallel short position in another security, typically in subordinated bond, convertible bond, preferred stock or common stock. For example, if the senior bonds and the subordinated bonds of a company are trading at very close yields and the portfolio manager believes (a) the firm is likely to default and (b) in bankruptcy, the senior bonds will have a much higher recovery than the subordinated bonds, the portfolio manager may enter a long position in the senior bond and a short position in the subordinated bond.

Distressed Debt : Distressed debt strategies entail investing in the debt of companies that have filed for bankruptcy court protection. These securities generally trade at significant discounts to par value because of the complexity of the bankruptcy process and because certain classes of investors are precluded, based on their investment mandates, from holding defaulted instruments. Distressed debt underlying funds may take passive positions or seek active participation in the restructuring plan by participating on a creditors’ committee with the intent of improving the value of such securities upon consummation of a restructuring.

 

36


In order to achieve these objectives, distressed debt portfolio managers may purchase, sell, exchange, or otherwise deal in and with restricted or marketable securities including, without limitation, any type of debt security, trade claim, preferred or common stock, warrants, options and hybrid instruments. A significant portion of a distressed debt portfolio manager’s portfolio may be invested in restricted securities that may not be registered and for which a market may not be readily available, and, therefore, a significant portion of the portfolio may not be freely traded. Investments may involve both U.S. and non-U.S. entities and may utilize leverage.

High Yield Debt : The high yield debt strategy involves investing predominantly in the debt of financially troubled, or stressed, companies. These companies are generally experiencing financial difficulties that have either led to a default on their indebtedness or increased the likelihood of default. A default may be related to missing a payment of interest or principal when due (“payment default”), which is generally considered a major default, or more minor events of default, such as breaking a financial ratio ( e.g. , if the debt instrument requires a 2:1 cash flow to debt payment ratio, having a ratio of less than 2:1). These more minor events of default may be waived by the creditor (generally the trustee of the bond issuance), but evidence an increased likelihood that the issuer will not be able to pay the indebtedness when due. High yield debt portfolio managers will generally consider, among other factors, the price of the security, the prospects of the company, the company’s history, management and current conditions when making investment decisions. It is important to note that some or all of these factors may not be included in the construction of this portion of the portfolio.

High yield debt portfolio managers may deal in and with restricted or marketable securities and a significant portion of a high yield debt portfolio manager’s portfolio may be invested in restricted securities that may not be registered under the 1933 Act and for which a market may not be readily available ( i.e. , not freely traded). Investments may involve both U.S. and non-U.S. entities and may utilize leverage.

High yield debt securities often trade at discounts (sometimes substantial discounts) to par value because many investors are either prohibited from, or willingly avoid, investing in such securities due to the complexity of determining the securities’ true risk/reward profile. Accordingly, high yield debt underlying funds typically experience significantly more volatility and risk than traditional fixed income underlying funds. To mitigate some of this risk, a high yield portfolio manager may use certain hedging tools, such as “shorting” securities in other portions of the capital structure ( e.g. , being “long” the high yield debt position and “short” the issuer’s common stock) in order to mitigate the risk associated with an investment in the company (which may well be highly leveraged). There can be no assurance that any such hedging techniques will be successful or that the hedging employed by the portfolio manager will not have the negative effect of lowering overall returns, or creating losses, in the portfolio or with respect to the applicable position.

Non-U.S. Debt : Non-U.S. debt investing involves purchasing debt securities including bonds, notes and debentures issued predominantly by non-U.S. corporations; debt securities issued predominantly by non-U.S. governments; or debt securities guaranteed by non-U.S. governments or any agencies thereof. The strategy will generally consist of underlying funds investing in non-U.S. fixed income portfolios and/or emerging markets debt securities. Given the markets in which it invests, a significant portion of a non-U.S. debt underlying fund’s portfolio may be invested in restricted securities that may not be registered and for which a market may not be readily available, and, therefore, a significant portion of the portfolio may not be freely traded. Further, an investment in bonds issued by foreign governments or corporations may carry, among other things, significant geopolitical risks, legal risks, currency risks ( e.g., significant devaluations) and liquidity risks ( e.g., lack of developed trading markets).

The fund may invest in more than one non-U.S. debt portfolio manager or underlying fund, with a goal of spreading exposure among macroeconomic risks, specific geographic market risk, currency risk, credit risk and/or interest rate risk. It is important to note that some or all of these factors may not be included in the construction of this portion of the fund’s portfolio.

 

37


Given liquidity issues, currency risk, credit risk, interest rate risk and geopolitical risks, non-U.S. debt underlying funds experience significantly more volatility and risk than traditional fixed income underlying funds. To mitigate some of this risk, a non-U.S. debt portfolio manager may use certain hedging tools, such as “shorting” securities in other portions of the capital structure ( e.g. , being “long” the non-U.S. debt position and “short” the issuer’s common stock) or buying protection for a decline in the native currency or the U.S. dollar in order to mitigate the risk associated with an investment in a particular non-U.S. debt security. There can be no assurance that any such hedging techniques will be successful or that the hedging employed by the portfolio manager will not have the negative effect of lowering overall returns, or creating losses, in the portfolio or with respect to the applicable position.

Event Driven. Event driven portfolio managers identify specific events that may have the potential to trigger significant change in the valuation of certain securities or financial instruments. These portfolio managers attempt to identify specific catalysts in order to exploit these situations. Discrete alternative strategies within the event driven investment style include:

Merger/Risk Arbitrage. Merger arbitrage, sometimes called risk arbitrage, involves investment in event-driven situations such as leveraged buy-outs, mergers and hostile takeovers. Normally, the security of an acquisition target appreciates while the acquiring company’s securities decrease in value. Returns may be obtained through use of this alternative strategy by purchasing securities of the acquired company and in some instances selling short securities of the acquiring company. Underlying funds and portfolio managers may use equity options as an alternative to the outright purchase or sale of common stock. Most merger arbitrage funds seek to hedge against market risk by utilizing derivative strategies, such as purchasing S&P 500 Index ® put options or put option spreads.

Distressed/Stressed Debt and Equity. This alternative strategy focuses on investing in performing and non-performing debt or equity securities of companies that are either experiencing financial distress or whose credit quality is poor but expected to improve. Other distressed/stressed security situations include companies that are either experiencing a liquidity crisis, defaulting on their debt obligations or filing for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. Investments using this strategy are typically made in anticipation of a strengthening of the company’s credit, a corporate event ( e.g. , a recapitalization, reorganization, liquidation or repayment) or refinancing, and may be made in securities such as bank debt, bonds or trade or vendor claims, as well as other contractual and legal obligations, such as defaulted swap claims or judgments. Underlying funds and portfolio managers may also invest in post-bankruptcy equity, typically received as part of a restructuring of defaulted debt into common stock. Additionally, portfolio managers may often choose to participate by taking an active role in a company’s creditor and/or equity holder committees. By investing in the above mentioned distressed or stressed securities, the objective of these underlying funds is to obtain profits based upon the perceived material difference between the market value and intrinsic value of these securities, which is calculated based upon an analysis of the relevant assets and liabilities along with a company’s future projected cash flows.

Private Placements. Regulation D under the 1933 Act allows for private placement of securities to certain investors, provided certain conditions are met. An underlying fund may invest in privately placed securities such as structured discount convertibles. Normally, such securities are privately offered to an underlying fund by companies in need of timely financing. The terms of any particular deal are reflective of the negotiating strength of the issuing company. Once a deal is closed, there is a waiting period for the private share offering to be registered with the SEC. An underlying fund cannot publicly trade such securities before their registration with the SEC is effective; therefore, its investment is illiquid until the securities become registered. Portfolio managers generally will hedge with purchases of registered common stock until the registration becomes effective and then liquidate the position gradually.

Special Situations.  Certain underlying funds take advantage of special situations such as spin-offs, recapitalizations, tender offers and other corporate restructurings, by seeking to purchase securities at substantial discounts to fair value and profit if the market recognizes the fair value. Fair value is generally determined through research and evaluation of the opportunity.

 

38


Investment in ETFs . The fund invests in shares of ETFs that (a) are registered investment companies or (b) trusts whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the OTC market. As with other investments in shares of funds, the fund will bear its pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses are in addition to the direct expenses of the fund’s own operations.

The ETFs in which the fund invests seek to track a specified securities index (“benchmark index”) or a basket of securities or other instruments, such as commodities, that an index provider (such as Russell or Morgan Stanley Capital International) selects as representative of a market, market segment, industry sector, country or geographic region. An ETF portfolio generally holds the same stock, bonds, or other instruments as the index it tracks (or it may hold a representative sample of such securities). Accordingly, an ETF is designed so that its performance will correspond closely with that of the its benchmark index.

Many ETFs are not actively managed. Therefore, those ETFs may not sell an instrument because the instrument’s issuer is in financial trouble unless that instrument is removed from the relevant index. Such an ETF may not perform the same as its benchmark index due to tracking error. An ETF’s return may not match the return of the benchmark index for a number of reasons. For example, the ETF incurs a number of operating expenses not applicable to the benchmark index and incurs costs in buying and selling instruments, especially when rebalancing the ETF’s holdings to reflect changes in the composition of the benchmark index or representative sample of the benchmark index. The ETF may not be fully invested at times, either as a result of cash flows into the ETF or reserves of cash held by the ETF to meet redemptions and pay expenses. If an ETF utilizes a sampling approach and holds futures or other derivative positions, its return may not correlate as well with the return on the benchmark index as would be the case if the ETF purchased all of the instruments in the benchmark index.

Because an ETF may, under certain circumstances, hold less than the total number of instruments in its benchmark index, an ETF is subject to management risk. This is the risk that the manager’s selection process, which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results.

An investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund ( i.e. , one that is not exchange traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. The price of an ETF can fluctuate within a wide range, and the fund could lose money investing in an ETF if the prices of the stocks, bonds or other instruments owned by the ETF go down. In addition, ETFs are subject to the following risks that do not apply to conventional open-end funds: (i) the market price of the ETF’s shares may trade at a discount to NAV; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading of an ETF’s shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally.

Investments in other investment companies, including ETFs, are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operations. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

Concentration Risk. An underlying fund’s assets may be concentrated in an industry or group of industries. By concentrating its assets in a single industry or group of industries, the underlying fund is subject to the risk that economic, political or other conditions that have a negative effect on that industry or group of industries will negatively impact the underlying fund to a greater extent than if the underlying fund’s assets were invested in a wider variety of industries.

Trading Frequency . An underlying fund may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover, in order to achieve its investment objective. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the fund’s performance.

 

39


Non-Diversified Portfolios . Certain underlying funds are classified as non-diversified under the 1940 Act. Since a non-diversified fund is permitted to invest a greater proportion of its assets in the securities of a smaller number of issuers, each such fund may be subject to greater risk with respect to its individual portfolio than a fund that is more broadly diversified.

Securities of Unseasoned Issuers . Securities in which the fund, through its investment in certain underlying funds or directly, may invest may have limited marketability and, therefore, may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. In addition, certain securities may lack a significant operating history and be dependent on products or services without an established market share.

Sovereign Debt Obligations . Sovereign debt of developing countries may involve a high degree of risk and may be in default or present the risk of default. Governmental entities responsible for repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and interest when due, and may require renegotiation or rescheduling of debt payments. In addition, prospects for repaying principal and interest may depend on political as well as economic factors. Although some sovereign debt, such as Brady Bonds, is collateralized by U.S. government securities, repayment of principal and interest is not guaranteed by the U.S. government.

Recent Market Events. The fixed income markets have experienced a period of extreme volatility, which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and other fixed income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed income instruments have been experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the fund.

Indexed Securities . Certain underlying funds may invest in indexed securities, whose value is linked to currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices or other financial indicators. Indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed ( i.e. , their value may increase or decrease if the underlying instrument appreciates), and may have return characteristics similar to direct investments in the underlying instrument or to one or more options on the underlying instrument. Indexed securities may be more volatile than the underlying instrument itself.

Inflation-Indexed Securities . Inflation indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the index-based accruals as part of a semiannual coupon. An underlying fund may also invest in inflation-indexed securities with other structures or characteristics as such securities become available in the market.

U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“U.S. TIPS”) are fixed income securities issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the principal amounts of which are adjusted daily based upon changes in the rate of inflation (currently represented by the non-seasonally adjusted Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), calculated with a three-month lag). U.S. TIPS pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. The interest rate on these bonds is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond this interest may be paid on an increasing or decreasing principal value that has been adjusted for inflation.

 

40


Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed for U.S. TIPS, even during a period of deflation. However, because the principal amount of U.S. TIPS would be adjusted downward during a period of deflation, the underlying funds would be subject to deflation risk with respect to their investments in these securities. In addition, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. If an underlying fund purchases U.S. TIPS in the secondary market whose principal values have been adjusted upward due to inflation since issuance, the underlying fund may experience a loss if there is a subsequent period of deflation. The underlying funds may also invest in other inflation-related bonds which may or may not provide a guarantee of principal. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to fluctuate in response to changes in real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation indexed bonds. Although the principal value of these securities declines in periods of deflation, holders at maturity receive no less than par. If inflation is lower than expected during the period an underlying fund holds the security, the underlying fund may earn less on the security than on a conventional bond. Any increase in principal value is taxable to shareholders of regulated investment companies in the year the increase occurs, even though such shareholders do not receive cash representing the increase at that time. As a result, an underlying fund investing in inflation-indexed securities could be required at times to liquidate other investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements as a regulated investment company and to eliminate any fund-level income tax liability under the Code.

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation ( e.g., due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

Certain underlying funds may invest in inflation-indexed securities issued in any country.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. TIPS is currently tied to the CPI-U, which is calculated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a non-U.S. government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can no assurance that the CPI-U or any non-U.S. inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. In addition, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a non-U.S. country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States. The three-month lag in calculating the CPI-U for purposes of adjusting the principal value of U.S. TIPS may give rise to risks under certain circumstances.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power of the fund present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund. The Board may change non-fundamental policies at any time.

 

41


If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of the restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

(1) The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(2) The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(3) The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(4) The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(5) The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(6) The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits the fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of the fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate the fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund has no intention of borrowing money for leverage. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit the fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers;

 

42


in fact, the 1940 Act permits the fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. The fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to the fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to the fund, as with other extensions of credit there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or Permal believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. The fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits the fund from issuing senior securities, except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. The fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by the fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of the fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the fund from owning real estate; however, the fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits the fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or REIT securities.

 

43


With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not generally prohibit the fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, the fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits the fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If the fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in ETFs that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

The fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Certain underlying funds in which the fund invests may have adopted investment restrictions that may be less restrictive than those listed above, thereby permitting the fund to engage indirectly in investment strategies that are prohibited under its own investment restrictions. The investment restrictions of an underlying fund that is registered under the 1940 Act are located in its statement of additional information.

Due to its investment objective and policies, the fund will concentrate more than 25% of its assets in the mutual fund industry. In accordance with the fund’s investment program, the fund may invest more than 25% of its assets in certain underlying funds.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policy

The fund’s non-fundamental investment policy is as follows:

(1) The fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and securities of other investment companies) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for

 

44


example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager or a subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was [            ].

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

The underlying funds do not limit their portfolio turnover rates should an adviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities. Higher turnover rates may result in higher expenses being incurred by the underlying funds.

 

45


MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees of the Trust. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The Trustees, including the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”), and executive officers of the Trust, their years of birth, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

 

Name and Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships Held
by Trustee During
Past 5 Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

           

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

  Trustee    Since 1983    Law Firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)    54    None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

  Trustee    Since 1991    President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)    54    None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

  Trustee    Since 1981    Professor Emeritus, Harvard Business School (since 2007); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007); Independent Consultant (since 1969)    54    None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

  Trustee    Since 1993    President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)    54    None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

  Trustee    From 1981 to 1998 and 2000 to present    Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)    54    None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

  Trustee    Since 1983    Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1992)    54    None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

  Trustee    Since 1995    Retired    54    None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

  Trustee    Since 1983    President, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer), division of Li & Fung (since 1963)    54    None

 

46


Name and Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships Held
by Trustee During
Past 5 Years

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

  Trustee    Since 2002    Founder and Senior Principal, Murphy Capital Management (investment management) (since 1983)    54    Trustee, UBS Funds (52 funds) (since 2008); Director, Nicholas Applegate Institutional Funds (12 funds) (since 2005); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (since 2002); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); formerly, Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (1983 to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

  Trustee    Since 1983    President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (brewery) (since 1989); Partner, Thompson Coburn LLP (law firm) (since 2009); formerly, Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) and its predecessor firms (prior to May 2009)    54    Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

  Trustee    Since 1993    Retired    54    None

 

47


Name and Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships Held
by Trustee During
Past 5 Years

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

           

R. Jay Gerken, CFA†

Born 1951

  Trustee, President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 147 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason or its affiliates; formerly, President and CEO, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Chairman, President and CEO, Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (formerly registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Managing Director of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)    134    Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (2002 to 2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with LMPFA and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

48


Name, Year of Birth and Address

 

Position(s) with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

       

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 147 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and CEO of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason or its affiliates; formerly, President and CEO, SBFM and Chairman, President and CEO, CFM (formerly registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Managing Director of CGMI (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

  Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (since 2006); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”) (a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management, CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005)

John Chiota

Born 1968

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

  Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer and Identity Theft Prevention Officer    Since 2006 and 2008    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Identity Theft Prevention Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2008); formerly, Vice President at CAM (2004 to 2005); formerly, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse (prior to 2004)

 

49


Name, Year of Birth and Address

 

Position(s) with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

  Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003); formerly, Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (2000 to 2005); formerly, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004)

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

  Assistant Secretary    Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (1992 to 2005)

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); formerly, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005); formerly, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004)

Steven Frank

Born 1967

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

  Controller    Since 2005    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005)

Albert Laskaj

Born 1977

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

  Controller    Since 2007    Vice President of Legg Mason (since 2008); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2007); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); formerly, Accounting Manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005)

 

50


Name, Year of Birth and Address

 

Position(s) with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

Jeanne M. Kelly

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

  Senior Vice President    Since 2005    Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Senior Vice President of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); formerly, Director of Global Fund Administration, CAM (1996 to 2005)

 

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the Trust receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has six standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Contract Committee, the Governance Committee, the Performance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech, Crane, Hubbard, Johnson, Maryatt, J. Miller, K. Miller, Murphy, Schlafly and Viscione. The Compensation Committee is composed of three Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Maryatt, J. Miller and K. Miller. The Contract Committee is composed of four Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Hubbard, Johnson, Murphy and Schlafly. The Performance Committee is composed of five Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech, Crane, Murphy and Viscione, and the Chairman of the Board. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund, the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The function of the Compensation Committee is to recommend to the Board the appropriate compensation for serving as a Trustee on the Board.

The Contract Committee is charged with assisting the Board in requesting and evaluating such information from the manager and subadvisers as may reasonably be necessary to evaluate the terms of the fund’s investment management agreement and subadvisory agreements.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that

 

51


include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems it appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Performance Committee is charged with assisting the Board in carrying out its oversight responsibilities over the fund and fund management with respect to investment management, objectives, strategies, policies and procedures, performance and performance benchmarks.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

The Trust’s Board oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of predecessors of Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met [    ] times during the Trust’s most recent fiscal period. The Audit, Contract, Compensation, Governance, Performance and Pricing Committees met [    ], [    ], [    ], [    ], [    ] and [    ] times, respectively, during the Trust’s most recent fiscal period.

 

52


The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Trustee

  

Dollar Range of
Equity
Securities in
the Fund

  

Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities in Registered
Investment Companies
Overseen by Trustee ($)

Independent Trustees

     

Paul R. Ades

   [    ]   

Andrew L. Breech

   [    ]   

Dwight B. Crane

   [    ]   

Frank G. Hubbard

   [    ]   

Howard J. Johnson

   [    ]   

David E. Maryatt(1)

   [    ]   

Jerome H. Miller

   [    ]   

Ken Miller

   [    ]   

John J. Murphy

   [    ]   

Thomas F. Schlafly

   [    ]   

Jerry A. Viscione

   [    ]   

Interested Trustee

     

R. Jay Gerken

   [    ]   

 

1

As of                     , none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, Permal, Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC (“LMGAA”), another subadviser of the fund, the distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadvisers or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation to be paid by the fund to the Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustees’ fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $120,000 plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for each telephonic Board meeting in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee receives an additional $25,000 per year, the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an additional $15,000 per year and the Chairs of the Performance, Contract and Compensation Committees receive an additional $12,500 per year. Other members of the Performance, Contract and Compensation Committees each receive an additional $10,000 per year.

Information regarding compensation paid to the Trustees is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund(2) ($)
   Total Pension
or Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of
Fund
Expenses(3) ($)
   Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee(4) ($)
   Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee

Independent Trustees

           

Paul R. Ades

      None       54

Andrew L. Breech

      None       54

Dwight B. Crane

      None       54

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.(5)

      None       54

 

53


Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund(2) ($)
   Total Pension
or Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of
Fund
Expenses(3) ($)
   Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee(4) ($)
   Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee

Frank G. Hubbard

      None       54

Howard J. Johnson

      None       54

David E. Maryatt

      None       54

Jerome H. Miller

      None       54

Ken Miller

      None       54

John J. Murphy

      None       54

Thomas F. Schlafly

      None       54

Jerry A. Viscione

      None       54

Interested Trustee:

           

R. Jay Gerken(1)

      None    0    134
             

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Information is for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009.
(3) Pursuant to prior retirement plans, the fund made payments of                  to former Trustees for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009.
(4) Information is for the calendar year ended December 31, 2009.
(5) Mr. Frayn retired from the Board effective December 31, 2009.

As of                     , the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding common shares of the fund.

As of                     , to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or “groups” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”)) beneficially owned or of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of the fund:

 

Class

   Name
and
Address
   Percent of
Ownership

Class A

     

Class C

     

Class FI

     

Class I

     

Class IS

     

Class R

     

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term instruments of the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. As of December 31, 2009, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2009, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

 

54


The manager has agreed, under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision of the fund’s Board, to provide the fund with investment research, advice, management and supervision; furnish a continuous investment program for the fund’s portfolio of securities and other investments consistent with the fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions; and place orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The manager is permitted to enter into contracts with subadvisers or subadministrators, subject to the Board’s approval. The manager has entered into one or more subadvisory agreements, as described below.

The manager performs administrative and management services as reasonably requested by the fund necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For its services under the Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee of 0.65% of the fund’s average daily net assets (including assets invested in its subsidiary), from which it compensates the fund’s subadvisers.

For the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009, the fund paid LMPFA management fees of $        , of which $         was waived. In addition, LMPFA reimbursed $         in expenses during the period.

Subadvisers

Permal serves as a subadviser to the fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement between the manager and Permal with respect to the fund (the “Permal Subadvisory Agreement”). Permal, with offices at 900 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”). Permal is a member of The Permal Group and is owned indirectly by Permal Group Ltd., a holding company of an international financial group of companies. Permal Group Ltd. is a subsidiary of Legg Mason. The Permal Group is one of the largest fund-of-funds investment management firms in the world with approximately $     billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2009.

LMGAA also serves as a subadviser to the fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement (the “LMGAA Subadvisory Agreement”) between the manager and LMGAA with respect to the fund. LMGAA is responsible for coordinating portfolio investment decisions for the fund and provides certain compliance and portfolio execution services to the fund. LMGAA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, is

 

55


registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. As of December 31, 2009, LMGAA’s total assets under management were approximately $4.6 billion. LMGAA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Under the Permal Subadvisory Agreement and subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, Permal provides day-to-day portfolio management with respect to the fund’s assets, including the allocation among asset classes and the determination of the fund’s allocation to particular underlying funds. Under the LMGAA Subadvisory Agreement and subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, LMGAA is responsible for implementing Permal’s portfolio investment decisions for the fund and provides certain compliance and portfolio execution services to the fund.

Each Subadvisory Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate a Subadvisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. Either Permal or LMGAA may terminate its Subadvisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager or either subadviser may terminate the applicable Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. Each Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by Permal or LMGAA, as applicable, and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of such subadviser.

Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies the portfolio managers, the number of accounts (other than the funds with respect to which information is provided) for which the fund’s portfolio managers have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. The table also identifies the number and total assets of such companies, pooled investment vehicles and accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on performance.

 

Portfolio Managers

   Registered Investment
Companies
   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles
   Other Accounts    Number of Accounts
and Total Assets for
which Advisory Fee is
Based on Performance

Christopher Zuehlsdorff

   —      —      —      —  

Alexander Pillersdorf

   —      —      —      —  

Portfolio Manager Compensation—Permal

Permal portfolio managers earn from Permal a base salary, with an opportunity to earn a bonus, which varies depending on job level and is set at the sole discretion of Permal’s compensation committee. No Permal portfolio managers are compensated on the basis of assets raised. Wage and salary increases are based on merit and business conditions. Length of service and cost of living may also be considered. Permal conducts compensation reviews periodically, often following a performance review.

Permal also encourages ongoing education and provides time and monetary support for employees taking additional classes related to their job functions to improve their skills and knowledge base. In addition, Permal

 

56


provides employees with a 401(k) plan and has a matching contribution program in connection with the 401(k) plan.

Portfolio Manager Compensation—LMGAA

LMGAA investment professionals receive base salary and other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

The level of incentive compensation is determined by the senior management of Legg Mason, based upon a number of factors, including (but not limited to) the performance of LMGAA’s funds relative to their benchmarks and to their relevant peer groups.

Up to 20% of an LMGAA investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. Of that principal deferred award amount, 50% will accrue a return based on the hypothetical returns of the investment fund or product that is the primary focus of the investment professional’s business activities with LMGAA and 50% may be received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The Manager, the Subadvisers and their Affiliates

The investment activities of the manager, the subadvisers, the investment advisers of the underlying funds and their respective affiliates, and their directors, trustees, managers, members, partners, officers, and employees (collectively, the “Related Parties”), for their own accounts and other accounts they manage, may give rise to conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the fund and its shareholders. The Related Parties provide other investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program certain aspects of which are similar to certain aspects of the fund’s investment program. The Related Parties are involved with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities, and may, for example, engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the fund. The trading activities of the Related Parties are carried out without reference to positions held directly or indirectly by the fund. In addition and more significantly, the Related Parties may be involved with other investment programs, investment partnerships or separate accounts that use underlying funds that are either already a part of the fund’s portfolio or that may be appropriate for investment by the fund. In some cases, these underlying funds may be capacity constrained. The Related Parties are under no obligation to provide the fund with capacity with respect to these underlying funds and, accordingly, the fund may not have exposure or may have reduced exposure with respect to these underlying funds. The fund’s operations may give rise to other conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the fund.

Certain Related Parties participate in the fixed income, equity and other markets in which the fund directly or indirectly invests. In addition, certain Related Parties are actively engaged as investors, advisers and/or market makers, agents and principals in relation to certain of the same securities, issuers, currencies and other instruments in which the assets of the fund (directly or through the underlying funds) may be invested, and these activities may have a negative effect on the fund.

Certain Related Parties may give advice and take action with respect to any of their clients or proprietary or other accounts that may conflict with the advice given to the fund, or may involve a different timing or nature of action taken than with respect to the fund. Such transactions, whether with respect to proprietary accounts, customer accounts other than those advised by the manager or the subadvisers, or certain other accounts that are advised by the manager or the subadvisers, may affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies and other instruments in which the fund (directly or indirectly through the underlying funds) may invest. In addition, accounts or funds managed by the Related Parties may compete with the fund (directly or indirectly the underlying funds) for investment opportunities. As a result, transactions for the fund (directly or indirectly

 

57


through the underlying funds) may be effected at prices or rates that may be less favorable than would have been the case absent such conflicts, and the fund may be negatively affected. The results of the investment activities of the fund may differ significantly from the results achieved by Related Parties for other accounts managed by them. This may have a negative effect on the fund.

Subject to applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may invest (directly or indirectly through the underlying funds) in securities of companies affiliated with the Related Parties or in which certain of the Related Parties have an equity or participation interest. The purchase, holding and sale of such investments by the fund (directly or indirectly through the underlying funds) may enhance the profitability of the Related Parties’ own investments in such companies.

Certain Related Parties may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, including interests in the underlying funds, and conduct other activities that may cause the same types of conflicts as those conflicts described herein applicable to the proprietary, management, advisory and other activities of Related Parties. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees and affiliates of the investment manager or the subadvisers that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the fund or an underlying fund in which the fund participates. In connection with the above, each of the fund, the manager and the subadvisers have adopted codes of ethics in compliance with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act that restrict securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the fund’s portfolio transactions.

Accounts or underlying funds managed or advised by Related Parties (including those managed by the manager and subadvisers) may have investment objectives that are similar to those of the fund and/or may engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the fund, and from which the manager, the subadvisers or other Related Parties may receive more or less compensation for its services than the manager and subadvisers receive from the fund. As a result, Related Parties and accounts or funds which Related Parties may manage or advise (including, without limitation, those funds discussed in greater detail below), or in which Related Parties and their personnel may have a proprietary interest, may compete with the fund for appropriate investment opportunities. For example, investment advisers of the underlying funds may limit the number of investors in or size of a underlying fund or the amount of assets and accounts that they will manage. The allocation of such opportunities among Related Parties’ funds and accounts may present conflicts, as may the potentially different investment objectives of different investors. In determining such allocations, a number of factors may be considered, which may include the relative sizes of the applicable funds and accounts and their expected future sizes, the expected future capacity of the applicable underlying funds, the funds available for allocation at any given time and the investment objectives of the fund and such other funds and accounts. Allocation of investment opportunities among the fund and other funds and accounts will be made by the subadvisers or by Related Parties in their capacities as the managers of such funds and accounts in a reasonable and equitable manner, as determined by them in their sole discretion. The disposition of any such investments is subject to the same conditions.

Subject to applicable regulatory requirements, Related Parties from time to time may invest proprietary or client capital with investment advisers, including investment advisers of the underlying funds selected by the fund, and may also invest in underlying funds in which the fund invests on terms different than the interests held by the fund. In addition, Related Parties may have other business relationships with such investment advisers. Related Parties may perform or seek to perform investment banking and other financial services for, and will receive compensation from, underlying funds, the sponsors of underlying funds, companies in which underlying funds invest, or other parties in connection with transactions related to those investments or otherwise. This compensation could include financial advisory fees, as well as underwriting or placement fees, financing or commitment fees or other types of compensation. Compensation for investment banking and other financial services will not be shared with the fund and may be received before the fund realizes a return on its investment. Related Parties may also provide brokerage services to underlying funds or act as a prime broker for

 

58


underlying funds in compliance with applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act. In connection with such brokerage services, Related Parties may provide research products and services to the underlying funds. Due to such relationships, the subadvisers may face a conflict in evaluating the applicable investment advisers of the underlying funds or underlying funds. Moreover, as a result of certain of such relationships, Related Parties may take actions with respect to an underlying fund, such as making a margin call, that may materially adversely affect such underlying fund and, therefore, the fund.

Related Parties may, from time to time, purchase shares of the fund. Any redemption of shares held by the Related Parties will be effected pursuant to the fund’s redemption policies. Such redemptions may have an adverse effect on the fund’s investment strategies, the breadth of their allocation of investments and on the fees, expenses and costs incurred by the fund.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act, an underlying fund may enter into transactions and invest in futures, securities, currencies, swaps, options, forward contracts or other instruments in which one of the Related Parties, acting as principal or on a proprietary basis for its customers, serves as the counterparty. The manager, the subadvisers and other Related Parties will not, directly or indirectly, purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the fund except in accordance with applicable law. However, subject to compliance with applicable law, including without limitation, the 1940 Act, the fund may engage in transactions with accounts that are affiliated with the fund because they are advised by Related Parties or because they have common officers, directors or managers. Such transactions would be made in circumstances where a subadviser has determined that it would be appropriate for the fund to purchase and a subadviser or another client of the Related Parties to sell, or the fund to sell and another client of the Related Parties to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day.

To the extent permitted by applicable law (including, without limitation, the 1940 Act), the fund (directly or indirectly through underlying funds) may purchase investments that are issued, or the subject of an underwriting or other distribution, by Related Parties. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups and mark-downs charged by Related Parties will be, in their view, commercially reasonable, although Related Parties will have an interest in obtaining commission rates, mark-ups and mark-downs that are favorable to such Related Parties.

Purchases or sales of securities for the account of the fund may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other accounts of the Related Parties, including other investment partnerships (including those in which the Related Parties or their employees have a beneficial interest). In the event that it is not possible to receive the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold, the various prices would be averaged, and the fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may be disadvantageous to the fund on some occasions. In addition, under certain circumstances, the fund may not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order. It is expected that the underlying funds generally will follow the same practice, but there is no guarantee that they will do so. Subject to the fund first obtaining any necessary exemptive relief from the provisions of the 1940 Act, the manager or a subadviser may invest the fund’s assets in underlying funds or managed accounts managed by investment advisers affiliated with the Related Parties. There can be no assurance that such exemptive relief will be sought or, if sought, that it will be granted.

The manager or a subadviser may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee arrangements may create a conflict of interest in that the manager or a subadviser may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that it believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to the fund.

Conflicts of Interest of Underlying Fund Investments

The subadvisers anticipate that each investment adviser of an underlying fund will consider participation by the applicable underlying fund in all appropriate investment opportunities that are also under consideration for

 

59


investment by the investment advisers of the underlying funds for other funds and accounts managed by the investment adviser (“Underlying Adviser Accounts”) that pursue investment programs similar to that of the applicable underlying funds or the fund. However, there can be no guarantee or assurance that investment advisers of the underlying funds will follow such practices or that an investment adviser will adhere to, and comply with, its stated practices, if any. In addition, circumstances may arise under which an investment adviser of an underlying fund will cause its Underlying Adviser Accounts to commit a larger percentage of their assets to an investment opportunity than to which the investment adviser of the underlying fund will commit assets of the underlying fund. Circumstances may also arise under which an investment adviser of the underlying fund will consider participation by its Underlying Adviser Accounts in investment opportunities in which the investment adviser intends not to invest on behalf of the underlying fund, or vice versa.

Situations may occur where the fund could be disadvantaged by investment activities conducted by the investment adviser of an underlying fund for the Underlying Adviser Accounts. These situations may arise as a result of, among other things: (1) legal restrictions on the combined size of positions that may be taken for an underlying fund in which the fund and/or Underlying Adviser Accounts participate (collectively, “Co-Investors” and, individually, a “Co-Investor”), limiting the size of underlying fund’s position; (2) legal prohibitions on the Co-Investors’ participating in the same instruments; (3) the difficulty of liquidating an investment for a Co-Investor when the market cannot absorb the sale of the combined positions; and (4) the determination that a particular investment is warranted only if hedged with an option or other instrument and the availability of those options or other instrument is limited.

A investment adviser of an underlying fund may from time to time cause an underlying fund to effect certain principal transactions in securities with one or more Underlying Adviser Accounts, subject to certain conditions. For example, these transactions may be made in circumstances in which the portfolio managers determine it is appropriate for the underlying fund to purchase and an Underlying Adviser Account to sell, or the underlying fund to sell and the Underlying Adviser Account to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day.

Each investment adviser of an underlying fund and its affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, including shares in underlying funds, and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of an underlying fund in which the fund participates. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers, employees and affiliates of the underlying fund for their own accounts that are the same as, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the underlying fund. Future investment activities of the investment adviser of the underlying funds, or their affiliates, and the principals, members, directors, officers or employees of the foregoing, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the fund.

Investment advisers of the underlying funds or their affiliates may from time to time provide investment advisory or other services to underlying funds and other entities or accounts managed by the investment advisers or their affiliates. In addition, investment advisers of the underlying funds or their affiliates may from time to time receive research products and services in connection with the brokerage services that brokers (including, without limitation, affiliates of the investment adviser) may provide to one or more Underlying Adviser Accounts.

Conflicts of Interest of Affiliate as Shareholder

Legg Mason and its affiliates hold a substantial amount of the fund’s voting securities and would be able to exercise a controlling influence on any matter that would be submitted to a vote of shareholders, including, but not limited to, the election of Trustees, approval or renewal of advisory or subadvisory contracts, and any vote relating to a reorganization or merger of the fund. Legg Mason also would have the ability to call special meetings of the fund pursuant to the Declaration of Trust and/or by-laws of the Trust. The ability to exercise a

 

60


controlling influence over the fund may result in conflicts of interest because, among other things, Legg Mason is an affiliate of the manager, the subadvisers and LMIS. Legg Mason is not bound by any procedures or policies that may limit its activities as a shareholder.

Portfolio Managers Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of the fund’s securities by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2009.

 

Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of
Securities ($)

Christopher Zuehlsdorff

  

Alexander Pillersdorf

  

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, Trustees and employees of the fund, if any; the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Trustees and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and any legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Trustees and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to implement an expense cap, forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares. Any such forgone and/or reimbursed fees are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The expense caps and forgone and/or reimbursed fees do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Trustees or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

61


In order to implement an expense cap, the manager will, as necessary, forgo management fees or reimburse operating expenses. However, the manager is permitted to recapture amounts previously forgone or reimbursed by the manager to the fund during the same fiscal year if the fund’s total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the expense cap shown in the fund’s Prospectus. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular fund business day, in the fund’s total annual operating expenses exceeding the expense cap.

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, acts as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement (the “distribution agreement”).

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act. The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares.

The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

Initial Sales Charge

The aggregate dollar amounts of initial sales charges on Class A shares received by the distributor were as follows:

Class A Shares

For the fiscal period ended December 31:

 

     LMIS ($)

2009

  

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amount of contingent deferred sales charges on Class A and Class C shares received by the distributor were as follows:

Class A Shares

For the fiscal period ended December 31:

 

     LMIS ($)

2009

  

Class C Shares

For the fiscal period ended December 31:

 

     LMIS ($)

2009

  

 

62


Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan

The Trust, on behalf of the fund, has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to the fund’s Class A, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays service and distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class C and Class R shares and service fees to Class A, Class C, Class FI and Class R shareholders. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees with respect to the Class C shares at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class and with respect to the Class R shares at the annual rate of 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, Service Agents and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A and Class C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of

 

63


the Qualified Trustees then in office who are not interested Trustees of the fund. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the fund in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Dealer reallowances, if any, are described in the fund’s Prospectus.

The following service and distribution fees were incurred by the fund pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan during the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal period
Ended 12/31/2009 ($)

Class A

  

Class C

  

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS during the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009 for compensation to Service Agents, accruals for interest on expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares, printing costs of prospectuses and marketing materials are expressed in the following table:

 

Class

   Third Party
Fees ($)
   Amortization ($)    Marketing ($)    Printing ($)    Total
Current
Expenses ($)

A

              

C

              

FI

              

R

              

I

              

IS

              

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund, receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street also may act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and

 

64


distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as co-transfer agent with BFDS with respect to shares purchased by clients of certain service providers. Under the co-transfer agency agreement with PNC, PNC maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, PNC receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, serves as counsel to the Trust and the fund.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

                    , an independent registered public accounting firm, located at [                            ], has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, the manager, the subadvisers and the distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the codes of ethics of the fund, the manager, the subadvisers and the distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadvisers through its contracts with the subadvisers. Permal will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies and LMGAA will implement such voting policies and procedures. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadvisers to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by Permal to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the board of directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address

 

65


the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadvisers and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

Permal’s proxy voting policies and procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted. Permal’s proxy voting policies and procedures are attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling (888) 425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class I or Class IS shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the Prospectus.

There are minimum investment requirements of $1,000 for initial investments and $50 for subsequent investments for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA or its affiliates (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its affiliates, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Purchase orders received by the fund prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE, on any day the fund calculates its NAV, are priced according to the NAV determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund’s transfer agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Class I Shares . The following persons are permitted to purchase Class I shares of the fund: 1) Current employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates; 2) current and former board members of investment companies managed by affiliates of Legg Mason; 3) current and former board members of Legg Mason; and 4) the immediate families of such persons. For such investors, the minimum initial investment is $1,000 and the minimum for each purchase of additional shares is $50. 1

Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases fund shares pursuant to a fee-based advisory account program of an Eligible Financial Intermediary as authorized by LMIS may be afforded an opportunity to

 

 

1

Employees who leave the employment of Legg Mason will be able to retain ownership of their Class I shares but will not be able to purchase additional shares.

 

66


make a conversion between one or more share classes owned by the investor in the same fund to Class I shares of that fund. Such a conversion in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss.

Systematic Investment Plan . Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $50 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. The Systematic Investment Plan authorizes the distributor to apply cash held in the shareholder’s brokerage account to make additions to the account. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the Prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares . Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the NAV plus an initial sales charge as described in the Prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the fund’s Prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class C Shares . Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS Shares . Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares are sold at NAV with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers . Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

 

67


(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

All existing retirement plan shareholders who purchased Class A shares at NAV prior to November 20, 2006, are permitted to purchase additional Class A shares at NAV. Certain existing programs for current and prospective retirement plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries approved by LMIS prior to November 20, 2006 will also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV.

Accumulation Privilege —Please see the Prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent —This helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1)    $25,000

 

(5)    $500,000

(2)    $50,000

 

(6)    $750,000

(3)    $100,000

 

(7)    $1,000,000

(4)    $250,000

 

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to pay the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the funds sold by the distributor.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a 13-month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases

 

68


towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a fund sold by the distributor may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

The eligible funds may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts . Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases . You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter of Intent . You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter of Intent and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges . Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter of Intent . You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares . Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal . If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal whether because you made insufficient Eligible Fund Purchases, redeemed all of

 

69


your holdings or cancelled the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class C shares and (b) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the NAV at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other funds sold by the distributor. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% per month of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70  1 / 2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005 will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59  1 / 2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker-dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other funds sold by the distributor may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

 

70


Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain retirement plan programs authorized prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”) to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason fund, are permitted to maintain such share class exchange feature for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program, Class C shares may be purchased by plans investing less than $3,000,000. Class C shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances:

If a participating plan’s total Class C holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason funds equal at least $3,000,000 at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the fund. Such participating plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the 90th day after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the same fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Such plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before the eighth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares, but instead may acquire Class A shares of the same fund. Any Class C shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

For further information regarding this Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. The public offering price for Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares (and Class A share purchases, including applicable rights of accumulation, equaling or exceeding $1,000,000) is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase and no sales charge is imposed at the time of purchase. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class C shares, and on Class A shares when purchased in amounts equaling or exceeding $1,000,000.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund as of December 31, 2009.

 

Class A (based on a NAV of $           and a maximum initial sales charge of 5.75%):

   $           

 

71


REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of NAV is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange.

Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program . Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds sold by the distributor or classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at NAV in additional shares of the fund.

 

72


For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan should be sent to the transfer agent. Withdrawals may be scheduled on any day of the month; however, if the shareholder does not specify a day, the transfer agent will schedule the withdrawal on the 25th day (or the next business day if the 25th day is a weekend or holiday) of the month.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the fund’s Prospectus. Because redemption in-kind may be used at times of unusual illiquidity in the markets, these valuation methods may include fair value estimations. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities and the market price of those securities will be subject to fluctuation until they are sold. A redemption in-kind may be considered the sale of securities by the fund to the party receiving the securities (except for tax purposes). Redemptions in-kind will not be done with LMIS or other affiliated persons of the fund except as permitted by SEC rules or orders, or other interpretive guidance from regulators.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in another fund sold by the distributor. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current NAV and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current NAV. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS Exchanges . Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class C Exchanges . Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares” in the Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders

 

73


with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined NAV but the purchase order would be effective only at the NAV next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the NAV next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent, to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The NAV per share of each class is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is normally open for trading every weekday except in the event of an emergency or for the following holidays (or the days on which they are observed): New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share NAV of each class will differ. Please see the Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the fund’s Board from time to time, Permal is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions, except that the manager manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund. LMGAA is responsible for placing the fund’s portfolio transactions. Commissions are negotiated with broker/dealers on all transactions.

The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and the LMGAA Subadvisory Agreement, the manager and LMGAA are authorized to place orders pursuant to investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and LMGAA in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadvisers or their affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and LMGAA are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio

 

74


transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or LMGAA, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. Investment research services include information and analysis on particular companies and industries as well as market or economic trends and portfolio strategy, market quotations for portfolio evaluations, analytical software and similar products and services. If a research service also assists the manager or a subadviser in a non-research capacity (such as bookkeeping or other administrative functions), then only the percentage or component that provides assistance to the manager or a subadviser in the investment decision making process may be paid in commission dollars. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager, the subadvisers and their affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and/or a subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, neither the manager nor the subadvisers believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces their expenses as manager or as a subadviser. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or the subadvisers by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or subadvisers, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or a subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or the subadviser manages may be used by the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

For the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009, the fund paid commissions to brokers that provided research services as follows:

 

Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Transactions
Related to Research Services ($)

   Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage
Commissions Paid on Transactions Related to
Research Services ($)
  

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009, the fund paid $[    ] in aggregate brokerage commissions.

For the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or the subadvisers’ other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or the subadvisers’ other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the

 

75


purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other funds managed by the manager or the subadvisers occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

At December 31, 2009, the fund held the following equity securities issued by its regular broker/dealers:

 

Issuer

   Type
(Equity/Debt)
   Market Value
(000s) ($)

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason family of funds, the funds’ boards have adopted policies and procedures developed by the fund’s manager with respect to the disclosure of a fund’s portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of the fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of the manager, the distributor or their affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding the fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

The manager’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by the fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, the fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the fund’s Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. The fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. The fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction ( i.e., brokers and custodians).

 

76


5. The fund’s sector weightings, performance attribution ( e.g., analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. The fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either the party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of the information must be subject to restrictions on sharing non-public information with any unauthorized source and on trading upon non-public information. None of the funds, Legg Mason or any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by the fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to the release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with the manager’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to each fund’s board.

Currently, the fund typically discloses its complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of December 31, 2009, of those parties with whom the manager, on behalf of each fund, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information in accordance with the policy as well as the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

   Frequency    Delay before dissemination

State Street Bank and Trust Company
(Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

   Daily    None

RiskMetrics Group (formerly Institutional Shareholder Services) (Proxy Voting Services)

   As necessary    None

Bloomberg

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Thomson/Vestek

   Daily    None

FactSet

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York Mellon

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

SunGard/Protegent (formerly Dataware)

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

 

77


Portfolio holdings information for the fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

   Frequency   Delay before dissemination

Baseline

   Daily   None

Frank Russell

   Monthly   1 Day

Callan

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

RogersCasey (EQuest)

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Wilshire

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Nelson Information

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

   Daily   None

Advent

   Daily   None

BARRA

   Daily   None

Plexus

   Quarterly (Calendar)   Sent 1-3 business days following
the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

   Quarterly (Calendar)   Sent 1-3 business days following
the end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

   Daily   None

Ambac

   Daily   None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly   6-8 business days

Fitch

   Monthly   6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End   None

SunTrust

   Weekly and Month End   None

New England Pension Consultants

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night   1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

   Monthly   6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

   Daily   None

Cabot Research

   Weekly   None

Goldman Sachs

   Daily   None

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

   Daily   None

Canterbury Consulting

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Broadridge

   Daily   None

DST Global Solutions Limited

   As necessary   Varies

Interactive Data Corp.

   Daily   None

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   Daily   None

THE TRUST

The Trust.

The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. The fund is a series of the Trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of

 

78


the Board (referred to in this section as the “trustees”) and shareholders of the Trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the Trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the “declaration”). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting.

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares rather than all series or classes.

Election and Removal of Trustees.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration.

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares.

The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

 

79


Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings.

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts.

The declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability.

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

 

80


Derivative Actions

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand if, in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its Prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or self-employed retirement plan accounts) will receive a single Prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

TAXES

Dividends and Distributions

The fund’s policy is to declare and pay annual dividends from its net investment income. Distributions from net realized capital gains, if any, from the fund will be made annually. The fund may also pay additional dividends shortly before December 31 from certain amounts of undistributed ordinary income and realized capital gains in order to avoid a federal excise tax liability.

If a shareholder does not otherwise instruct, dividends and capital gain distributions will automatically be reinvested in additional shares of the same class at NAV, with no additional sales charge or deferred sales charge. A shareholder may change the option at any time by notifying his or her Service Agent. Shareholders whose accounts are held directly by the transfer agent should notify the transfer agent in writing, requesting a change to this automatic reinvestment option.

 

81


Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund intends to continue to qualify to be treated as a regulated investment company under the Code each taxable year. To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities, or foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” ( i.e. , partnerships, including certain ETFs, that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by a fund and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. Income from commodity derivatives, including certain ETNs, is not considered qualifying income to the fund. Any income the fund derives from direct investments in commodity derivatives must be limited to a maximum of 10% of the fund’s gross income.

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Fund or underlying fund investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in such fund being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided such fund satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” ( i.e ., generally, the taxable income of a RIC other than its realized long term capital gain over its net realized short term capital loss plus or minus certain adjustments) and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporation tax rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

Distributions received by the fund from an underlying fund attributable to the underlying fund’s investment company taxable income including short-term capital gains are taxable as dividend income to the fund. Distributions received by the fund from an underlying fund attributable to the excess of the underlying fund’s net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss and that are properly designated as “capital gain dividends” are taxable as long-term capital gain to the fund, regardless of how long the fund has held the

 

82


underlying fund’s shares. Upon the sale or other disposition by a fund of shares of any underlying fund, the fund generally will realize a capital gain or loss which will be long-term or short-term, generally depending upon the fund’s holding period for the shares.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on a fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term and including capital gain dividends received from the underlying funds) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax. Unexpected or unpredictable distributions from lower-tier funds may impede the fund’s ability to avoid application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, the fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or failed to meet the distribution requirement, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the fund’s earnings and profits. However, such dividends would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets ( i.e ., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

In certain situations, the fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Tax Treatment of the Underlying Funds

Each underlying fund intends to continue to qualify annually to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In any year in which an underlying fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and timely distributes all of its taxable income, the underlying fund generally will not pay any U.S. federal income or excise tax. The underlying funds are subject to the same asset diversification and income distribution requirements applicable to the fund.

An underlying fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies) will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by such underlying fund ( i.e ., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the underlying fund and defer underlying fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to the fund and thus to the shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require an underlying fund to “mark-to-market” certain types of the positions in its portfolio ( i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the

 

83


underlying fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the applicable underlying fund, that underlying fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. Each underlying fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the underlying fund as a regulated investment company.

An underlying fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by an underlying fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the underlying fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the underlying fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the underlying fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, an underlying fund may make or receive periodic net payments. An underlying fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, an underlying fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss. The tax treatment of many types of credit default swaps is uncertain.

An underlying fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market or constructive sale rules or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below), partnerships, trusts in which the underlying fund invests, certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions,” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the underlying fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. An underlying fund may therefore be required to obtain cash to be used to satisfy these distribution requirements by selling securities at times that it might not otherwise be desirable to do so or borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses. In certain situations, an underlying fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when an underlying fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in an underlying fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by an underlying fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules

 

84


would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by an underlying fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by an underlying fund for more than one year. In general, an underlying fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into. Furthermore, certain transactions (including options, futures contracts, notional principal contracts, short sales and short sales against the box) with respect to an “appreciated financial position” in certain financial instruments may be deemed a constructive sale of the appreciated position, requiring the immediate recognition of gain as if the appreciated position were sold. For this purpose, an appreciated financial position is defined generally to mean any position (defined as any interest, including a futures or forward contract, short sale or option) with respect to stocks, debt instruments, or partnership interests where there would be gain if such position is sold, assigned or otherwise terminated at its fair market value. The term appreciated financial position, however, does not apply generally to a position with respect to certain debt instruments or a position which is marked to market.

Foreign Investments . Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by an underlying fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. Foreign taxes paid by an underlying fund will reduce the return from the underlying fund’s investments.

If more than 50% of the value of an underlying fund’s assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stocks or securities of foreign corporations, that underlying fund may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to treat certain foreign taxes paid by it as paid by the fund that own its shares. The fund would then be required to include its proportionate share of the electing fund’s foreign income and related foreign taxes in income even if the fund does not receive the amount representing foreign taxes. The fund may invest in some underlying funds that expect to be eligible to make the above-described election. While the fund will be able to deduct the foreign taxes that it will be treated as having paid if the election is made, the fund will not itself be able to elect to treat such foreign taxes as paid by its shareholders. Accordingly, the shareholders of the fund will not have an option of claiming a foreign tax credit or deduction for foreign taxes paid by the underlying funds, while persons who invest directly in such underlying funds may have that option.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time an underlying fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the underlying fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the underlying fund were to elect otherwise.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies . If an underlying fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the underlying fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the underlying fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If an underlying fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, such underlying fund might be required to include in

 

85


income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the underlying fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the applicable underlying fund, that underlying fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. In order to make the “qualified electing fund” election, the underlying fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, an underlying fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the underlying fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased all of the PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the underlying fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the underlying fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years of the underlying fund, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, such underlying fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The underlying fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the applicable underlying fund, that underlying fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss.

Each underlying fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions . Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the fund during January of the following calendar year.

The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon timely filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund designates as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. Such distributions will not be eligible for the dividends-received

 

86


deduction. All other dividends (including dividends from short-term capital gains) of the fund from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

Special rules apply, however, to regular dividends paid to individuals. Such a dividend, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that taxable year is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund; or (ii) the portion of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by the fund from U.S. corporations and qualified foreign corporations, provided that the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. However, qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the fund from a REIT or another regulated investment company (such as an underlying fund) generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such REIT or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be a qualified dividend income.

The fund in which you are a shareholder or your Service Agent will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by the fund that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An extraordinary dividend on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

If an underlying fund derives dividends from domestic corporations, a portion of the income distributions of the fund that invests in that underlying fund may be eligible for the 70% deduction for dividends received by corporations. Shareholders will be informed of the portion of dividends that so qualify. The dividends received deduction is reduced to the extent the shares of the corporation paying the dividend, the shares of the underlying fund or the shares of the fund receiving the dividends are treated as debt-financed under U.S. federal income tax law and is eliminated if either the shares of the corporation paying the dividend, the shares of the underlying fund or the shares of the fund receiving the dividends are deemed to have been held by the underlying fund, the fund or the shareholders, as the case may be, for less than a minimum period, generally 46 days, during a prescribed period with respect to each dividend.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the

 

87


fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends are included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends ( i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Sales of Shares . Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his basis in his shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of the fund share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares and, to the extent not disallowed, will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (or amounts credited to the shareholder as an undistributed capital gain) with respect to such shares. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right ( e.g. , an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Under current law, the fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund if shares in the fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Certain types of income received by the fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To the fund’s shareholders such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as IRAs, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (2) not be offset against otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Code, are fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined by Code Section 664) has UBTI for a tax year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

 

88


The fund and the underlying funds intend to take the position that redemptions from the underlying funds will be respected as “redemptions” for tax purposes and will not be treated as Code Section 301 dividends, but the IRS could disagree with this position. Losses realized upon such redemptions may result in “wash sales” and deferral, perhaps indefinitely, of realized losses to the fund.

Backup Withholding . The fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

Notices; Other Taxes

Notices . Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Other Taxes . Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of stocks or securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends paid by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund.

A distribution from the fund to foreign shareholders who have held more than 5% of the fund at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of distribution is treated as real property gain subject to 35% withholding tax and treated as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business with certain tax filing requirements applicable, if such distribution is attributable to a distribution of real property gain received by the fund from a REIT and if 50% or more of the value of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations.

 

89


For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010, properly-designated dividends are generally exempt from United States federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the fund’s net short-term capital gain over the fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the fund may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the fund designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences (and, where noted, state and local tax consequences) affecting the fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund (Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2009, Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2009, Statement of Operations for the period ended December 31, 2009, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period ended December 31, 2009, Consolidated Financial Highlights for the period ended December 31, 2009, and Notes to Financial Statements, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on [            ]; Accession Number [            ]).

 

90


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa —Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa —Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A —Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa —Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba —Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B —Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa —Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca —Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C —Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1,” “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale.

Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.


Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa —Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa —Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A —Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa —Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ba —Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B —Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Caa —Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca —Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

C —Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1,” “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels-”MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

A-2


Description of Moody’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long-or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g. , Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in

 

A-3


accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

AAA —An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA —An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A —An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB —An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C —Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB —An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC —An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC —An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C —A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘C’ rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A ‘C’ also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

D —An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard &

 

A-4


Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

 

A-5


Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

 

   

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

   

Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1 —Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 —Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 —Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1 —Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2 —Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 —Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1 —A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

A-6


B-2 —A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3 —A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C —A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D —A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project

 

A-7


finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1 —This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2 —Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated ‘A-1’.

A-3 —Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B —Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C —This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D —Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

 

A-8


Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA —Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA —Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A —High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB —Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB —Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B —Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, ‘B’ ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

CCC —For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

CC —For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

C —For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

 

A-9


RD —Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D —Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1 —Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2 —Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3 —Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B —Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C —High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D —Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

 

A-10


Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/– modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive,” indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative,” for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving,” if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. , those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’: Paid-in-Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

‘NR’ indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

 

A-11


APPENDIX B

PERMAL PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

Permal Proxy Voting

Overview and Procedures Memorandum

 

       Responsible Party
(if applicable)
I. Policy   

Permal has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to determine that proxies are voted in the best interests of clients. While the proxy policy serves as a guideline, there may be instances in which clients’ shares may not be voted in strict adherence to these guidelines.

 

Permal and PCM’s Proxy Voting Policies are included as exhibits to the Compliance Manual.

 

Permal is subject to additional requirements as specified in the addendum to this Overview and Procedures Memorandum.

  
II. ERISA Requirements   

Advisers to ERISA plans have an obligation to take reasonable steps under the circumstances to verify that it receives the client’s proxies. The Department of Labor has also indicated that the investment adviser, having voted the proxies must properly document its vote by keeping adequate records.

 

Permal must act prudently, solely in the interest of plan participants and beneficiaries, and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to them when voting the proxies. Permal must consider those factors that would affect the value of the plan’s investments and may not subordinate the interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries to unrelated objectives.

  
III. Voting Guidelines   
The Proxy Administrator generally will cast proxy votes, particularly on routine proposals, in accordance with management’s recommendations.    Proxy Administrator
Routine proposals are those that do not change the structure, governing rules or operations of the corporation or portfolio fund. Traditionally, these routine issues include, among others, the approval of auditors; a change in company name and Board of Director elections.   
The Proxy Administrator will determine how votes should be cast for issues that do not fall into a routine category, e.g., changes of redemption terms, by applying the general principals of this policy and by consulting with the Investment Managers of the clients holding the securities for which the proxies are to be voted, as necessary.    Proxy Administrator
IV. Voting Procedures   
The Proxy Administrator is responsible for voting proxies on time and for properly transmitting the executed proxy card to the issuer or appropriate proxy agent acting on the issuer’s behalf.    Proxy Administrator

 


       Responsible Party
(if applicable)
The Proxy Administrator will not vote proxies if Permal concludes that the effect on shareholder’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant, or the cost of voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefits to the clients or Permal anticipates selling the security in the near future. This will be determined in consultation with the Investment Managers.    Proxy Administrator
Permal does not notify clients when it receives proxies for securities held in their accounts. However, clients have the right to submit their proxy voting preferences on any issue that is subject to a shareholder vote to the Proxy Administrator either at the time they enter into an advisory relationship with Permal or as the need arises. The Proxy Administrator will maintain documentation of these requests.    Proxy Administrator
The Proxy Administrator will maintain a log indicating how it voted each proxy, any instances where proxies were voted against the established guidelines and the rationale behind voting in this manner, and any instances where Permal declined to vote a proxy.    Proxy Administrator
V. Client Disclosure and Information   
The Client Administration Department or the Local Compliance Officer, as applicable, will provide the Proxy Voting Statement to new clients.    Client Administration
Department

Local Compliance
Officer

Clients will be directed to submit requests for the proxy voting records to the Proxy Administrator. The Proxy Administrator will maintain documentation of these requests and will prepare a report for the client detailing the subject matter of each vote, the date of the vote and whether the matter was approved or rejected.    Proxy Administrator
VI. New Accounts\Holdings   
The Client Administration Department will notify the custodians of clients’ accounts to send proxy statements to the attention of the Proxy Administrator. Custodians of accounts managed by third party Portfolio Managers will be requested to send the proxy statements directly to the Portfolio Managers.    Client Administration
Department
VII. Conflicts of Interest   
The Proxy Administrator will promptly report to the Legal and Compliance Group any attempts by others to influence Permal’s voting of client proxies in a manner that appears to be inconsistent with the best interests of the clients.    Proxy Administrator
The Proxy Administrator will monitor corporate relationships so as to ascertain whether a potential material conflict of interest exists prior to voting client proxies.    Proxy Administrator
The Local Compliance Officer will inform the Proxy Administrator of any instances where an Investment Manager has informed him/her that a potential material conflict of interest exists.    Local Compliance
Officer
The Proxy Administrator will notify the Legal and Compliance Group of any potential material conflict of interest.    Proxy Administrator
In the event that a material conflict of interest does exist, the Head of Legal and Compliance will determine any necessary disclosures relating to the conflict of interest that need to be made to the client. Client consent to the vote must be obtained prior to voting the proxy.    Head of Legal and
Compliance

 

B-2


       Responsible Party
(if applicable)
In addition to reporting all potential material conflicts of interest, the Proxy Administrator will report to the Legal and Compliance Group any additional compliance related issues that arise in connection with the performance of his/her proxy-voting obligations.    Proxy Administrator
VIII. Books and Records   

The Proxy Administrator will maintain the following books and records related to proxy voting activities in an easily accessible place for a period of five years, the first two in an appropriate office:

 

•   Proxy statements received regarding client securities;

 

•   Record of each vote cast;

 

•   A copy of any documentation created that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; and

 

•   Each written client request for proxy voting records and the written response to any client request for such records.

   Proxy Administrator
The Legal and Compliance Department will maintain a copy of the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and Proxy Voting Statements sent to clients.    Legal and
Compliance
Department

 

B-3


Proxy Voting

Permal Requirements

 

       Responsible Party
(if applicable)
I. Policy   
These policies supplement the Proxy Voting Overview and Procedures Memorandum included in the Group Compliance Manual.   
II. Managed Accounts   
The Proxy Administrator will not monitor or vote proxies held in accounts managed by Portfolio Managers.    Proxy Administrator
The Legal and Compliance Department will periodically request a copy of the Portfolio Managers’ Proxy Voting Statement, if amended, and obtain verification from these Portfolio Managers that they have voted all proxies for securities held in a client account.    Legal and
Compliance
Department
The Director of Client Administration will verify that clients’ Investment Management Agreements with Portfolio Managers requires that the Portfolio Managers vote all proxies for securities held in the account.    Director of Client
Administration
The Legal and Compliance Department will maintain a file for each client that contains copies of the Portfolio Managers’ Proxy Voting Statement and annual verifications.    Legal and
Compliance
Department
III. Voting Procedures For US Registered Investment Companies   
Proxies Issued by US Registered Investment Companies   

To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, Permal will employ echo voting, where required, when a US registered investment company it manages or advises invests in an underlying fund which is also a US registered investment company and such investment was made in reliance on Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order. Echo voting means that Permal will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the underlying US registered investment company’s shares.

 

Permal may opt to vote these proxies in accordance with its general voting procedures where it deems appropriate and in compliance with applicable law and/or regulatory requirements.

   Proxy Administrator
Proxies Issued by Exchange Traded Funds   

Permal will echo vote proxies issued by an underlying portfolio which is a US exchange-traded fund to the extent required by the procedures of the US registered investment company it manages or advises.

 

The procedures for the Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund are attached as an exhibit to this policy.

   Proxy Administrator

 

B-4


       Responsible Party
(if applicable)
Proxies Issued by Securities Received as Part of a Redemption in Kind   
Permal contemplates that there may be instances where a US registered investment company it manages or advises may temporarily own a basket of securities other than US registered investment companies (“Non-fund Securities”) generally due to being redeemed in kind from an underlying US registered investment company. It is generally Permal’s policy to seek to liquidate the Non-Fund Securities received as soon as practicable. In such instances, Permal does not intend to vote any proxies issued by a Non-Fund Security whose proxy record date happens to fall during the period the Non-Fund Security is owned by the Permal client.    Proxy Administrator

 

B-5


April     , 2010

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST

LEGG MASON CLEARBRIDGE EQUITY INCOME BUILDER FUND

Class A (SOPAX), Class B (SOPTX), Class C (SBPLX), Class FI,

Class R, Class R1, Class I (SOPYX) and Class IS

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

Funds Investor Services 1-800-822-5544

Institutional Shareholder Services 1-888-425-6432

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the current Prospectus of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (the “fund”), dated April [            ], 2010, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the fund’s Prospectus. Effective April 16, 2007, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund. Certain historical information for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. Effective December 7, 2009, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of another predecessor fund, Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (the “acquired fund”), and as part of such transaction, the fund changed its investment objective, investment policies and investment strategies to be consistent with those of the acquired fund. In connection with the new investment objective, policies and strategies, the fund changed its name from Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital and Income Fund (formerly as Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund prior to October 5, 2009) to the acquired fund’s name. The fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The fund’s Prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”), or by writing or calling the Trust at the address or telephone number set forth above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Investment Objective and Management Policies

   3

Investment Practices and Risk Factors

   3

Investment Policies

   34

Management

   38

Investment Management and Other Services

   46

Portfolio Manager Disclosure

   48

Purchase of Shares

   57

Redemption of Shares

   63

Exchange Privilege

   64

Valuation of Shares

   66

Portfolio Transactions

   66

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   68

The Trust

   70

Taxes

   73

Legal Matters

   81

Financial Statements

   83

Appendix A — ClearBridge — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   A-1

Appendix B — Description of Ratings

   B-1

THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the Prospectus or this SAI in connection with the offerings made by the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the fund or its distributor. The Prospectus and this SAI do not constitute offerings by the fund or by the distributor in any jurisdiction in which such offerings may not lawfully be made.


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) as an open-end, diversified investment management company.

The fund’s Prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and policies. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment policies in the Prospectus.

Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies

The fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of current income. Long-term capital appreciation is its secondary objective.

The fund’s principal investment strategies are as follows: Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, if any, in equity securities or other investments with similar economic characteristics. A significant portion of the fund’s portfolio will consist of equity securities that pay dividends. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, rights and debt securities convertible into equity securities. Convertible securities may be purchased to gain additional exposure to a company or for their income or other features. The fund may also invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).

The fund may invest up to 50% of its net assets in equity securities of foreign issuers directly or in the form of depositary receipts representing an interest in those securities. The foreign issuers in which the fund may invest include issuers that are organized outside the United States and conduct their operations in the United States and other countries (commonly known as “multi-national companies”) and other foreign issuers with market capitalizations generally of at least $10 billion.

The portfolio managers believe that high quality companies with strong balance sheets coupled with strong dividend profiles are attractive candidates for long-term investment. The portfolio managers typically emphasize dividend-paying equity securities, with current dividend levels being the main focus and dividend growth over time being secondary. The fund may invest in issuers of any size.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in fixed income securities. The fund may invest in fixed income securities of any quality, including lower-rated, high-yielding debt securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”). The fund may invest in fixed income securities when the portfolio managers believe such securities provide attractive income opportunities.

The fund’s 80% investment policy may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

There is no guarantee that the fund will achieve its investment objective.

INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND RISK FACTORS

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies and practices that may be used by the fund, which all involve risks of varying degrees.

 

3


Equity Securities

Equity securities have historically been more volatile than most debt securities in response to market risk. Market risk is the risk that the prices of securities will rise or fall due to changing economic, political or market conditions. The value of some securities held by the fund may be quite volatile.

Common Stocks.  The fund may purchase common stocks. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.

Preferred Stocks.  The fund may invest in preferred stocks. Preferred stock pays dividends at a specified rate and generally has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of the issuer’s assets, but is junior to the debt securities of the issuer in those same respects. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, dividends on preferred stock are generally payable at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors. Shareholders of preferred stock may suffer a loss of value if dividends are not paid. The market prices of preferred stocks are subject to changes in interest rates and are more sensitive to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than are the prices of debt securities. Generally, under normal circumstances, preferred stock does not carry voting rights.

Convertible Securities.  The fund may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion or exchange, convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower than the yield of nonconvertible debt. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable-tier nonconvertible securities, but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure.

The value of a convertible security is a function of (1) its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (2) its worth, at market value, if converted or exchanged into the underlying common stock. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which may be less than the ultimate conversion or exchange value.

Convertible securities are subject both to the stock market risk associated with equity securities and to the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed income securities. As the market price of the equity security underlying a convertible security falls, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its yield and other fixed income characteristics. As the market price of such equity security rises, the convertible security tends to trade on the basis of its equity conversion features.

Synthetic Convertible Securities.  The fund may invest in synthetic convertible securities. Unlike a convertible security, which is a single security, a synthetic convertible security is comprised of distinct securities that together resemble convertible securities in certain respects. Each component of a synthetic convertible security has a separate market value and responds differently to market fluctuations. Investing in synthetic convertible securities involves the risk normally involved in holding the securities comprising the synthetic convertible security.

Synthetic convertible securities are typically created by combining non-convertible bonds or preferred stocks with warrants or stock call options. The options that will form elements of synthetic convertible securities may be listed on a securities exchange or on NASDAQ or may be privately traded. The components of a synthetic convertible security generally are not offered as a unit and may be purchased and sold by the fund at different times.

 

4


Warrants or Rights.  Warrants or rights may be acquired by the fund in connection with other securities or separately and provide the fund with the right to purchase other securities of the issuer at a later date. Since a warrant does not carry with it the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to securities that the warrant holder is entitled to purchase, and because it does not represent any rights to the assets of the issuer, a warrant may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. Warrants acquired by the fund in units or attached to securities may be deemed to be without value.

Real Estate Investment Trusts.  The fund may invest in shares of REITs, which are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). Debt securities issued by REITs, for the most part, are general and unsecured obligations and are subject to risks associated with REITs. Like mutual funds, REITs have expenses, including advisory and administration fees paid by REIT shareholders, and, as a result, an investor is subject to a duplicate level of fees if the fund invests in REITs.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to shareholders. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to industry-related risks.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed income obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans the interest rates on which are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, REITs have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500 Index.

The values of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation, the possibility of failing to qualify for the ability to avoid tax by satisfying distribution or other requirements under the Code and failing to maintain exemption from the Investment Company Act, as amended (“1940 Act”). Also, the fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses incurred by REITs in which the fund invests. REITs are also sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values and property taxes, interest rates, overbuilding and creditworthiness of the issuer.

Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs” ). The fund may invest in MLPs, which are limited partnerships in which ownership units are publicly traded. MLPs often own or own interests in properties or businesses that are related to oil and gas industries, including pipelines, although MLPs may invest in other types of industries, or in credit-related investments. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing

 

5


general partners. Limited partners (like the fund) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. The fund also may invest in companies which serve (or whose affiliates serve) as the general partner of an MLP.

Investments in MLPs are generally subject to many of the risks that apply to partnerships. For example, holders of the units of MLPs may have limited control and limited voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. There may be fewer corporate protections afforded investors in an MLP than investors in a corporation. Conflicts of interest may exist among unit holders, subordinated unit holders and the general partner of an MLP, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. Investments held by MLPs may be illiquid. MLP units may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies. The fund’s holdings in MLPs will be limited by certain tax considerations governing the investments made by most mutual funds.

The fund may also hold investments in limited liability companies that have many of the same characteristics and are subject to many of the same risks as MLPs.

Small and Mid-Sized Company Stocks . The fund may also invest in securities of small and mid-sized companies when the subadviser believes those companies offer more attractive value opportunities. Investments in securities of companies with small and mid-sized market capitalizations are generally considered to offer greater opportunity for appreciation but involve special risks. The securities of those companies may be subject to more abrupt fluctuations in market price than larger, more established companies. Small to medium sized companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent upon a limited management group. In addition to exhibiting greater volatility, small and mid-sized company stocks may, to a degree, fluctuate independently of larger company stocks, i.e., small and mid-sized company stocks may decline in price as the prices of large company stocks rise or vice versa.

It is anticipated that some of the portfolio securities of the fund may not be widely traded, and that the fund’s position in such securities may be substantial in relation to the market for such securities. Accordingly, it may be difficult for the fund to dispose of such securities at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions.

Fixed Income Securities

General . Investments in fixed income securities may subject the fund to risks, including the risks indicated below:

(1) Interest Rate Risk . When interest rates decline, the market value of fixed income securities tends to increase. Conversely, when interest rates increase, the market value of fixed income securities tends to decline. The volatility of a security’s market value will differ depending upon the security’s duration, the issuer and the type of instrument. The longer the time to maturity the greater are variations in value.

(2) Income Risk . When interest rates decline, the fund’s income may decline.

(3) Default Risk/Credit Risk . Investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security could default on its obligations, causing the fund to sustain losses on such investments. A default could impact both interest and principal payments. The prices of debt securities fluctuate in response to perceptions of the issuer’s creditworthiness.

(4) Call Risk and Extension Risk . Fixed income securities may be subject to both call risk and extension risk. Call risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation earlier than

 

6


scheduled, which would cause cash flows to be returned earlier than expected. This typically results when interest rates have declined and the fund will suffer from having to reinvest in lower yielding securities. Extension risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation later than scheduled, which would cause cash flows to be returned later than expected. This typically results when interest rates have increased, and the fund will suffer from the inability to invest in higher yielding securities.

(5) Fixed Income Securities Ratings . Securities rated in the fourth highest ratings category by an NRSRO, such as those rated BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody’s, are generally regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal, but may have some speculative characteristics. Securities rated below the fourth highest ratings category by an NRSRO, including those rated below Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P, are not “investment grade,” and may have speculative characteristics, including a greater possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities, market price volatility based upon interest rate sensitivity, questionable creditworthiness and relative liquidity of the secondary trading market. They may have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments, including a greater possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuer, than is the case with higher grade bonds. More details concerning the risks related to investments in non-investment grade securities are provided below under “Medium-, Low- and Unrated Securities.”

Corporate Debt Obligations.  The fund may invest in corporate debt obligations and zero coupon securities issued by financial institutions and corporations. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

Zero Coupon, Pay-In-Kind and Delayed Interest Securities.  The fund may invest in zero coupon, pay-in-kind and delayed interest securities as well as custodial receipts or certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain U.S. government securities. A zero coupon bond is a security that makes no fixed interest payments but instead is sold at a discount from its face value. The bond is redeemed at its face value on the specified maturity date. Zero coupon bonds may be issued as such, or they may be created by a broker who strips the coupons from a bond and separately sells the rights to receive principal and interest. Zero-coupon and delayed interest securities are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero coupon, pay-in-kind and delayed interest securities are subject to greater fluctuations than are the values of securities that distribute income regularly and may be more speculative than such securities.

The values of these securities may be highly volatile as interest rates rise or fall. In addition, the fund’s investments in zero coupon, pay-in-kind and delayed interest securities will result in special tax consequences. Although zero coupon securities do not make interest payments, for tax purposes a portion of the difference between a zero coupon security’s maturity value and its purchase price is taxable income of the fund each year. The value of zero-coupon bonds is subject to greater fluctuation in market value in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds of comparable maturity that pay interest currently. Both zero-coupon and payment-in-kind bonds allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, such bonds may involve greater credit risks than bonds that pay interest currently. Even though such bonds do not pay current interest in cash, the fund is nonetheless required to accrue interest income on such investments and to distribute such amounts at least annually to shareholders. Accordingly, for the fund to continue to qualify for tax treatment as a regulated investment company and to avoid income and possibly excise tax, the fund may be required to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash it actually receives. These distributions must be made from the fund’s cash assets or, if necessary, from the proceeds of sales of portfolio securities. The fund will not be able to purchase additional income-producing securities with cash used to make such distributions and its current income ultimately may be reduced as a result.

 

7


Custodial receipts evidencing specific coupon or principal payments have the same general attributes as zero coupon U.S. government securities but are not considered to be U.S. government securities. Although under the terms of a custodial receipt the fund is typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the fund may be required to assert through the custodian bank such rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, in the event the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, the fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in respect of any taxes paid.

U.S. Government Securities.  U.S. government securities include (1) U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (maturities generally greater than ten years) and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities which are supported by any of the following: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (such as Ginnie Mae certificates); (b) the right of the issuer to borrow an amount limited to specific line of credit from the U.S. government (such as obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks); (c) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of agencies or instrumentalities (such as securities issued by Fannie Mae); or (d) only the credit of the instrumentality (such as securities issued by Freddie Mac). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, the fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Neither the U.S. government nor any of its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the market value of the securities they issue. Therefore, the market value of such securities will fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates.

Short-Term Investments.  In certain circumstances the fund may invest without limitation in all types of short-term money market instruments, including U.S. government securities; CDs, TDs and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States and subsidiaries located in Canada), domestic branches of foreign banks, savings and loan associations and similar institutions; high grade commercial paper; and repurchase agreements. To the extent the fund is investing in short-term investments as a temporary defensive posture, the fund’s investment objectives may not be achieved.

CDs are short-term negotiable obligations of commercial banks. TDs are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers usually in connection with international transactions.

Domestic commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the FDIC. Domestic banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each bank held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of governmental regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks, such as CDs and TDs, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and government regulation. Such obligations are subject to different risks than are those of domestic banks or

 

8


domestic branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of domestic banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations, and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a domestic bank than about a domestic bank. CDs issued by wholly owned Canadian subsidiaries of domestic banks are guaranteed as to repayment of principal and interest (but not as to sovereign risk) by the domestic parent bank.

Obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by governmental regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A domestic branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and State Branches may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state, an amount of its assets equal to 5% of its total liabilities; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a domestic branch of a foreign bank than about a domestic bank.

In view of the foregoing factors associated with the purchase of CDs and TDs issued by foreign branches of domestic banks or by domestic branches of foreign banks, the manager will carefully evaluate such investments on a case-by-case basis.

Savings and loans associations whose CDs may be purchased by the fund are supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC and is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. As a result, such savings and loan associations are subject to regulation and examination.

Commercial Paper.  Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, such the fund, pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. Transfer of such notes is usually restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary trading market for such notes. The fund, therefore, may only invest in a master demand note to the extent that the investment would not violate the fund’s limits on illiquid securities.

Bank Obligations.  Domestic commercial banks organized under federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency, and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the FDIC. Domestic banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities, but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each bank held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of governmental regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Mortgage-Backed Securities.  The fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities, which are securities representing interests in “pools” of mortgage loans. Monthly payments of interest and principal by the individual

 

9


borrowers on mortgages are “passed through” to the holders of the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities) as the mortgages in the underlying mortgage pools are paid off. The average lives of mortgage pass-throughs are variable when issued because their average lives depend on prepayment rates. The average life of these securities is likely to be substantially shorter than their stated final maturity as a result of unscheduled principal prepayments. Prepayments on underlying mortgages result in a loss of anticipated interest, and all or part of a premium, if any, that has been paid, and the actual yield (or total return) to the fund may be different than the quoted yield on the securities. Mortgage prepayments generally increase with falling interest rates and decrease with rising interest rates. Additional payments may be made out of unscheduled repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs that may be incurred. Prepayments of principal on mortgage-backed securities may tend to increase due to refinancing of mortgages as interest rates decline. Like other fixed income securities, when interest rates rise the value of a mortgage pass-through security generally will decline; however, when interest rates are declining, the value of mortgage pass-through securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as that of other fixed income securities.

Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (in the case of securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae), guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government (such as Fannie Mae) or supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations, such as Freddie Mac. Mortgage pass-through securities may also be issued by non-governmental issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers). Some of these mortgage pass-through securities may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees.

Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by prepayments of principal resulting from the sale, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying property, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage pass-through securities (such as securities issued by Ginnie Mae) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgages in the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

Ginnie Mae is a wholly owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are stockholder-owned companies chartered by Congress. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guarantee the securities they issue as to timely payment of principal and interest, but such guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. In September 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed into conservatorship by their regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency. It is unclear what effect this conservatorship will have on the securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Although the U.S. government has provided financial support to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, there can be no assurance that it will support these or other government-sponsored enterprises in the future.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of mortgage loans. Such issuers may also be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of mortgage loans in these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.

 

10


The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. The fund may also buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees.

Collateralized mortgage obligations are a type of bond secured by an underlying pool of mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates that are structured to direct payments on underlying collateral to different series of classes of the obligations.

Asset-Backed Securities.  The fund may invest in asset-backed securities. These securities, issued by trusts and special purpose corporations, are backed by a pool of assets, such as credit card and automobile loan receivables, representing the obligations of a number of different parties. ABS arise through the grouping by governmental, government-related and private organizations of loans, receivables and other assets originated by various lenders. Interests in pools of these assets differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal paid at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, ABS provide periodic payments which generally consist of both interest and principal payments.

The estimated life of an ABS varies with the prepayment experience with respect to the underlying debt instruments. The rate of such prepayments, and hence the life of an ABS, will be primarily a function of current market interest rates, although other economic and demographic factors may be involved. For example, falling interest rates generally result in an increase in the rate of prepayments of mortgage loans, while rising interest rates generally decrease the rate of prepayments. An acceleration in prepayments in response to sharply falling interest rates will shorten the security’s average maturity and limit the potential appreciation in the security’s value relative to a conventional debt security. Consequently, ABS are not as effective in locking in high long- term yields. Conversely, in periods of sharply rising rates, prepayments generally slow, increasing the security’s average life and its potential for price depreciation.

Corporate ABS present certain risks. For instance, in the case of credit card receivables, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.

Corporate ABS are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors to make payments on underlying assets, the securities may contain elements of credit support which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. The fund will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an instrument in such a security.

Recent Market Events.  The fixed income markets have experienced a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were

 

11


focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of MBS, ABS and other fixed income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed income instruments have been experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the fund.

Borrowing.  The fund may borrow in certain circumstances. As discussed under “Investment Policies,” below, the 1940 Act permits the fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings.

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) takes the position that transactions that have a leveraging effect on the capital structure of the fund or are economically equivalent to borrowing can be viewed as constituting a form of borrowing, and, therefore, senior securities of the fund for purposes of the 1940 Act. Such a transaction will not be considered to constitute the issuance of a “senior security” by the fund and will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement described above, if the fund establishes a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it maintains cash or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of the transaction, or uses other methods permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or orders issued by the SEC thereunder, to “cover” the transaction.

Borrowing and other transactions used for leverage may cause the value of the fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow or engage in such transactions. This is because leverage tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Leverage thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay such obligations, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with engaging in leverage, and these costs would offset and could eliminate the fund’s net investment income in any given period.

Derivatives

General.  The fund may invest in certain derivative instruments (also called “Financial Instruments”), discussed below, to attempt to hedge its investments, among other things as described in the fund’s Prospectus. The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). In addition, the fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations. In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the subadviser expects that additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques may become available. These new opportunities may become available as the subadviser develops new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The subadviser may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objectives and are permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. The fund might not use any of these strategies, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.

Each Financial Instrument purchased for the fund is reviewed and analyzed by the subadviser to assess the risk and reward of each such instrument in relation to the fund’s investment strategy. The decision to invest in derivative instruments or conventional securities is made by measuring the respective instrument’s ability to provide value to the fund.

 

12


Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of one or more investments held in the fund’s portfolio. In a short hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the fund intends to acquire. In a long hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, the fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to a security the fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that the fund intends to acquire. If the fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security as anticipated, the effect on the fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

Financial Instruments on securities may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that the fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indexes, in contrast, may be used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which the fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities may be used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

Special Risks.  The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below. In general, these techniques may increase the volatility of the fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed.

(1) Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the subadviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities, currency and interest rate markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed, and use of Financial Instruments could result in a loss, regardless of whether the intent was to enhance returns or manage risk.

(2) When Financial Instruments are used for hedging purposes, the historical correlation between price movements of a Financial Instrument and price movements of the investments being hedged might change so as to make the hedge less effective or unsuccessful. For example, if the value of a Financial Instrument used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a change in correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which Financial Instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using Financial Instruments on indexes will depend on the degree to which correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the securities being hedged can be accurately predicted.

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match the fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. The fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves the risk that the options or futures position will not track the performance of the fund’s other investments.

Options and futures prices can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the fund’s investments well. Options and futures prices are affected by factors which may not affect security prices the same way, such as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures are traded as compared to securities, or

 

13


from the imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. The fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in the fund’s options or futures positions have a low correlation with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

(3) If successful, the hedging strategies discussed above can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements. However, such strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. For example, if the fund entered into a short hedge because its subadviser projected a decline in the price of a security in the fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the Financial Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the Financial Instrument declined by more than the increase in the price of the security, the fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the fund would have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

(4) The fund might be required to maintain segregated assets as “cover” or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties ( i.e. , Financial Instruments other than purchased options). If the fund were unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time. Segregation of a large percentage of the fund’s assets could impede implementation of the fund’s investment policies or the fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

(5) The fund may be subject to the risk that the other party to a Financial Instrument (“counterparty”) will not be able to honor its financial obligation to the fund.

(6) Many derivative instruments are traded in institutional markets rather than on an exchange. Nevertheless, many derivative instruments are actively traded and can be priced with as much accuracy as conventional securities. Derivative instruments that are custom designed to meet the specialized investment needs of a relatively narrow group of institutional investors such as the fund are not readily marketable and are subject to the fund’s restrictions on illiquid investments.

The fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the fund.

Options, Futures and Currency Strategies.  The fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts, such as options on securities and securities indexes, futures and options on futures, forward foreign currency contracts and swaps, including interest rate, currency and credit default swaps, for the following purposes: to generate income; to hedge against the economic impact of adverse changes in the market value of portfolio securities, because of changes in stock market prices, interest rates or currency exchange rates; as a substitute for buying or selling securities; as a cash flow management technique; or to increase the fund’s total return. These techniques are described in detail below.

Futures Contracts . The fund may enter into futures contracts or related options on futures contracts that are traded on a domestic or foreign exchange or in the OTC market. The purpose of entering into a futures contract is to protect the fund from fluctuations in the value of securities without actually buying or selling the securities. For example, in the case of stock index futures contracts, if the fund anticipates an increase in the price of stocks that it intends to purchase at a later time, the fund could enter into contracts to purchase the stock index (known

 

14


as taking a “long” position) as a temporary substitute for the purchase of stocks. If an increase in the market occurs that influences the stock index as anticipated, the value of the futures contracts increases and thereby serves as a hedge against the fund’s not participating in a market advance. The fund then may close out the futures contracts by entering into offsetting futures contracts to sell the stock index (known as taking a “short” position) as it purchases individual stocks. The fund can accomplish similar results by buying securities with long maturities and selling securities with short maturities. But by using futures contracts as an investment tool to reduce risk, given the greater liquidity in the futures market, it may be possible to accomplish the same result more easily and more quickly.

No consideration will be paid or received by the fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract, which is returned to the fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker, will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” In addition, when the fund enters into a long position in a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, it must maintain an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to the total market value of the underlying futures contract, less amounts held in the fund’s commodity brokerage account at its broker. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the fund’s existing position in the contract.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange) and no secondary market exists for those contracts. In addition, although the fund intends to enter into futures contracts only if there is an active market for the contracts, there is no assurance that an active market will exist for the contracts at any particular time. Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses. In such event, and in the event of adverse price movements, the fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin; in such circumstances, an increase in the value of the portion of the portfolio being hedged, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract. As described above, however, no assurance can be given that the price of the securities being hedged will correlate with the price movements in a futures contract and thus provide an offset to losses on the futures contract.

Particular Risks of Futures Contracts . The prices of futures contracts are volatile and are influenced, among other things, by actual and anticipated changes in interest rates or currency or market values, which in turn are affected by fiscal and monetary policies and national and international political and economic events.

At best, the correlation between changes in prices of futures contracts and of the securities or currencies being hedged can be only approximate. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends upon circumstances such as: variations in speculative market demand for futures and for securities or currencies, including technical influences in futures trading; and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard futures contracts available for trading. A decision of whether, when, and how to hedge involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of unexpected market behavior or trends in interest rates, currencies or market values.

Because of the low margin deposits required, futures trading involves an extremely high degree of leverage. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss,

 

15


as well as gain, to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit, if the futures contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. The fund, however, would presumably have sustained comparable losses if, instead of the futures contract, it had invested in the underlying financial instrument and sold it after the decline.

Furthermore, in the case of a futures contract purchase, in order to be certain that the fund has sufficient assets to satisfy its obligations under a futures contract, the fund sets aside and commits to back the futures contract an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal in value to the current value of the underlying instrument less the margin deposit. In the case of a futures contract sale, the fund will either set aside amounts as in the case of a futures contract purchase, own the security underlying the contract, or hold a call option permitting the fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the contract price. Assets used as cover cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding futures contract is open, unless they are replaced with similar assets. As a result, the commitment of a significant portion of the fund’s assets to cover could impede portfolio management or the fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Most U.S. futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and, therefore, does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Options on Securities.  The fund may engage in transactions in options on securities, including the writing of covered put options and covered call options. The fund may also purchase put and call options and enter into closing transactions.

The principal reason for writing covered call options on securities is to attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. In return for a premium, the writer of a covered call option forfeits the right to any appreciation in the value of the underlying security above the strike price for the life of the option (or until a closing purchase transaction can be effected). Nevertheless, the call writer retains the risk of a decline in the price of the underlying security. Similarly, the principal reason for writing covered put options is to realize income in the form of premiums. The writer of a covered put option accepts the risk of a decline in the price of the underlying security. The size of the premiums the fund may receive may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including other investment companies, engage in or increase their option-writing activities.

Options written by the fund will normally have expiration dates between one and six months from the date written. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market values of the underlying securities at the times the options are written. In the case of call options, these exercise prices are referred to as “in-the-money,” “at-the-money” and “out-of-the-money,” respectively. The fund may write (a) in-the-money call options when the subadviser expects the price of the underlying security to remain flat or decline moderately during the option period, (b) at-the-money call options when the subadviser expects that the price of the underlying security to remain flat or advance moderately during the option period and (c) out-of-the-money call options when the subadviser expects the price of the security may increase but not above a price equal to the sum of the exercise price plus the premiums received from writing the call option. In any of the preceding situations, if the market price of the underlying security declines and the security is sold at this lower price, the amount of any realized loss will be offset wholly or in part by the premium received. Writing

 

16


out-of-the-money, at-the-money and in-the-money put options (the reverse of call options as to the relation of exercise price to market price) may be utilized in the same market environments as such call options are used in equivalent transactions.

The fund could incur possible loss of the entire premium paid for an option bought by the fund and the fund may be unable, as the writer of a covered call option, to benefit from the appreciation of the underlying securities above the exercise price of the option.

So long as the obligation of the fund as the writer of an option continues, the fund may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker/dealer through which the option was sold, requiring it to deliver, in the case of a call, or take delivery of, in the case of a put, the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates when the option expires or the fund effects a closing purchase transaction. The fund can no longer effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option once it has been assigned an exercise notice. To secure its obligation to deliver the underlying security when it writes a call option, or to pay for the underlying security when it writes a put option, the fund will be required to deposit in escrow the underlying security or other assets in accordance with the rules of the OCC or similar clearing corporation and the securities exchange on which the option is written. The fund may purchase and sell put, call and other types of option securities that are traded on domestic or foreign exchanges or the over-the-counter market including, but not limited to, “spread” options, “knock-out” options, “knock-in” options and “average rate” or “look-back” options. “Spread” options are dependent upon the difference between the price of two securities or futures contracts, “knock-out” options are canceled if the price of the underlying asset reaches a trigger level prior to expiration, “knock-in” options only have value if the price of the underlying asset reaches a trigger level and “average rate” or “look-back” options are options where, at expiration, the option’s strike price is set based on either the average, maximum or minimum price of the asset over the period of the option.

An option position may be closed out only where there exists a secondary market for an option of the same series on a recognized securities exchange or in the OTC market. The fund expects to write options only on national securities exchanges or in the OTC market. The fund may purchase put options issued by the OCC or in the OTC market.

The fund may realize a profit or loss upon entering into a closing transaction. In cases in which the fund has written an option, it will realize a profit if the cost of the closing purchase transaction is less than the premium received upon writing the original option and will incur a loss if the cost of the closing purchase transaction exceeds the premium received upon writing the original option. Similarly, when the fund has purchased an option and engages in a closing sale transaction, whether it recognizes a profit or loss will depend upon whether the amount received in the closing sale transaction is more or less than the premium the fund initially paid for the original option plus the related transaction costs.

Although the fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which the subadviser believes there is an active secondary market so as to facilitate closing transactions, there is no assurance that sufficient trading interest to create a liquid secondary market on a securities exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time, and for some options no such secondary market may exist or may cease to exist. In the past, for example, higher than anticipated trading activity or order flow, or other unforeseen events, have at times rendered certain facilities of the OCC and national securities exchanges inadequate and resulted in the institution of special procedures, such as trading rotations, restrictions on certain types of orders or trading halts or suspensions in one or more options. There can be no assurance that similar events, or events that may otherwise interfere with the timely execution of customers’ orders, will not recur. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options. If, as a covered call option writer, the fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Securities exchanges generally have established limitations governing the maximum number of calls and puts of each class which may be held or written, or exercised within certain periods, by an investor or group of

 

17


investors acting in concert (regardless of whether the options are written on the same or different securities exchanges or are held, written or exercised in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). It is possible that the fund and other clients of the manager or subadviser and certain of their affiliates may be considered to be such a group. A securities exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of these limits and it may impose certain other sanctions.

In the case of options written by the fund that are deemed covered by virtue of the fund’s holding convertible or exchangeable preferred stock or debt securities, the time required to convert or exchange and obtain physical delivery of the underlying common stock with respect to which the fund has written options may exceed the time within which the fund must make delivery in accordance with an exercise notice. In these instances, the fund may purchase or temporarily borrow the underlying securities for purposes of physical delivery. By so doing, the fund will not bear any market risk because the fund will have the absolute right to receive from the issuer of the underlying security an equal number of shares to replace the borrowed stock, but the fund may incur additional transaction costs or interest expenses in connection with any such purchase or borrowing.

Additional risks exist with respect to certain of the U.S. government securities for which the fund may write covered call options. If the fund writes covered call options on mortgage-backed securities, the securities that it holds as cover may, because of scheduled amortization or unscheduled prepayments, cease to be sufficient cover. The fund will compensate for the decline in the value of the cover by purchasing the appropriate additional amount of those securities.

Although the subadviser will attempt to take appropriate measures to minimize the risks relating to the fund’s writing of call options and purchasing of put and call options, there can be no assurance that the fund will succeed in its option-writing program.

Stock Index Options.  The fund may purchase and write put and call options on U.S. stock indexes listed on U.S. exchanges. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks included in the index. Some stock index options are based on a broad market index such as the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index or the Canadian Market Portfolio Index, or a narrower market or industry index such as the S&P 100 Index, the NYSE Arca Oil Index or the NYSE Arca Computer Technology Index.

Options on stock indexes are generally similar to options on stock except for the delivery requirements. Instead of giving the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a stock index gives the holder the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount” equal to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied by (b) a fixed “index multiplier.” Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based being greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. The amount of cash received will be equal to such difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars or a foreign currency, as the case may be, times a specified multiple. The writer of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The writer may offset its position in stock index options prior to expiration by entering into a closing transaction on an exchange or it may let the option expire unexercised.

The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options as a hedging technique will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the portion of the securities portfolio of the fund being hedged correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the fund will realize a gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indexes, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the fund of options on stock indexes will be subject

 

18


to the subadviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

The fund will engage in stock index options transactions only when determined by its subadviser to be consistent with the fund’s efforts to control risk. There can be no assurance that such judgment will be accurate or that the use of these portfolio strategies will be successful. When the fund writes an option on a stock index, the fund will establish a segregated account with its custodian in an amount equal to the market value of the option and will maintain the account while the option is open.

Purchasing Put Options.  The fund may purchase put options. As the holder of a put option, the fund has the right to sell the underlying security or currency at the exercise price at any time during the option period. The fund may enter into closing sale transactions with respect to such options, exercise them or permit them to expire.

The fund may purchase a put option on an underlying security or currency (a “protective put”) owned by the fund as a hedging technique in order to protect against an anticipated decline in the value of the security or currency. Such hedge protection is provided only during the life of the put option when the fund, as the holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying security or currency at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying security’s market price or currency’s exchange value. For example, a put option may be purchased in order to protect unrealized appreciation of a security or currency when the fund’s subadviser deem it desirable to continue to hold the security or currency because of tax considerations. The premium paid for the put option and any transaction costs may reduce any capital gain or, in the case of currency, ordinary income otherwise available for distribution when the security or currency is eventually sold.

The fund may also purchase put options at a time when the fund does not own the underlying security or currency. By purchasing put options on a security or currency it does not own, the fund seeks to benefit from a decline in the market price of the underlying security or currency. If the put option is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security or currency remains equal to or greater than the exercise price during the life of the put option, the fund will lose its entire investment in the put option. In order for the purchase of a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security or currency must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs, unless the put option is sold in a closing sale transaction.

The premium paid by the fund when purchasing a put option will be recorded as an asset in the fund’s statement of assets and liabilities. This asset will be adjusted daily to the option’s current market value, as calculated by the fund. The asset will be extinguished upon expiration of the option or the delivery of the underlying security or currency upon the exercise of the option. The asset with respect to a listed option will also be extinguished upon the writing of an identical option in a closing transaction.

Purchasing Call Options.  The fund may purchase call options. As the holder of a call option, the fund has the right to purchase the underlying security or currency at the exercise price at any time during the option period. The fund may enter into closing sale transactions with respect to such options, exercise them or permit them to expire. Call options may be purchased by the fund for the purpose of acquiring the underlying security or currency for its portfolio. Utilized in this fashion, the purchase of call options enables the fund to acquire the security or currency at the exercise price of the call option plus the premium paid. At times the net cost of acquiring the security or currency in this manner may be less than the cost of acquiring the security or currency directly. This technique may also be useful to the fund in purchasing a large block of securities that would be more difficult to acquire by direct market purchases. So long as it holds such a call option rather than the underlying security or currency itself, the fund is partially protected from any unexpected decline in the market price of the underlying security or currency and in such event could allow the call option to expire, incurring a loss only to the extent of the premium paid for the option.

 

19


The fund may also purchase call options on underlying securities or currencies it owns in order to protect unrealized gains on call options previously written by it. A call option would be purchased for this purpose where tax considerations make it inadvisable to realize such gains through a closing purchase transaction. Call options may also be purchased at times to avoid realizing losses that would result in a reduction of the fund’s current return.

Options on Futures Contracts.  An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. An option on a foreign currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to assume a long or short position in the relevant underlying foreign currency futures contract at a predetermined exercise price at a time in the future. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Since the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of the fund.

The CFTC has eliminated limitations on futures transactions and options thereon by registered investment companies, provided that the manager to the registered investment company claims an exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator. The fund is operated by an entity that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act. The fund is not restricted in its ability to enter into futures transactions and options thereon under CFTC regulations. The fund, however, has policies with respect to futures and options thereon as set forth below. The current view of the staff of the SEC is that the fund’s long and short positions in futures contracts as well as put and call options on futures written by it must be collateralized with cash or other liquid securities and segregated with the fund’s custodian or a designated sub-custodian or “covered” in a manner similar to that for covered options on securities and designed to eliminate any potential leveraging.

Several risks are associated with options on futures contracts. The ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the existence of a liquid market. In addition, the purchase of put or call options on futures will be based upon predictions by the fund’s subadviser as to anticipated trends in interest rates, currency or market values, which could prove to be incorrect. Even if the expectations of the subadviser are correct, there may be an imperfect correlation between the change in the value of the options and of the portfolio securities or the currencies being hedged.

Single Stock Futures.  The fund may trade standardized futures contracts on individual equity securities, such as common stocks, exchange traded funds and American Depositary Receipts, as well as narrow-based securities indexes, generally called security futures contracts or “SFCs,” on U.S. and foreign exchanges. As with other futures contracts, a SFC involves an agreement to purchase or sell in the future a specific quantity of shares of a security or the component securities of the index. The initial margin requirements (typically 20%) are generally higher than with other futures contracts. Trading SFCs involves many of the same risks as trading other futures contracts, including the risks involved with leverage, and losses are potentially unlimited. Under certain market conditions, for example if trading is halted due to unusual trading activity in either the SFC or the underlying security due to events involving the issuer of the security, it may be difficult or impossible for the fund to liquidate its position or manage risk by entering into an offsetting position. In addition, the prices of SFCs may not correlate as anticipated with the prices of the underlying security. Unlike options on securities in which the

 

20


fund may invest, where the fund has the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a security prior to the expiration date, if the fund has a position in a SFC, the fund has both the right and the obligation to buy or sell the security at a future date, or otherwise offset its position.

Forward Currency Contracts, Options on Currency and Currency Swaps.  A forward currency contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a currency against another currency at a future date and price as agreed upon by the parties. The fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency at the maturity of the forward contract or, prior to maturity, enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. The fund may engage in forward currency transactions in anticipation of, or to protect itself against, fluctuations in exchange rates. The fund might sell a particular foreign currency forward, for example, when it holds bonds denominated in that currency but anticipates, and seeks to be protected against, a decline in the currency against the U.S. dollar. Similarly, the fund might sell the U.S. dollar forward when it holds bonds denominated in U.S. dollars but anticipates, and seeks to be protected against, a decline in the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies. Further, the fund might purchase a currency forward to “lock in” the price of securities denominated in that currency which it anticipates purchasing.

Such contracts may involve the purchase or sale of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar or may involve two foreign currencies. The fund may enter into forward currency contracts either with respect to specific transactions or with respect to its portfolio positions. For example, when the subadviser anticipates making a purchase or sale of a security, it may enter into a forward currency contract in order to set the rate (either relative to the U.S. dollar or another currency) at which the currency exchange transaction related to the purchase or sale will be made (“transaction hedging”). Further, when the subadviser believes that a particular currency may decline compared to the U.S. dollar or another currency, the fund may enter into a forward contract to sell the currency the subadviser expects to decline in an amount approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s securities denominated in that currency. When the subadviser believes that one currency may decline against a currency in which some or all of the portfolio securities held by the fund are denominated, it may enter into a forward contract to buy the currency expected to appreciate for a fixed amount (“position hedging”). In this situation, the fund may, in the alternative, enter into a forward contract to sell a different currency for a fixed amount of the currency expected to decline where the subadviser believes that the value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward contract will fall whenever there is a decline in the value of the currency in which portfolio securities of the fund are denominated (“cross hedging”). The fund custodian places (i) cash, (ii) U.S. government securities or (iii) equity securities or debt securities (of any grade) in certain currencies provided such assets are liquid, unencumbered and marked-to-market daily, or other high-quality debt securities denominated in certain currencies in a separate account of the fund having a value equal to the aggregate account of the fund’s commitments under forward contracts entered into with respect to position hedges and cross-hedges. If the value of the securities placed in a separate account declines, additional cash or securities are placed in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the amount will equal the amount of the fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

Forward contracts are traded in an interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement and is consummated without payment of any commission. The fund, however, may enter into forward contracts with deposit requirements or commissions.

A put option gives the fund, as purchaser, the right (but not the obligation) to sell a specified amount of currency at the exercise price until the expiration of the option. A call option gives the fund, as purchaser, the right (but not the obligation) to purchase a specified amount of currency at the exercise price until its expiration. The fund might purchase a currency put option, for example, to protect itself during the contract period against a decline in the value of a currency in which it holds or anticipates holding securities. If the currency’s value should decline, the loss in currency value should be offset, in whole or in part, by an increase in the value of the put. If the value of the currency instead should rise, any gain to the fund would be reduced by the premium it had paid for the put option. A currency call option might be purchased, for example, in anticipation of, or to protect against, a rise in the value of a currency in which the fund anticipates purchasing securities.

 

21


The fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in foreign currency options is subject to the existence of a liquid market. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist for a particular option at any specific time. In addition, options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors that influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.

A position in an exchange-listed option may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for identical options. Exchange markets for options on foreign currencies exist but are relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on the exchanges is subject to maintenance of a liquid secondary market. Closing transactions may be effected with respect to options traded in the OTC markets (currently the primary markets for options on foreign currencies) only by negotiating directly with the other party to the option contract or in a secondary market for the option if such market exists. Although the fund intends to purchase only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option at any specific time. In such event, it may not be possible to effect closing transactions with respect to certain options, with the result that the fund would have to exercise those options which it has purchased in order to realize any profit. The staff of the SEC has taken the position that, in general, purchased OTC options and the underlying securities used to cover written OTC options are illiquid securities. However, the fund may treat as liquid the underlying securities used to cover written OTC options, provided it has arrangements with certain qualified dealers who agree that the fund may repurchase any option it writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula. In these cases, the OTC option itself would only be considered illiquid to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

The fund may also enter into currency swaps. A currency swap is an arrangement whereby each party exchanges one currency for another on a particular date and agrees to reverse the exchange on a later date at a specific exchange rate. Forward foreign currency contracts and currency swaps are established in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks or other financial institutions) on behalf of their customers.

Swaps, Caps, Floors, Collars and Swaptions.  As one way of managing its exposure to different types of investments, the fund may enter into interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and other types of swap agreements, such as caps, collars, floors and swaptions. In a typical interest rate swap, the fund and a counterparty exchange their right to receive or their obligation to pay interest on a security. For example, one party may agree to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate times a “notional principal amount” in return for payments equal to a fixed rate times the same notional amount, for a specified period of time. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows on a notional amount of two or more currencies based on the relative value differential among them and an index swap is an agreement to swap cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the values of the reference indexes. If a swap agreement provides for payment in different currencies, the parties might agree to exchange the notional principal amount as well. Swaps may also depend on other prices or rates, such as the value of an index or mortgage prepayment rates. Index swaps involve the exchange by the fund with another party of the respective amounts payable with respect to a notional principal amount related to one or more indexes. An equity swap is an agreement to exchange streams of payments computed by reference to a notional amount based on the performance of a basket of stocks or a single stock. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of buying a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates or values. A swaption is an option on a swap agreement that gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to enter into a swap on a future date in exchange for paying a market-based premium.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the fund agreed to exchange payments in U.S. dollars for payments in a foreign currency, the

 

22


swap agreement would tend to decrease the fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

Swap agreements are sophisticated risk management instruments that typically require a small cash investment relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the fund’s performance. Swap agreements entail both interest rate risk and credit risk. There is a risk that, based on movements of interest rates in the future, the payments made by the fund under a swap agreement will be greater than the payments it received. Swap agreements are subject to credit risks related to the counterparty’s ability to perform, and may decline in value if the counterparty’s creditworthiness deteriorates. The creditworthiness of firms with which the fund enters into swaps, caps, floors or collars will be monitored by the subadviser. If a firm’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions. The fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal to the net amount, if any, of the excess of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to a swap transaction.

The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps.

The fund will include the principal amount of the obligations owed to it under a swap agreement as an illiquid security for purposes of the fund’s investment policies except to the extent a third party (such as a large commercial bank) has guaranteed the fund’s ability to offset the swap at any time.

Credit Default Swaps.  Credit default swap contracts involve special risks and may result in losses to the fund. Credit default swaps may in some cases be illiquid, and they increase credit risk since the fund has exposure to both the issuer of the referenced obligation and the counterparty to the credit default swap. As there is no central exchange or market for credit default swap transactions, they may be difficult to trade or value, especially in the event of market disruptions. The swap market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swap market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the fund’s ability to terminate existing credit default swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.  Use of many hedging and other strategic transactions including currency and market index transactions by the fund will require, among other things, that the fund segregate liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities, instruments or currency required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, liquid assets as required by the 1940 Act at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or sub-custodian. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the fund, for example, will require the fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid assets sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option written by the fund on an index will require the fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid assets equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the fund will require the fund to segregate liquid assets equal to the exercise price. Except when the fund

 

23


enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid assets denominated in that currency equal to the fund’s obligations or to segregate liquid assets equal to the amount of the fund’s obligations.

OTC options entered into by the fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indexes, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options, will generally provide for cash settlement, although the fund may not be required to do so. As a result, when the fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the fund will segregate an amount of liquid assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery. If the fund enters into OTC options transactions, it will be subject to counterparty risk.

In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin, typically with third parties such as a clearing organization, in addition to segregating liquid assets with its custodian sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. These assets may consist of cash, cash equivalents, liquid securities or other acceptable assets. The fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of cash or liquid securities having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to such fund’s net obligation, if any.

Hedging and other strategic transactions may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related options and hedging and other strategic transactions. The fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the strike price of a put option sold by the fund. Moreover, instead of segregating assets if it holds a futures contract or forward contract, the fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other hedging and other strategic transactions may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, liquid assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.

Additional Investments

Short Sales.  The fund may sell securities short. A short sale is effected when it is believed that the price of a particular security will decline, and involves the sale of a security which the fund does not own in the hope of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. There can be no assurance that the fund will be able to close out a short position ( i.e. , purchase the same security) at any particular time or at an acceptable or advantageous price. To make delivery to the buyer, the fund must borrow the security from a broker/dealer through which the short sale is executed, and the broker/dealer must deliver the security, on behalf of the fund, to the buyer. The broker/dealer is entitled to retain the proceeds from the short sale until the fund delivers to such broker/dealer the security sold short. In addition, the fund is required to pay to the broker/dealer the amount of any dividends or interest paid on shares sold short. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the

 

24


amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risks beyond the initial capital necessary to secure each transaction. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from those losses that could arise from a cash investment in a security because losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security. Whenever the fund sells short, it must segregate assets held by its custodian as collateral to cover its obligation, and maintain the collateral in an amount at least equal to the market value of the short position. To the extent that the liquid securities segregated by the fund’s custodian are subject to gain or loss, and the securities sold short are subject to the possibility of gain or loss, leverage is created. The liquid securities utilized by the fund in this respect will normally be primarily composed of equity portfolio securities that are subject to gains or losses and, accordingly, when the fund executes short sales leverage will normally be created.

There is also a risk that a borrowed security will need to be returned to the broker/dealer on short notice. If the request for the return of a security occurs at a time when other short sellers of the security are receiving similar requests, a “short squeeze” can occur, meaning that the fund might be compelled, at the most disadvantageous time, to replace the borrowed security with a security purchased on the open market, possibly at prices significantly in excess of the proceeds received earlier.

The fund has a short position in the securities sold short until it delivers to the broker/dealer the securities sold, at which time the fund receives the proceeds of the sale. The fund will normally close out a short position by purchasing on the open market and delivering to the broker/dealer an equal amount of the securities sold short.

As a hedging technique, the fund may purchase call options to buy securities sold short by the fund. Such options would lock in a future price and protect the fund in case of an unanticipated increase in the price of a security sold short by the fund.

Short Sales Against the Box.  The fund may also make short sales “against the box,” meaning that at all times when a short position is open, the fund owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, for securities of the same issues as, and in an amount equal to, the securities sold short. Short sales “against the box” result in a “constructive sale” and require the fund to recognize any gain unless an exception to the constructive sale rule applies.

Investment Company Securities.  Subject to applicable statutory and regulatory limitations, the fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including shares of other mutual funds, closed-end funds and unregistered investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds or “ETFs”. Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index, the NASDAQ-100 Index, the Barclays Capital Treasury Bond Index, or more narrow sector or foreign indexes, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout the trading day, bought and sold based on market prices rather than NAV. Shares can trade at either a premium or discount to NAV. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day, and an approximation of actual NAV is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this

 

25


transparency, the trading prices of index-based ETFs tend to closely track the actual NAV of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs, and therefore, may be more likely to trade at a larger discount or premium to actual NAVs.

The fund may invest in closed-end investment companies which hold securities of U.S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end investment funds may entail the additional risk that the discount from NAV could increase while the fund holds the shares.

Investments by Funds of Funds . Certain investment companies, including those that are affiliated with the fund because they are managed by an affiliate of the manager, may invest in the fund as part of an asset allocation strategy. These investment companies are referred to as “funds of funds” because they invest primarily in other investment companies.

From time to time, the fund may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to rebalancings of the assets of a fund of funds invested in the fund. In the event of such redemptions or investments, the fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it is not advantageous to do so. If this were to occur, the effects of the rebalancing trades could adversely affect the fund’s performance. Redemptions of fund shares due to rebalancings could also accelerate the realization of taxable capital gains in the fund and might increase brokerage and/or other transaction costs.

The fund’s subadviser may be subject to potential conflicts of interest in connection with investments by affiliated funds of funds. For example, the subadviser may have an incentive to permit an affiliated fund of funds to become a more significant shareholder (with the potential to cause greater disruption to the funds) than would be permitted for an unaffiliated investor. The subadviser has committed to the Board that it will resolve any potential conflict in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund in accordance with its fiduciary duty to the fund. As necessary, the subadviser will take such actions as it deems appropriate to minimize potential adverse impacts, including redemption of shares in-kind, rather than in cash. Similar issues may result from investment in the fund by Section 529 plans.

Foreign Securities and Depositary Receipts.  The fund may invest in foreign securities (including European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) or other securities representing underlying shares of foreign companies). The issuers of foreign securities purchased by the fund will be located in developed markets, and the fund does not intend to invest in securities of issuers located in emerging markets. However, if a country in which an issuer whose securities have been purchased by the fund is later classified as an emerging market, the fund will not be required to sell the security.

The returns of the fund may be adversely affected by fluctuations in value of one or more currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include risks resulting from revaluation of currencies; future adverse political and economic developments; possible imposition of currency exchange blockages or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; reduced availability of public information concerning issuers; differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions; possible expropriation, nationalization or confiscatory taxation; possible withholding taxes and limitations on the use or removal of funds or other assets, including the withholding of dividends; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Additionally, foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and,

 

26


therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility and be less liquid. The foreign securities may not be registered with, nor the issuers thereof be subject to the reporting requirements of, the SEC. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information about the securities and about the foreign company issuing them than is available about a U.S. company and its securities. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign exchanges, brokers and issuers than there is in the United States. The fund might have greater difficulty taking appropriate legal action in foreign courts. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

The fund may invest in securities of foreign governments (or agencies or subdivisions thereof), and, many, if not all, of the foregoing considerations apply to such investments as well. These risks are intensified when investing in countries with developing economies and securities markets, also known as “emerging markets.”

The costs associated with investment in the securities of foreign issuers, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions and custodial fees, may be higher than those associated with investment in domestic issuers. In addition, foreign investment transactions may be subject to difficulties associated with the settlement of such transactions. Transactions in securities of foreign issuers may be subject to less efficient settlement practices, including extended clearance and settlement periods. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return can be earned on them. The inability of the fund to make intended investments due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in liability to the purchaser.

Since the fund may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, it may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rates between such currencies and the U.S. dollar. Changes in currency exchange rates may influence the value of the fund’s shares and may also affect the value of dividends and interest earned by the fund and gains and losses realized by the fund. Exchange rates are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments, other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors. Some emerging market countries also may have managed currencies, which are not free floating against the U.S. dollar. In addition, emerging markets are subject to the risk of restrictions upon the free conversion of their currencies into other currencies. Any devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar in the currencies in which the fund’s securities are quoted would reduce the fund’s NAV per share.

Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the domestic market. Usually issued by a U.S. bank or trust company, ADRs are receipts that demonstrate ownership of underlying foreign securities. For purposes of the fund’s investment policies and limitations, ADRs are considered to have the same characteristics as the securities underlying them. ADRs may be sponsored or unsponsored; issuers of securities underlying unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the United States. Accordingly, there may be less information available about such issuers than there is with respect to domestic companies and issuers of securities underlying sponsored ADRs. The fund may also invest in GDRs, EDRs and other similar instruments, which are receipts that are often denominated in U.S. dollars and are issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. bank evidencing ownership of underlying foreign securities. Even where they are denominated in U.S. dollars, depositary receipts are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is denominated in a foreign currency. EDRs are issued in bearer form and are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Securities of Developing/Emerging Markets Countries . If the fund holds the securities of an issuer from a developing or emerging markets country, it will be exposed to the risks of such investments. A developing or

 

27


emerging markets country generally is considered to be a country that is in the initial stages of its industrialization cycle. Investing in the equity markets of developing countries involves exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature, and to political systems that can be expected to have less stability, than those of developed countries. Historical experience indicates that the markets of developing countries have been more volatile than the markets of the more mature economies of developed countries; however, such markets often have provided higher rates of return to investors.

The risk also exists that an emergency situation may arise in one or more emerging markets as a result of which trading of securities may cease or may be substantially curtailed and prices for the fund’s portfolio securities in such markets may not be readily available. Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act permits a registered investment company to suspend redemption of its shares for any period during which an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC. Accordingly, if the fund believes that appropriate circumstances warrant, it will promptly apply to the SEC for a determination that an emergency exists within the meaning of Section 22(a) of the 1940 Act. During the period commencing from the fund’s identification of such conditions until the date of SEC action, the portfolio securities in the affected markets will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board.

Although it might be theoretically possible to hedge for anticipated income and gains, the ongoing and indeterminate nature of the risks associated with emerging market investing (and the costs associated with hedging transactions) makes it very difficult to hedge effectively against such risks.

Money Market Instruments.  When the subadviser believes that market conditions warrant, the fund may adopt a temporary defensive posture and invest in short-term instruments without limitation. Short-term instruments in which the fund may invest include U.S. government securities; certain bank obligations (including CDs, TDs and bankers’ acceptances of domestic or foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and similar institutions); commercial paper rated no lower than A-2 by the S&P or Prime-2 by Moody’s or the equivalent from another major rating service or, if unrated, of an issuer having an outstanding unsecured debt issue then rated within the three highest rating categories; and repurchase agreements as described below.

Repurchase Agreements.  The fund may engage in repurchase agreement transactions with banks which are the issuers of instruments acceptable for purchase by the fund and with certain dealers on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s list of reporting dealers. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed-upon price and time, thereby determining the yield during the fund’s holding period. If the value of such securities were less than the repurchase price, plus interest, the other party to the agreement would be required to provide additional collateral so that at all times the collateral is at least 102% of the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the fund seeks to assert its right to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the agreement. The subadviser, acting under the supervision of the Board, reviews on an ongoing basis the value of the collateral and creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate potential risks.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the manager, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint repurchase accounts. These balances are invested in one or more repurchase agreements, secured by U.S. government securities. Each joint repurchase arrangement requires that the market value of the collateral be sufficient to cover payments of interest and principal; however, in the event of default by the other party to the agreement, retention or sale of the collateral may be subject to legal proceedings.

 

28


Reverse Repurchase Agreements.  The fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the sale of fund securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowings. Since the proceeds of borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements are invested, this would introduce the speculative factor known as “leverage.” The securities purchased with the fund obtained from the agreement and securities collateralizing the agreement will have maturity dates no later than the repayment date. Generally the effect of such a transaction is that the fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases it will be able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if the fund has an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the cash derived from the transaction than the interest cost of obtaining that cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and the fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when the manager believes it will be advantageous to the fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s assets. The fund’s custodian bank will maintain a separate account for the fund with securities having a value equal to or greater than such commitment of the fund.

Ratings as Investment Criteria.  In general, the ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of securities they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the securities. These ratings will be used by the fund as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio securities, but the fund also will rely upon the independent advice of the subadviser to evaluate potential investments. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix B to this SAI contains further information concerning the rating categories of certain NRSROs and their significance.

Subsequent to its purchase by the fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the fund. In addition, it is possible that an NRSRO might not change its rating of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. None of these events will require sale of such securities by the fund, but the fund’s subadviser will consider such events in their determination of whether the fund should continue to hold the securities. In addition, to the extent the ratings change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, or because of a corporate reorganization, the fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for its investments in accordance with its investment objectives and policies.

When-Issued Securities and Delayed-Delivery Transactions.  To secure an advantageous price or yield, the fund may purchase certain securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities for delayed delivery. The fund will enter into such transactions for the purpose of acquiring portfolio securities and not for the purpose of leverage. In general, the fund does not pay for the securities until received and does not start earning interest until the contractual settlement date. It is expected that, under normal circumstances, the fund would take delivery of such securities, but the fund may sell them before the settlement date. When the fund commits to purchase a security on a “when-issued” or on a “forward delivery” basis, it sets up procedures consistent with SEC policies. Since those policies currently require that an amount of the fund’s assets equal to the amount of the purchase be held aside or segregated to be used to pay for the commitment, the fund expects always to have cash or liquid securities sufficient to cover any commitments or to limit any potential risk. However, even though the fund does not intend to make such purchases for speculative purposes and intends to adhere to the provisions of SEC policies, purchases of securities on such bases may involve more risk than other types of purchases. The when-issued securities are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest accrues on the security to the purchaser during this period. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on the securities are each fixed at the time the purchaser enters into the commitment. Purchasing obligations on a when-issued basis is a form of leveraging and can involve a risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself. In that case, there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. An increase in the percentage of the fund’s assets committed to the purchase of securities on a “when-issued basis” may increase the volatility of its NAV.

 

29


Leverage.  The fund may borrow from banks on a secured or unsecured basis and use the proceeds to make additional investments. This speculative factor is known as “leverage.” Leverage creates an opportunity for increased returns to shareholders of the fund but, at the same time, creates special risk considerations. For example, leverage may exaggerate changes in the NAV of the fund’s shares. Although the principal or stated value of such borrowings will be fixed, the fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. Leverage will create interest expenses for the fund which can exceed the income from the assets retained. To the extent the income or other gain derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceed the interest the fund will have to pay in respect thereof, the fund’s net income or other gain will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or other gain from the incremental assets is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage, the net income or other gain of the fund will be less than if leverage had not been used. If the amount of income or appreciation from the incremental securities is insufficient to cover the cost of borrowing, securities might have to be liquidated to obtain required funds. If the securities purchased with borrowed funds lose value, the net loss of the fund will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Depending on market or other conditions, such liquidations could be disadvantageous to the fund. The fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to such borrowings, and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage, if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if disadvantageous from an investment standpoint.

Securities Lending.  Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Board. The fund will not lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the manager unless it has applied for and received specific authority to do so from the SEC. From time to time, the fund may pay to the borrower and/or a third party which is unaffiliated with the fund or Legg Mason and is acting as a “finder” a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral received for securities loaned. Although the borrower will generally be required to make payments to the fund in lieu of any dividends the fund would have otherwise received had it not loaned the shares to the borrower, such payments will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the fund’s regular dividends (as defined below) received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “Taxes” below).

Requirements of the SEC, which may be subject to future modification, currently provide that the following conditions must be met whenever the fund lends its portfolio securities: (a) the fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (b) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (c) the fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (d) the fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (e) the fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (f) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower. However, if a material event adversely affecting the investment in the loaned securities occurs, the fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities.

The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. The fund could also lose money if its short-term investment of the cash collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

Medium-, Low- and Unrated Securities.  The fund may invest its assets in medium- or low-rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality. Securities rated below investment grade are frequently called junk bonds. Generally, these securities offer a higher current yield than the yield offered by higher-rated securities, but involve greater volatility of price and risk of loss of income and principal, including the probability of default by or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities. Medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities (a) will

 

30


likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organization, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (b) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. Thus, it is possible that these types of factors could, in certain instances, reduce the value of securities held by the fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the fund’s shares. Therefore, an investment in the fund should not be considered as a complete investment program and may not be appropriate for all investors.

While the market values of medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In addition, the markets in which medium- and low-rated or comparable unrated securities are traded generally are more limited than those in which higher-rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets for these securities may restrict the availability of securities for the fund to purchase and also may have the effect of limiting the ability of the fund to (a) obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating NAV and (b) sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets. Any economic recession, however, would likely disrupt severely the market for medium- and low-rated securities and adversely affect the value of such securities. Any such economic downturn also would adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

Securities which are rated below investment grade such as Ba by Moody’s or BB by S&P have speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Securities which are rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment and assurance of interest and principal payments over any long period of time may be small. Securities which are rated Caa or CCC or below are of poor standing. Those issues may be in default or present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest. Securities rated C by Moody’s and D by S&P are in the lowest rating class and indicate that payments are in default or that a bankruptcy petition has been filed with respect to the issuer or that the issuer is regarded as having extremely poor prospects. See Appendix B for bond ratings by Moody’s and S&P.

Fixed income securities, including medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities, frequently have call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders, such as the fund. If an issuer exercises these rights during periods of declining interest rates, the fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return to the fund.

In light of the risks described above, the subadviser, in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issue, whether rated or unrated, will take various factors into consideration, which may include, as applicable, the issuer’s financial resources, its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the ability of the issuer’s management and regulatory matters.

Restricted and Illiquid Securities . Up to 15% of the net assets of the fund may be invested in illiquid securities. An illiquid security is any security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the fund has valued the security. Illiquid securities may include (a) repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days; (b) futures contracts

 

31


and options thereon for which a liquid secondary market does not exist; (c) time deposits (“TDs”) maturing in more than seven calendar days; (d) securities subject to contractual or other restrictions on resale and other instruments that lack readily available markets; and (e) securities of new and early stage companies whose securities are not publicly traded.

Under SEC regulations, certain securities acquired through private placements can be traded freely among qualified purchasers. The SEC has stated that an investment company’s board of directors, or its investment adviser acting under authority delegated by the board, may determine that a security eligible for trading under these regulations is “liquid.” The fund intends to rely on these regulations, to the extent appropriate, to deem specific securities acquired through private placements as “liquid.” The Board has delegated to the manager the responsibility for determining whether a particular security eligible for trading under these regulations rule is “liquid.” Investing in these restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the fund’s illiquidity if qualified purchasers become, for a time, uninterested in buying these securities.

Restricted securities are securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on their resale, such as private placements. Such restrictions might prevent the sale of restricted securities at a time when the sale would otherwise be desirable. Restricted securities may be sold only (1) pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) (such securities are referred to herein as “Rule 144A securities”), or another exemption; (2) in privately negotiated transactions; or (3) in public offerings with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A securities, although not registered in the United States, may be sold to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. As noted above, the manager, acting pursuant to guidelines established by the Board, may determine that some Rule 144A securities are liquid for purposes of limitations on the amount of illiquid investments the fund may own. Where registration is required, the fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the fund is able to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the fund might obtain a less favorable price than expected when it decided to sell.

Illiquid securities may be difficult to value and the fund may have difficulty disposing of such securities promptly. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing illiquid investments than those securities for which a more active market exists. The fund does not consider non-U.S. securities to be restricted if they can be freely sold in the principal markets in which they are traded, even if they are not registered for sale in the United States.

To the extent required by applicable law and SEC guidance, no securities for which there is not a readily available market will be acquired by the fund if such acquisition would cause the aggregate value of illiquid securities to exceed 15% of the fund’s net assets.

Securities of Unseasoned Issuers.  Securities in which the fund may invest may have limited marketability and, therefore, may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. In addition, certain securities may lack significant operating history and be dependent on products or services without an established market share.

Yield Curve Options.  The fund may enter into options on the “spread,” or yield differential, between two fixed income securities, in transactions referred to as “yield curve” options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.

Yield curve options may be used for the same purposes as other options on securities. Specifically, the fund may purchase or write such options for hedging purposes. For example, the fund may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities, if it owns one of the securities, anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. The fund may also

 

32


purchase or write yield curve options for other than hedging purposes ( e.g. , in an effort to increase its current income) if, in the judgment of the subadviser, the fund will be able to profit from movements in the spread between the yields of the underlying securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent that was not anticipated. Yield curve options written by the fund will be “covered.” A call (or put) option is covered if the fund holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and maintains in a segregated account with its custodian cash or liquid assets sufficient to cover the fund’s net liability under the two options. Therefore, the fund’s liability for such a covered option is generally limited to the difference between the amount of the fund’s liability under the option written by the fund less the value of the option held by the fund. Yield curve options may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Yield curve options are traded in the OTC market and because they have been only recently introduced, established trading markets for these securities have not yet developed.

Corporate Loans.  The fund may invest in corporate loans. Corporate loans are negotiated and underwritten by a bank or syndicate of banks and other institutional investors. The fund may acquire an interest in corporate loans through the primary market by acting as one of a group of lenders of a corporate loan. The primary risk in an investment in corporate loans is that the borrower may be unable to meet its interest and/or principal payment obligations. The occurrence of such default with regard to a corporate loan in which the fund had invested would have an adverse effect on the fund’s NAV. Corporate loans in which the fund may invest may be collateralized or uncollateralized and senior or subordinate. Investments in uncollateralized and/or subordinate loans entail a greater risk of nonpayment than do investments in corporate loans which hold a more senior position in the borrower’s capital structure or that are secured with collateral.

The fund may also acquire an interest in corporate loans by purchasing both Participations in and Assignments of portions of corporate loans from third parties. By purchasing a Participation, the fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a corporate borrower. The Participations typically will result in the fund’s having a contractual relationship only with the lender and not the borrower. The fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the Participation. The fund will acquire Participations only if the lender interpositioned between the fund and the borrower is determined by the subadviser to be creditworthy. When the fund purchases Assignments from lenders, the fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan. However, since Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and assignors, the rights and obligations acquired by the fund as the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigned lender.

In addition, the fund may have difficulty disposing of its investments in corporate loans. The liquidity of such securities is limited and the fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market could have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and on the fund’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Participations when necessary to meet the fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for corporate loans also may make it more difficult for the fund to assign a value to those securities for purposes of valuing the fund’s investments and calculating its NAV. The fund’s policy limiting its illiquid securities will be applicable to investments in corporate loans.

 

33


INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies set out below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act, as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund. The Board may change non-fundamental investment policies at any time.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of the restriction.

The fund’s investment objective is non-fundamental.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

(1) The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(2) The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(3) The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(4) The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(5) The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(6) The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

(7) Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings.

 

34


Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit the fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. The fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for

 

35


temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, short sales or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If the fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

 

36


Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s non-fundamental investment policies are as follows:

(1) The fund may not invest in other registered open-end management investment companies and registered unit investment trusts in reliance upon the provisions of subparagraphs (G) or (F) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act. The foregoing investment policy does not restrict the fund from (i) acquiring securities of other registered investment companies in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or acquisition of assets, or (ii) purchasing the securities of registered investment companies, to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.

(2) The fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short- term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager or the subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, the portfolio turnover rates were as follows:

 

Turnover

 

  2008 1   

   2009  
147%    [       ]% 

 

1

Excluding mortgage dollar roll transactions. If mortgage dollar roll transactions had been included, the portfolio turnover rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 would have been 164%.

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent the portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

 

37


MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”), and executive officers of the Trust, their years of birth, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

 

Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Trust
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships Held

by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

        

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

   Trustee    Since 1983    Law Firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)    54    None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

   Trustee    Since 1991    President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)    54    None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1981    Professor Emeritus, Harvard Business School (since 2007); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007); Independent Consultant (since 1969)    54    None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1993    President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)    54    None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

   Trustee    From 1981
to 1998
and 2000
to present
   Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)    54    None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

   Trustee    Since 1983   

Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm)

(since 1992)

   54    None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

   Trustee    Since 1995    Retired    54    None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

   Trustee    Since 1983    President, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer), division of Li & Fung (since 1963)    54    None

 

38


Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Trust
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships Held

by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 2002    Founder and Senior Principal, Murphy Capital Management (investment management) (since 1983)    54    Trustee, UBS Funds (52 funds) (since 2008); Director, Nicholas Applegate Institutional Funds (12 funds) (since 2005); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (since 2002); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); formerly, Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (1983 to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

   Trustee    Since 1983   

President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (brewery) (since 1989); Partner, Thompson Coburn LLP (law firm) (since 2009); formerly, Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) and its predecessor firms

(prior to May 2009)

   54   

Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis

(since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 1993    Retired    54    None

 

39


Name and Year of Birth

  

Position(s)

with Trust

   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships Held

by Trustee During

Past 5 Years

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

           

R. Jay Gerken, CFA†

Born 1951

   Trustee, President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 147 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason, Inc. or its affiliates; formerly, President and CEO, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Chairman, President and CEO, Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (formerly registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Managing Director of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)    134    Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds) (2002 to 2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with LMPFA and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

40


Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position(s) with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

        

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 147 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President of LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and CEO of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason, Inc. or its affiliates; President and CEO, SBFM and Chairman, President and CEO, CFM (formerly registered investment advisers) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Managing Director of CGMI (1989 to 2006); formerly, Chairman, President and CEO, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (since 2006); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”) (a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management, CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005)

John Chiota

Born 1968

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti- Money Laundering Compliance Officer and Identity Theft Prevention Officer    Since 2006 and 2008    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Identity Theft Prevention Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2008); formerly, Vice President at CAM (2004 to 2005); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse (prior to 2004)

 

41


Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position(s)
with Trust

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003); formerly, Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (2000 to 2005); formerly, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004)

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (1992 to 2005)

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); formerly, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005); formerly, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004)

Steven Frank

Born 1967

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2005    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005)

Albert Laskaj

Born 1977

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2007    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2008); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2007); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); formerly, Accounting Manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005)

Jeanne M. Kelly

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Senior Vice President    Since 2005    Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Senior Vice President of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); formerly, Director of Global Fund Administration, CAM (1996 to 2005)

 

42


 

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the Trust receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has six standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Contract Committee, the Governance Committee, the Performance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech, Crane, Hubbard, Johnson, Maryatt, J. Miller, K. Miller, Murphy, Schlafly and Viscione. The Compensation Committee is composed of three Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Maryatt, J. Miller and K. Miller. The Contract Committee is composed of four Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Hubbard, Johnson, Murphy and Schlafly. The Performance Committee is composed of five Independent Trustees, namely, Messrs. Ades, Breech, Crane, Murphy and Viscione, and the Chairman of the Board. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund, the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management arrangement.

The function of the Compensation Committee is to recommend to the Board the appropriate compensation for serving as a Trustee on the Board.

The Contract Committee is charged with assisting the Board in requesting and evaluating such information from the manager and subadviser as may reasonably be necessary to evaluate the terms of the fund’s investment management agreement and subadvisory agreement.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems it appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills

 

43


that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

   

the contribution that the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution that the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Performance Committee is charged with assisting the Board in carrying out its oversight responsibilities over the fund and fund management with respect to investment management, objectives, strategies, policies and procedures, performance and performance benchmarks.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

The Trust’s Board oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on boards of predecessors to the Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met [            ] times during the fund’s last fiscal year. The Audit, Contract, Compensation, Governance, Performance and Pricing Committees met [            ] times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity
Securities in
the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities In
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee

Independent Trustees

     

Paul R. Ades

     

Andrew L. Breech

     

Dwight B. Crane

     

Frank G. Hubbard

     

Howard J. Johnson

     

David E. Maryatt (1)

     

Jerome H. Miller

     

Ken Miller

     

John J. Murphy

     

Thomas F. Schlafly

     

Jerry A. Viscione

     

Interested Trustee

     

R. Jay Gerken

     

 

(1)

                

 

44


As of [            ], none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustees’ fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $120,000 plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for each telephonic Board meeting in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee receives an additional $25,000 per year, the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an additional $15,000 per year and the Chairs of the Performance, Contract and Compensation Committees each receive an additional $12,500 per year. Other members of the Performance, Contract and Compensation Committees each receive an additional $10,000 per year.

Information regarding compensation paid to the Trustees is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation
from the Fund (2) ($)
   Total Pension
or
Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of
Fund
Expenses (3)  ($)
   Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid to
Trustee (2)  ($)
   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee

Independent Trustees

           

Paul R. Ades

           

Andrew L. Breech

           

Dwight B. Crane

           

Robert M. Frayn, Jr. (4)

           

Frank G. Hubbard

           

Howard J. Johnson

           

David E. Maryatt

           

Jerome H. Miller

           

Ken Miller

           

John J. Murphy

           

Thomas F. Schlafly

           

Jerry A. Viscione

           

Interested Trustee

           

R. Jay Gerken (1)

           

 

(1)

Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

(2)

Information is for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

(3)

Pursuant to prior retirement plans, the fund made payments of $[            ] to former Trustees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

(4)

Mr. Frayn retired from the Board effective December 31, 2009.

As of [            ], the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the fund.

 

45


As of [            ], to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or “groups” (as the term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”)) owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes of the fund:

 

Class

 

Shareholder

 

Percent of Ownership (%)

   

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund, pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term instruments of the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. As of December 31, 2010, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $188.5 billion. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2010, Legg Mason’s asset management operations had aggregate assets under management of approximately $681.6 billion.

The manager has agreed, under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision of the fund’s Board, to provide the fund with investment research, advice, management and supervision; furnish a continuous investment program for the fund’s portfolio of securities, and other investments consistent with the fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions, and place orders pursuant to its investment determinations. The manager is permitted to enter into contracts with subadvisers or subadministrators, subject to the Board’s approval. The manager has entered into a subadvisory agreement, as described below.

The manager performs administrative and management services as reasonably requested by the fund necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence; and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect for its initial term and thereafter from year to year, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Management Agreement is not assignable by the Trust except with the consent of the manager. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

 

46


For its services under the Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly according to the following schedule:

 

Up to and including $1 billion

   0.750

Over $1 billion and up to and including $2 billion

   0.725

Over $2 billion and up to and including $5 billion

   0.700

Over $5 billion and up to and including $10 billion

   0.675

Over $10 billion

   0.650

The fund paid LMPFA management fees for the last three fiscal years as follows:

 

     

Year Ended December 31:

   

2009

 

2008

 

2007

$[            ]

  $19,249,651*   $25,079,552**

 

* The manager reimbursed certain expenses in the amount of $77,252. After reimbursements, management fees were $19,172,399.
** The manager reimbursed certain expenses in the amount of $133,640. After reimbursements, management fees were $24,945,912.

Subadviser

LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and has delegated the day-to-day operations of the fund to ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge”), a subsidiary of Legg Mason. ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018. As of December 31, 2009, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $53.5 billion. Prior to December 7, 2009, Western Asset Management Company (“WAM”) and Western Asset Management Company Limited (“WAML”) were also subadvisers, together with ClearBridge, to the fund.

Under the subadvisory agreement between the subadviser and the manager (the “Subadvisory Agreement”), subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will manage the fund’s portfolio (or allocated portion thereof) in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Subadvisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Subadvisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its subadvisory services, until December 7, 2009 LMPFA paid to (i) ClearBridge and WAM an annual fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements, allocated to the respective subadviser based on proportion of assets managed and (ii) WAML an annual fee equal to 0.30% of the fund’s assets that were allocated to WAML. Effective December 7, 2009, LMPFA pays to ClearBridge an annual fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements.

 

47


For the period January 1, 2009 to December 7, 2009, the manager paid WAM and ClearBridge subadvisory fees of $[            ], in the aggregate, and for the period December 8, 2009 to December 31, 2009, the manager paid ClearBridge subadvisory fees of $[            ]. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the manager paid WAM subadvisory fees of $2,304,831 and $1,613,014, respectively. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the manager paid ClearBridge subadvisory fees of $11,115,907 and $15,867,450, respectively.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio manager of the fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2009.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies the portfolio managers, the number of accounts (other than the fund) for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and, if applicable, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance.

 

Portfolio Manager(s)

  

Registered Investment

Companies

  

Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles

  

Other Accounts

Harry D. Cohen

   [            ] other registered investment companies with approximately $[            ] billion in total assets under management    [            ] other pooled investment vehicle with approximately $[            ] billion in total assets under management    [            ] other accounts with approximately $[            ] billion in total assets under management

Peter Vanderlee

   [            ] other registered investment companies with approximately $[            ] billion in total assets under management    [            ] other pooled investment vehicles    [            ] other accounts with approximately $[            ] billion in total assets under management

Michael Clarfeld

   [            ] other registered investment companies    [            ] other pooled investment vehicles    [            ] other accounts

Portfolio Manager Compensation

The descriptions below relate to the manager and ClearBridge. The manager follows the ClearBridge portfolio manager compensation policies described below.

ClearBridge Portfolio Manager Compensation

ClearBridge investment professionals receive base salary, other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

 

48


ClearBridge has incentive and deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) for its investment professionals, including the fund’s portfolio manager(s) and research analysts. The Plans are designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge clients. Additionally, the deferred plans are designed to retain its investment professionals and reward long-term performance.

Incentive Compensation

Investment performance is the key component in determining the final incentive award for all of ClearBridge’s investment professionals. A portfolio manager’s initial incentive award is based on the investment professional’s ongoing contribution to ClearBridge’s investment and business results and externally measured competitive pay practices for the portfolio manager’s position/experience within the firm. This award is then adjusted upward or downward based on investment performance during the most recent year over a rolling 1, 3 and 5 year time period. Product performance is ranked among a “peer group” of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the applicable product benchmark ( e.g., a securities index and, with respect to the fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s Prospectuses to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared).

The peer group of non-ClearBridge investment managers is defined by product style/type, vehicle type and geography and selected by independent vendors that track and provide (for a fee paid by ClearBridge) relevant peer group performance and ranking data ( e.g. , primarily Lipper or Callan).

The 1, 3 and 5 year performance versus benchmark and peer group approximate effective weightings are 35% for trailing 1 year performance, 50% for trailing 3 year performance, and 15% for trailing 5 year performance.

Lastly, the incentive award for an investment professional may also be adjusted by ClearBridge’s Chief Investment Officer and Chief Operating Officer based on other qualitative factors such as contribution to the firm and the development of investment staff.

For ClearBridge’s centralized research professionals, there is an annual incentive compensation plan with a combined scorecard based on portfolio manager questionnaires/surveys, stock picking performance and contribution to the firm. The analyst’s stock picks are tracked on a formal basis through Factset and make up a portion of the analyst’s overall scorecard performance. These stock picks are measured versus their respective sector indexes.

Deferred Award

Up to 20% of an investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. For portfolio managers, one-quarter of this deferral is invested in their primary managed product, one-quarter in a composite portfolio of the firm’s new products and one-quarter in up to 14 elected proprietary ClearBridge managed funds. Consequently, portfolio managers potentially could have 50% of their deferred award amount tracking the performance of their primary managed product. The final one-quarter of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

For centralized research analysts, one-half of their deferral is invested in up to 14 elected proprietary funds, while one-quarter is invested in the new product composite and the remaining one-quarter is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

Legg Mason then makes a company investment in the proprietary ClearBridge-managed funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the Legg Mason balance sheet and paid out to the employees in shares upon vesting over a four year deferral period.

 

49


Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.

The manager, the subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager or the subadviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, the manager and the subadviser each seek to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention.  A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities.  If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit the fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies.  At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Broker/Dealers.  Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the fund and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the manager and/or subadviser determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed. For this reason, the subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Variation in Compensation.  A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee (and the percentage paid to the subadviser) and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher

 

50


management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities.  The manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2009. These holdings are in addition to the shares held for the portfolio managers’ benefit under the subadviser’s incentive compensation plan.

 

Portfolio Manager(s)

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of Securities
 

Harry D. Cohen

   [        

Peter Vanderlee

   [        

Michael Clarfeld

   [        

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, Trustees and employees of the fund, if any; the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Trustees and employees; and litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and any legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Trustees and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to implement an expense cap, forgo fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such forgone and/or reimbursed fees are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The contractual and voluntary expense caps, forgone and/or reimbursed fees do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the

 

51


same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Trustees or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

A voluntary fee forgone or reimbursed (“voluntary limit”) may be changed or terminated as set forth in the footnotes to the fee table of the fund’s Prospectus, if any. In order to implement a voluntary limit, the manager will, as necessary, waive management fees or reimburse operating expenses. However, the manager is permitted to recapture amounts previously waived or reimbursed by the manager to the fund during the same fiscal year if the fund’s total annual operating expenses have fallen to a level below the voluntary limit shown in the footnotes to the fee table of the fund’s Prospectus, if any. In no case will the manager recapture any amount that would result, on any particular fund business day, in the fund’s total annual operating expenses exceeding the voluntary limit.

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005 (the “distribution agreement”). Prior to December 1, 2007, LMIS, CGMI, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, and PFS Investments Inc. (“PFS”), located at 3120 Breckinridge Boulevard, Duluth, Georgia 30099, served as co-distributors of the fund.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act. The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares.

The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

Initial Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amount of initial sales charges on Class A shares received by the distributors were as follows:

For the fiscal year ended December 31:

 

     LMIS     CGMI     PFS  

2009

   $ [             ]     N/A       N/A   

2008

   $ 406,000     $ N/A     $ N/A   

2007

   $ 118,000     $ 347,000 1   $ 3,461,000 1  

 

1

For the period January 1, 2007 to November 30, 2007.

 

52


Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amount of contingent deferred sales charges on Class A, Class B and Class C shares received by the distributors were as follows:

Class A Shares

For the fiscal year ended December 31:

 

     LMIS     CGMI     PFS  

2009

   $ [             ]     N/A       N/A   

2008

   $ 2,000     $ N/A     $ N/A   

2007

   $ 4,000     $ 0 1   $ 3,000 1  

 

1

For the period January 1, 2007 to November 30, 2007.

Class B Shares

For the fiscal year ended December 31:

 

     LMIS     CGMI     PFS  

2009

   $ [             ]     N/A       N/A   

2008

   $ 407,000     $ N/A     $ N/A   

2007

   $ 579,000     $ 0 1   $ 291,000 1  

 

1

For the period January 1, 2007 to November 30, 2007.

Class C Shares

For the fiscal year ended December 31:

 

     LMIS     CGMI     PFS

2009

   $ [                 N/A       N/A

2008

   $ 14,000      $ N/A     $ N/A

2007

   $ 19,000      $ 0 1   $ N/A

 

1

For the period January 1, 2007 to November 30, 2007.

Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan

The Trust, on behalf of the fund, has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule l2b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class B, Class C, Class R and Class R1 shares and service fees for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class R1 shares. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees with respect to the Class B shares at the annual rate of 0.50% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class, with respect to the Class C and Class R1 shares at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each such class, and with respect to the Class R shares at the annual rate of 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class.

 

53


Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, Service Agents and other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund may also make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, Class B and Class C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution-related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the fund in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Dealer reallowances, if any, are described in the fund’s Prospectus.

 

54


The following service and distribution fees were incurred by the fund pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan during the periods indicated:

 

       Fiscal Year
12/31/09
   Fiscal Year
12/31/08
   Fiscal Year
12/31/07

Class A

      $ 4,668,474    $ 5,935,237

Class B

      $ 2,892,460    $ 4,204,901

Class C

      $ 3,858,189    $ 5,331,741

Class R

      $ 285      N/A

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 for compensation to Service Agents, printing costs of prospectuses and marketing materials are expressed in the following table.

 

       Financial
Consultant
Compensation
   Third Party
Service and
Distribution
Fee
   Marketing and
Distribution
   Printing    Total
Current
Expenses

Class A

              

Class B

              

Class C

              

Class R

              

No information was presented for Class FI and Class R1 shares because no shares of those classes were outstanding as of the date of this SAI.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund, receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement with BFDS, BFDS maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, BFDS receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as co-transfer agent with BFDS with respect to shares purchased by clients of certain service providers. Under the co-transfer agency agreement with PNC, PNC maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, PNC receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

 

55


Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, serves as counsel to the Trust and the fund.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

[                ], an independent registered public accounting firm, located at [                     ] has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, the manager, the subadviser, and the distributor have each adopted codes of ethics that permit their respective personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility. Copies of the codes of ethics of the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA will consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA will maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted, a copy of which is attached as Appendix A to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

56


PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I or Class IS shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s Prospectus.

There are minimum investment requirements of $1,000 for initial investments and $50 for subsequent investments for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA or its affiliates (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its affiliates, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Purchase orders received by the fund prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its NAV are priced according to the NAV determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund’s transfer agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Class I Shares . The following persons are permitted to purchase Class I shares of the fund: 1) current employees of the fund’s manager and its affiliates; 2) current and former board members of investment companies managed by affiliates of Legg Mason; 3) current and former board members of Legg Mason; and 4) the immediate families of such persons. For such investors, the minimum initial investment is $1,000 and the minimum for each purchase of additional shares is $50. 1

Under certain circumstances, an investor who purchases fund shares pursuant to a fee-based advisory account program of an Eligible Financial Intermediary as authorized by LMIS may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion between one or more share classes owned by the investor in the same fund to Class I shares of that fund. Such a conversion in these particular circumstances does not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss.

Systematic Investment Plan . Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $50 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. The Systematic Investment Plan authorizes the distributor to apply cash held in the shareholder’s brokerage account to make additions to the account. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

 

1 Employees who leave the employment of Legg Mason will be able to retain ownership of their Class I shares but will not be able to purchase additional shares.

 

57


Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the Prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the NAV plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s Prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the Prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and Class C Shares. Class B and Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS Shares . Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shares are sold at NAV with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers . Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another fund sold by the distributor that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

 

58


(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

All existing retirement plan shareholders who purchased Class A shares at NAV prior to November 20, 2006, are permitted to purchase additional Class A shares at NAV. Certain existing programs for current and prospective retirement plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries approved by LMIS prior to November 20, 2006 will also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV.

Accumulation Privilege —Please see the fund’s Prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent —Helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of funds sold by the distributor over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

  (1) $25,000

 

  (2) $50,000

 

  (3) $100,000

 

  (4) $250,000

 

  (5) $500,000

 

  (6) $750,000

 

  (7) $1,000,000

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to pay the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the funds sold by the distributor.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a fund sold by the distributor may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of money market funds sold by the distributor acquired by exchange from other funds offered with a sales charge may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

 

59


The eligible funds may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter of Intent. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then-current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter of Intent and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter of Intent. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal whether because you made insufficient Eligible Fund Purchases, redeemed all of your holdings or cancelled the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

 

60


Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares, (b) Class C shares and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the NAV at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed, as further described in the Prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month. The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders.

 

 

Year Since Purchase Was Made

  

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (%)

First

   5.00

Second

   4.00

Third

   3.00

Fourth

   2.00

Fifth

   1.00

Sixth and thereafter

   0.00

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholder as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other funds sold by the distributor. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% per month of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70  1 / 2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a

 

61


contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005 will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59  1 / 2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other funds sold by the distributor may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain retirement plan programs authorized prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”) to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason fund, are permitted to maintain such share class exchange feature for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program Class C shares may be purchased by plans investing less than $3,000,000. Class C shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances:

If a participating plan’s total Class C holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason funds equal at least $3,000,000, at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the fund. Such participating plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the 90th day after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the same fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Such plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before the eighth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares, but instead may acquire Class A shares of the same fund. Any Class C shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

For further information regarding this Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

 

62


Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. The public offering price for Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shares (and Class A share purchases, including applicable rights of accumulation, equaling or exceeding $1,000,000) is equal to the NAV per share at the time of purchase and no sales charge is imposed at the time of purchase. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class B and Class C shares, and on Class A shares when purchased in amounts equaling or exceeding $1,000,000. The fund does not currently offer Class FI shares.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the NAV of a share of the fund as of December 31, 2009.

 

Class A (based on a NAV of $[    ] and a maximum initial sales charge of 5.75%)

   $[    ]

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of NAV is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

 

63


Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program. Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds sold by the distributor or classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at NAV in additional shares of the fund.

For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan should be sent to the transfer agent. Withdrawals may be scheduled on any day of the month; however, if the shareholder does not specify a day, the transfer agent will schedule the withdrawal on the 25th day (or the next business day if the 25th day is a weekend or holiday) of the month.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the fund’s Prospectus. Because redemption in-kind may be used at times of unusual illiquidity in the markets, these valuation methods may include fair value estimations. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities and the market price of those securities will be subject to fluctuation until they are sold. A redemption in-kind may be considered the sale of securities by the fund to the party receiving the securities (except for tax purposes). Redemptions in-kind will not be done with LMIS or other affiliated persons of the fund except as permitted by SEC rules or orders, or other interpretive guidance from regulators.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in another fund sold by the distributor. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current Prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current NAV, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being

 

64


acquired at that fund’s then current NAV. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS Exchanges . Class A, Class FI, Class R, Class R1, Class I and Class IS shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges . Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges . Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. See “Grandfathered Retirement Programs with Exchange Features” for additional information.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares” in the Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined NAV but the purchase order would be effective only at the NAV next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the NAV next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent, to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

 

65


VALUATION OF SHARES

The NAV per share of each class is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is normally open for trading every weekday except in the event of an emergency or for the following holidays (or the days on which they are observed): New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share NAV of each class will differ. Please see the Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions, except that the manager manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund. Commissions are negotiated with broker/dealers on all transactions.

The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for the three most recent fiscal years are set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and Subadvisory Agreement, each of the manager and the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadviser or their affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or subadviser, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. Investment research services include information and analysis on particular companies and industries as well as market or economic trends and portfolio strategy, market quotations for portfolio evaluations, analytical software and similar products and services. If a research service also assists the manager or the subadviser in a non-research capacity (such as bookkeeping or other administrative functions), then only the percentage or component that provides assistance to the manager or the subadviser in the investment decision making process may be paid in commission dollars. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the manager and the subadviser do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as manager or subadviser, as applicable. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

 

66


Research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers that effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or subadviser manages may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the fund paid commissions to brokers that provided research services as follows:

 

Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Transactions Related to Research Services ($)

   Total Dollar Amount of
Brokerage Commissions Paid
on Transactions
Related to Research Services ($)
  

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, the fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions as set forth below.

 

Fiscal Year Ending December 31:

   Total Brokerage
Commissions ($)

2007

   10,858,573

2008

   6,721,579

2009

  

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

 

67


On December 31, 2009, the fund held the following securities issued by its regular broker/dealers:

 

Broker/Dealer

   D=Debt
E=Equity
   Market
Value (000s)
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason family of funds, the funds’ boards have adopted policies and procedures developed by the fund’s manager with respect to the disclosure of a fund’s portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of the fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of the manager, the distributor or their affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding the fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

The manager’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by the fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, the fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter-end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the fund’s Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. The fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. The fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by portfolio managers (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction ( i.e. , brokers and custodians).

 

68


5. The fund’s sector weightings, performance attribution ( e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. The fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either the party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of the information must be subject to restrictions on sharing non-public information with any unauthorized source and on trading upon non-public information. None of the funds, Legg Mason or any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about the fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by the fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to the release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of the fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with the manager’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to each fund’s board.

Generally, the fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors. As an exception to the policy the fund may disclose its complete portfolio holdings earlier on that website.

Set forth below is a list, as of December 31, 2009, of those parties with whom the manager, on behalf of each fund, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information in accordance with the policy, as well as the frequency of the release under such arrangements and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay before dissemination

State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

  

Daily

  

None

RiskMetrics Group (formerly Institutional Shareholder Services) (Proxy Voting Services)

  

As necessary

  

None

Bloomberg

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Thomson/Vestek

  

Daily

  

None

FactSet

  

Daily

  

None

The Bank of New York Mellon

  

Daily

  

None

Thomson

  

Semi-annually

  

None

SunGard/Protegent (formerly Dataware)

  

Daily

  

None

ITG

  

Daily

  

None

 

69


Portfolio holdings information for the fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay before dissemination

Baseline

  

Daily

  

None

Frank Russell

  

Monthly

  

1 Day

Callan

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

eVestment Alliance

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

RogersCasey (EQuest)

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Wilshire

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Nelson Information

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

  

Daily

  

None

Advent

  

Daily

  

None

BARRA

  

Daily

  

None

Plexus

  

Quarterly (Calendar)

  

Sent 1-3 business days following

the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

  

Quarterly (Calendar)

  

Sent 1-3 business days following

the end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

  

Daily

  

None

Ambac

  

Daily

  

None

Deutsche Bank

  

Monthly

  

6-8 business days

Fitch

  

Monthly

  

6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

  

Weekly and Month End

  

None

SunTrust

  

Weekly and Month End

  

None

New England Pension Consultants

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

  

Weekly Tuesday Night

  

1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

  

Monthly

  

6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

  

Daily

  

None

Cabot Research

  

Weekly

  

None

Goldman Sachs

  

Daily

  

None

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

  

Daily

  

None

Canterbury Consulting

  

Quarterly

  

25 Days after Quarter End

Broadridge

  

Daily

  

None

DST Global Solutions Limited

  

As necessary

  

Varies

Interactive Data Corp.

  

Daily

  

None

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Daily

  

None

THE TRUST

The Trust. The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the “trust”) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. The fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust on April 16, 2007. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Funds, a Massachusetts business trust.

 

70


The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the “trustees”) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the “declaration”). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares rather than all series or classes.

Election and Removal of Trustees

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers, or employees of the trust, or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares

The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

 

71


Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts

The declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

 

72


Derivative Actions

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its Prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or self-employed retirement plan accounts) will receive a single Prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund intends to continue to qualify to be treated as a regulated investment company under the Code each taxable year. To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in

 

73


each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the fund and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Fund investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the fund’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporation rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

At December 31, 2009, the fund had, for Federal income tax purposes, approximately $[            ] of unused capital loss carryforward available to offset future capital gains through December 31,[            ].

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under distribution or over distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. However, such dividends will be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable

 

74


years, the fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

The fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon securities, foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

The fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, the fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss. The tax treatment of many types of credit default swaps is uncertain.

The fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market or constructive sale rules or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. The fund may therefore be required to obtain cash to be used to satisfy these distribution requirements by selling securities at times that it might not otherwise be desirable to do so or borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses. In certain situations, the fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable

 

75


income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the fund for more than one year. In general, the fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

Foreign Investments .  Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. The fund will not be eligible to elect to treat any foreign taxes it pays as paid by its shareholders, who therefore will not be entitled to credits or deductions for such taxes on their own tax returns. Foreign taxes paid by the fund will reduce the return from the fund’s investments. Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts and certain foreign currency options or futures contracts, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the fund were to elect otherwise.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies .  If the fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, the fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The fund

 

76


may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions .  Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the fund during January of the following calendar year.

The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund designates as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. All other dividends of the fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

Special rules apply, however, to regular dividends paid to individuals. Such a dividend, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that taxable year is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund; or (ii) the portion of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by

 

77


the fund from U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations ( e.g. , foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) which are not PFICs. Dividend income will not be treated as qualified dividend income unless the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. Qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the fund from a REIT or another regulated investment company generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such REIT or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be qualified dividend income.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Dividends paid by the fund that are attributable to dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends will be included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Under current law, the fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund if shares in the fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Certain types of income received by the fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To fund shareholders such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain

 

78


charitable entities; (2) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Code Section 664) has UBTI for a tax year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

Sales of Shares . Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his basis in his shares. A redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of a fund share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding .  The fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

Notices; Other Taxes

Notices.  Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Other Taxes .  Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

79


Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.

Dividends paid by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund.

For foreign shareholders of the fund, a distribution attributable to the fund’s sale or exchange of U.S. real property or of a REIT or other U.S. real property holding corporation will be treated as real property gain subject to 35% withholding tax if 50% or more of the value of the fund’s assets is invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations and if the foreign shareholder has held more than 5% of a class of stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution. In addition, foreign shareholders may be subject to certain tax filing requirements if 50% or more of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations.

Disposition of fund shares by foreign shareholders on or before December 31, 2009, will be subject to withholding tax and treated as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business if 50% or more of the value of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations, the fund is not domestically controlled, and the foreign shareholder owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the fund at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition.

The rules laid out in the previous two paragraphs, other than the withholding rules, will apply notwithstanding the fund’s participation in a wash sale transaction or its payment of a substitute dividend.

Provided that 50% or more of the value of the fund’s stock is held by U.S. shareholders, distributions of U.S. real property interests (including securities in a U.S. real property holding corporation, unless such corporation is regularly traded on an established securities market and the fund has held 5% or less of the outstanding shares of the corporation during the five-year period ending on the date of distribution) occurring on or before December 31, 2009, in redemption of a foreign shareholder’s shares of the fund will cause the fund to recognize gain. If the fund is required to recognize gain, the amount of gain recognized will equal to the fair market value of such interests over the fund’s adjusted bases to the extent of the greatest foreign ownership percentage of the fund during the five-year period ending on the date of redemption for redemptions.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010, properly-designated dividends are generally exempt from United States federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the fund’s net short-term capital gain over the fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the fund may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or

 

80


treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the fund designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010, distributions that the fund designates as “short-term capital gains dividends” or “long-term capital gains dividends” may not be treated as such to a recipient foreign shareholder if the distribution is attributable to gain received from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property or an interest in a U.S. real property holding corporation and the foreign shareholder has not owned more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the fund at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of distribution. Such distributions will be subject to 30% withholding by the fund and will be treated as ordinary dividends to the foreign shareholder.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

LEGAL MATTERS

Beginning in May 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI and a number of its then affiliates, including SBFM and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”), which were then investment adviser or manager to certain funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”) and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, including the fund, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, and against CAM, SBAM and SBFM, as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any

 

81


of the Defendant Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

On December 3, 2007, the court granted Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. The appeal was fully briefed and oral argument before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit took place on March 5, 2009. The parties currently are awaiting a decision from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

* * *

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe,

 

82


the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

***

Beginning in August 2005, five putative class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI, a former distributor of the fund and other affiliated funds (the “Funds”), and SBFM, based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against CGMI and SBFM by the SEC. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the adviser for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

The five actions were subsequently consolidated, and a consolidated complaint was filed.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint, and judgment was entered. An appeal was filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. After full briefing, oral argument before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit took place on March 4, 2009. The parties currently are awaiting a decision from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

As of the date of this SAI, the Funds’ investment manager believes that resolution of the pending lawsuit will not have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Funds or the ability of the Funds’ investment manager and its affiliates to continue to render services to the Funds under their respective contracts.

***

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor fund (Statement of Assets and Liabilities, including the Schedule of Investments, as of December 31, 2009, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 , Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009, Financial Highlights for each of the years or periods in the five-year period ended December 31, 2009, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund filed on [            ], 2010; Accession Number [            ]), are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

 

83


APPENDIX A

C LEAR B RIDGE A DVISORS

P ROXY V OTING P OLICIES AND P ROCEDURES

AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF A PRIL  1, 2009

 

I. T YPES OF A CCOUNTS FOR W HICH C LEARBRIDGE V OTES P ROXIES

 

II. G ENERAL G UIDELINES

 

III. H OW C LEARBRIDGE V OTES

 

IV. C ONFLICTS OF I NTEREST

 

  (1) Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

 

  (2) Procedures for Assessing Materiality of Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

 

  (3) Third Party Proxy Voting Firm — Conflicts of Interest

 

V. V OTING P OLICY

 

  (1) Election of Directors

 

  (2) Proxy Contests

 

  (3) Auditors

 

  (4) Proxy Contest Defenses

 

  (5) Tender Offer Defenses

 

  (6) Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

 

  (7) Capital Structure

 

  (8) Executive and Director Compensation

 

  (9) State of Incorporation

 

  (10) Mergers and Corporate Restructuring

 

  (11) Social and Environmental Issues

 

  (12) Miscellaneous

 

VI. O THER C ONSIDERATIONS

 

  (1) Share Blocking

 

  (2) Securities on Loan

 

VII. D ISCLOSURE OF P ROXY V OTING

 

VIII. R ECORDKEEPING AND O VERSIGHT


CLEARBRIDGE ADVISORS’ 1

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

I. TYPES OF ACCOUNTS FOR WHICH CLEARBRIDGE VOTES PROXIES

ClearBridge votes proxies for each client that has specifically authorized us to vote them in the investment management contract or otherwise and votes proxies for each ERISA account unless the plan document or investment advisory agreement specifically reserves the responsibility to vote proxies to the plan trustees or other named fiduciary. These policies and procedures are intended to fulfill applicable requirements imposed on ClearBridge by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations adopted under these laws.

II. GENERAL GUIDELINES

In voting proxies, we are guided by general fiduciary principles. Our goal is to act prudently, solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of the accounts we manage and, in the case of ERISA accounts, for the exclusive purpose of providing economic benefits to such persons. We attempt to provide for the consideration of all factors that could affect the value of the investment and will vote proxies in the manner that we believe will be consistent with efforts to maximize shareholder values.

III. HOW CLEARBRIDGE VOTES

Section V of these policies and procedures sets forth certain stated positions. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a stated position, we generally vote in accordance with the stated position. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a list of factors set forth in Section V that we consider in voting on such issue, we consider those factors and vote on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is no stated position or list of factors that we consider in voting on such issue, we vote on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. We may utilize an external service provider to provide us with information and/or a recommendation with regard to proxy votes but we are not required to follow any such recommendations. The use of an external service provider does not relieve us of our responsibility for the proxy vote.

For routine matters, we usually vote according to our policy or the external service provider’s recommendation, although we are not obligated to do so and an individual portfolio manager may vote contrary to our policy or the recommendation of the external service provider. If a matter is non-routine, e.g. , management’s recommendation is different than that of the external service provider and ClearBridge is a significant holder or it is a significant holding for ClearBridge, the issues will be highlighted to the appropriate investment teams and their views solicited by members of the Proxy Committee. Different investment teams may vote differently on the same issue, depending upon their assessment of clients’ best interests.

ClearBridge’s proxy voting process is overseen and coordinated by its Proxy Committee.

IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

In furtherance of ClearBridge’s goal to vote proxies in the best interests of clients, ClearBridge follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients.

 

 

 

1

These policies and procedures pertain to ClearBridge Advisors, LLC and ClearBridge Asset Management Inc (collectively, “ClearBridge”).

 

A-2


(1) Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest

ClearBridge relies on the following to seek to identify conflicts of interest with respect to proxy voting:

 

  A. ClearBridge’s employees are periodically reminded of their obligation (i) to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of ClearBridge with respect to voting proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of their personal relationships or personal or business relationships relating to another Legg Mason business unit , and (ii) to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  B. ClearBridge’s finance area maintains and provides to ClearBridge Compliance and proxy voting personnel an up- to-date list of all client relationships that have historically accounted for or are projected to account for greater than 1% of ClearBridge’s annual revenues.

 

  C. As a general matter, ClearBridge takes the position that relationships between a non-ClearBridge Legg Mason unit and an issuer ( e.g. , investment management relationship between an issuer and a non-ClearBridge Legg Mason affiliate) do not present a conflict of interest for ClearBridge in voting proxies with respect to such issuer because ClearBridge operates as an independent business unit from other Legg Mason business units and because of the existence of informational barriers between ClearBridge and certain other Legg Mason business units. As noted above, ClearBridge employees are under an obligation to bring such conflicts of interest, including conflicts of interest which may arise because of an attempt by another Legg Mason business unit or non-ClearBridge Legg Mason officer or employee to influence proxy voting by ClearBridge to the attention of ClearBridge Compliance.

 

  D. A list of issuers with respect to which ClearBridge has a potential conflict of interest in voting proxies on behalf of client accounts will be maintained by ClearBridge proxy voting personnel. ClearBridge will not vote proxies relating to such issuers until it has been determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method for resolving the conflict of interest has been agreed upon and implemented, as described in Section IV below.

 

(2) Procedures for Assessing Materiality of Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest

 

  A. ClearBridge maintains a Proxy Committee which, among other things, reviews and addresses conflicts of interest brought to its attention. The Proxy Committee is comprised of such ClearBridge personnel (and others, at ClearBridge’s request), as are designated from time to time. The current members of the Proxy Committee are set forth in the Proxy Committee’s Terms of Reference.

 

  B. All conflicts of interest identified pursuant to the procedures outlined in Section IV. (1) must be brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for resolution. A proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated ClearBridge position on such issue or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party generally is not brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for a conflict of interest review because ClearBridge’s position is that any conflict of interest issues are resolved by voting in accordance with a pre-determined policy or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party.

 

  C. The Proxy Committee will determine whether a conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appear to influence, ClearBridge’s decision-making in voting the proxy. All materiality determinations will be based on an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. A written record of all materiality determinations made by the Proxy Committee will be maintained.

 

  D. If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is not material, ClearBridge may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict.

 

  E.

If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is material, the Proxy Committee will determine an appropriate method to resolve such conflict of interest before the proxy affected by

 

A-3


 

the conflict of interest is voted. Such determination shall be based on the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue, the nature of the conflict of interest, etc. Such methods may include:

 

  i. disclosing the conflict to clients and obtaining their consent before voting;

 

  ii. suggesting to clients that they engage another party to vote the proxy on their behalf;

 

  iii. in the case of a conflict of interest resulting from a particular employee’s personal relationships, removing such employee from the decision-making process with respect to such proxy vote; or

 

  iv. such other method as is deemed appropriate given the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue, the nature of the conflict of interest, etc.*

A written record of the method used to resolve a material conflict of interest shall be maintained.

 

(3) Third Party Proxy Voting Firm — Conflicts of Interest

With respect to a third party proxy voting firm described herein, the Proxy Committee will periodically review and assess such firm’s policies, procedures and practices with respect to the disclosure and handling of conflicts of interest.

V. VOTING POLICY

These are policy guidelines that can always be superseded, subject to the duty to act solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of accounts, by the investment management professionals responsible for the account holding the shares being voted. There may be occasions when different investment teams vote differently on the same issue. A ClearBridge investment team ( e.g. , ClearBridge’s Social Awareness Investment team) may adopt proxy voting policies that supplement these policies and procedures. In addition, in the case of Taft-Hartley clients, ClearBridge will comply with a client direction to vote proxies in accordance with Institutional Shareholder Services’ (ISS) PVS Proxy Voting Guidelines, which ISS represents to be fully consistent with AFL-CIO guidelines.

 

(1) Election of Directors

 

  A. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections.

 

  1. We withhold our vote from a director nominee who:

 

  (a) attended less than 75 percent of the company’s board and committee meetings without a valid excuse (illness, service to the nation/local government, work on behalf of the company);

 

  (b) were members of the company’s board when such board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of a majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years;

 

  (c) received more than 50 percent withheld votes of the shares cast at the previous board election, and the company has failed to address the issue as to why;

 

  (d)

is an insider where: (1) such person serves on any of the audit, compensation or nominating committees of the company’s board, (2) the company’s board performs the functions typically performed by a company’s audit, compensation and nominating committees, or

 

 

* Especially in the case of an apparent, as opposed to actual, conflict of interest, the Proxy Committee may resolve such conflict of interest by satisfying itself that ClearBridge’s proposed vote on a proxy issue is in the best interest of client accounts and is not being influenced by the conflict of interest.

 

A-4


 

(3) the full board is less than a majority independent (unless the director nominee is also the company CEO, in which case we will vote FOR);

 

  (e) is a member of the company’s audit committee, when excessive non-audit fees were paid to the auditor, or there are chronic control issues and an absence of established effective control mechanisms.

 

  2. We vote for all other director nominees.

 

  B. Chairman and CEO is the Same Person.

We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals that would require the positions of the Chairman and CEO to be held by different persons. We would generally vote FOR such a proposal unless there are compelling reasons to vote against the proposal, including:

 

   

Designation of a lead director

 

   

Majority of independent directors (supermajority)

 

   

All independent key committees

 

   

Size of the company (based on market capitalization)

 

   

Established governance guidelines

 

   

Company performance

 

  C. Majority of Independent Directors

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Generally that would require that the director have no connection to the company other than the board seat. In determining whether an independent director is truly independent (e.g. when voting on a slate of director candidates), we consider certain factors including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: whether the director or his/her company provided professional services to the company or its affiliates either currently or in the past year; whether the director has any transactional relationship with the company; whether the director is a significant customer or supplier of the company; whether the director is employed by a foundation or university that received significant grants or endowments from the company or its affiliates; and whether there are interlocking directorships.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively.

 

  D. Stock Ownership Requirements

We vote against shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director, or to remain on the board.

 

  E. Term of Office

We vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of independent directors.

 

  F. Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

  1. Subject to subparagraphs 2, 3, and 4 below, we vote for proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to limit and against proposals to eliminate entirely director and officer liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

 

  3. We vote against indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.

 

A-5


  4. We vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage noted in subparagraph 3 above in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if: (1) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, and (2) if only the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

 

  G. Director Qualifications

 

  1. We vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Considerations include how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

 

  2. We vote against shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.

 

(2) Proxy Contests

 

  A. Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

We vote on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. Considerations include: chronology of events leading up to the proxy contest; qualifications of director nominees (incumbents and dissidents); for incumbents, whether the board is comprised of a majority of outside directors; whether key committees (ie: nominating, audit, compensation) comprise solely of independent outsiders; discussion with the respective portfolio manager(s).

 

  B. Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest. Considerations include: identity of persons who will pay solicitation expenses; cost of solicitation; percentage that will be paid to proxy solicitation firms.

 

(3) Auditors

 

  A. Ratifying Auditors

We vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position or there is reason to believe the independent auditor has not followed the highest level of ethical conduct. Specifically, we will vote to ratify auditors if the auditors only provide the company audit services and such other audit-related and non-audit services the provision of which will not cause such auditors to lose their independence under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

  B. Financial Statements and Director and Auditor Reports

We generally vote for management proposals seeking approval of financial accounts and reports and the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors or directors.

 

  C. Remuneration of Auditors

We vote for proposals to authorize the board or an audit committee of the board to determine the remuneration of auditors, unless there is evidence of excessive compensation relative to the size and nature of the company.

 

  D. Indemnification of Auditors

We vote against proposals to indemnify auditors.

 

A-6


(4) Proxy Contest Defenses

 

  A. Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections

 

  1. We vote against proposals to classify the board.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

  B. Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors

 

  1. We vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

  3. We vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

  4. We vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

  C. Cumulative Voting

 

  1. If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections, we vote for proposals to permit or restore cumulative voting.

 

  2. If majority voting is in place for uncontested director elections, we vote against cumulative voting.

 

  3. If plurality voting is in place for uncontested director elections, and proposals to adopt both cumulative voting and majority voting are on the same slate, we vote for majority voting and against cumulative voting.

 

  D. Majority Voting

 

  1. We vote for non-binding and/or binding resolutions requesting that the board amend a company’s by-laws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of the votes cast, provided that it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. In addition, all resolutions need to provide for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats (i.e. contested election). In addition, ClearBridge strongly encourages companies to adopt a post-election director resignation policy setting guidelines for the company to follow to promptly address situations involving holdover directors.

 

  E. Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

  1. We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

 

  2. We vote for proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

 

  F. Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

  1. We vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

 

  G. Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board

 

  1. We vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.

 

  2. We vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.

 

  H. Advance Notice Proposals

We vote on advance notice proposals on a case-by-case basis, giving support to those proposals which allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.

 

A-7


  I. Amendment of By-Laws

 

  1. We vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the by-laws.

 

  2. We vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the by-laws in addition to shareholders.

 

  J. Article Amendments (not otherwise covered by ClearBridge Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures).

We review on a case-by-case basis all proposals seeking amendments to the articles of association.

We vote for article amendments if:

 

   

shareholder rights are protected;

 

   

there is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value;

 

   

management provides adequate reasons for the amendments; and

 

   

the company is required to do so by law (if applicable).

 

(5) Tender Offer Defenses

 

  A. Poison Pills

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill. Considerations include: when the plan was originally adopted; financial condition of the company; terms of the poison pill.

 

  3. We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to ratify a poison pill. Considerations include: sunset provision — poison pill is submitted to shareholders for ratification or rejection every 2 to 3 years; shareholder redemption feature -10% of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the rights plan.

 

  B. Fair Price Provisions

 

  1. We vote for fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.

 

  C. Greenmail

 

  1. We vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

 

  D. Unequal Voting Rights

 

  1. We vote against dual class exchange offers.

 

  2. We vote against dual class re-capitalization.

 

  E. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws

 

  1. We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.

 

A-8


  F. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers

 

  1. We vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.

 

  G. White Squire Placements

We vote for shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues.

 

(6) Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

 

  A. Confidential Voting

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals that request corporations to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows: in the case of a contested election, management is permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

 

  2. We vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting subject to the proviso for contested elections set forth in sub-paragraph A.1 above.

 

  B. Equal Access

We vote for shareholder proposals that would allow significant company shareholders equal access to management’s proxy material in order to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.

 

  C. Bundled Proposals

We vote on a case-by-case basis on bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, we examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests and therefore not in the best interests of the beneficial owners of accounts, we vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, we support such proposals.

 

  D. Shareholder Advisory Committees

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee. Considerations include: rationale and cost to the firm to form such a committee. We generally vote against such proposals if the board and key nominating committees are comprised solely of independent/outside directors.

 

  E. Other Business

We vote for proposals that seek to bring forth other business matters.

 

  F. Adjourn Meeting

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals that seek to adjourn a shareholder meeting in order to solicit additional votes.

 

  G. Lack of Information

We vote against proposals if a company fails to provide shareholders with adequate information upon which to base their voting decision.

 

A-9


(7) Capital Structure

 

  A. Common Stock Authorization

 

  1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue, except as described in paragraph 2 below.

 

  2. Subject to paragraph 3, below we vote for the approval requesting increases in authorized shares if the company meets certain criteria:

 

  a) Company has already issued a certain percentage (i.e. greater than 50%) of the company’s allotment.

 

  b) The proposed increase is reasonable (i.e. less than 150% of current inventory) based on an analysis of the company’s historical stock management or future growth outlook of the company.

 

  3. We vote on a case-by-case basis, based on the input of affected portfolio managers, if holding is greater than 1% of an account.

 

  B. Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split, provided that the split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the split.

 

  C. Reverse Stock Splits

We vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split, provided that the reverse split does not result in an increase of authorized but unissued shares of more than 100% after giving effect to the shares needed for the reverse split.

 

  D. Blank Check Preferred Stock

 

  1. We vote against proposals to create, authorize or increase the number of shares with regard to blank check preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution and other rights.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

 

  3. We vote for proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

 

  4. We vote for proposals requiring a shareholder vote for blank check preferred stock issues.

 

  E. Adjust Par Value of Common Stock

We vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

 

  F. Preemptive Rights

 

  1. We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking to establish them and consider the following factors:

 

  a) Size of the Company.

 

  b) Characteristics of the size of the holding (holder owning more than 1% of the outstanding shares).

 

  c) Percentage of the rights offering (rule of thumb less than 5%).

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals seeking the elimination of pre-emptive rights.

 

A-10


  G. Debt Restructuring

We vote on a case-by-case basis for proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt-restructuring plan. Generally, we approve proposals that facilitate debt restructuring.

 

  H. Share Repurchase Programs

We vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

  I. Dual-Class Stock

We vote for proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:

 

   

It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders

 

   

It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

 

  J. Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

We vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

 

  K. Debt Issuance Requests

When evaluating a debt issuance request, the issuing company’s present financial situation is examined. The main factor for analysis is the company’s current debt-to-equity ratio, or gearing level. A high gearing level may incline markets and financial analysts to downgrade the company’s bond rating, increasing its investment risk factor in the process. A gearing level up to 100 percent is considered acceptable.

We vote for debt issuances for companies when the gearing level is between zero and 100 percent.

We view on a case-by-case basis proposals where the issuance of debt will result in the gearing level being greater than 100 percent. Any proposed debt issuance is compared to industry and market standards.

 

  L. Financing Plans

We generally vote for the adopting of financing plans if we believe they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.

 

(8) Executive and Director Compensation

In general, we vote for executive and director compensation plans, with the view that viable compensation programs reward the creation of stockholder wealth by having high payout sensitivity to increases in shareholder value. Certain factors, however, such as repricing underwater stock options without shareholder approval, would cause us to vote against a plan. Additionally, in some cases we would vote against a plan deemed unnecessary.

 

  A. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals

 

  1. Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grant or Amend Administrative Features

We vote for plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. Amendments to Added Performance-Based Goals

We vote for amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

A-11


  3. Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA

We vote for amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  4. Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans

We vote for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  B. Expensing of Options

We vote for proposals to expense stock options on financial statements.

 

  C. Index Stock Options

We vote on a case by case basis with respect to proposals seeking to index stock options. Considerations include whether the issuer expenses stock options on its financial statements and whether the issuer’s compensation committee is comprised solely of independent directors.

 

  D. Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay

 

  1. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information. Considerations include: cost and form of disclosure. We vote for such proposals if additional disclosure is relevant to shareholder’s needs and would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all other shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay.

We have a policy of voting to reasonably limit the level of options and other equity-based compensation arrangements available to management to reasonably limit shareholder dilution and management compensation. For options and equity-based compensation arrangements, we vote FOR proposals or amendments that would result in the available awards being less than 10% of fully diluted outstanding shares (i.e. if the combined total of shares, common share equivalents and options available to be awarded under all current and proposed compensation plans is less than 10% of fully diluted shares). In the event the available awards exceed the 10% threshold, we would also consider the % relative to the common practice of its specific industry (e.g. technology firms). Other considerations would include, without limitation, the following:

 

   

Compensation committee comprised of independent outside directors

 

   

Maximum award limits

 

   

Repricing without shareholder approval prohibited

 

  E. Golden Parachutes

 

  1. We vote for shareholder proposals to have golden parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis on all proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. Considerations include: the amount should not exceed 3 times average base salary plus guaranteed benefits; golden parachute should be less attractive than an ongoing employment opportunity with the firm.

 

  F. Golden Coffins

 

  1.

We vote for shareholder proposals that request a company not to make any death benefit payments to senior executives’ estates or beneficiaries, or pay premiums in respect to any life insurance policy covering a senior executive’s life (“golden coffin”). We carve out benefits provided under a

 

A-12


 

plan, policy or arrangement applicable to a broader group of employees, such as offering group universal life insurance.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals that request shareholder approval of survivor benefits for future agreements that, following the death of a senior executive, would obligate the company to make payments or awards not earned.

 

  G. Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

We vote for proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is “excessive” (i.e., generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).

 

  H. 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

We vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

 

  I. Stock Compensation Plans

 

  1. We vote for stock compensation plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.

 

  2. We vote on a case-by-case basis for stock compensation plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange using a quantitative model.

 

  J. Directors Retirement Plans

 

  1. We vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.

 

  2. We vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.

 

  K. Management Proposals to Reprice Options

We vote on a case-by-case basis on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options. Considerations include the following:

 

   

Historic trading patterns

 

   

Rationale for the repricing

 

   

Value-for-value exchange

 

   

Option vesting

 

   

Term of the option

 

   

Exercise price

 

   

Participation

 

  L. Shareholder Proposals Recording Executive and Director Pay

 

  1. We vote against shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

 

  2. We vote against shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.

 

  3. We vote for shareholder proposals to put option repricing to a shareholder vote.

 

  4. We vote for shareholder proposals that call for a non-binding advisory vote on executive pay (“say-on-pay”). Company boards would adopt a policy giving shareholders the opportunity at each annual meeting to vote on an advisory resolution to ratify the compensation of the named executive officers set forth in the proxy statement’s summary compensation table.

 

  5. We vote on a case-by-case basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking unto account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

 

A-13


(9) State/Country of Incorporation

 

  A. Voting on State Takeover Statutes

 

  1. We vote for proposals to opt out of state freeze-out provisions.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

 

  B. Voting on Re-incorporation Proposals

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to change a company’s state or country of incorporation. Considerations include: reasons for re-incorporation (i.e. financial, restructuring, etc); advantages/benefits for change (i.e. lower taxes); compare the differences in state/country laws governing the corporation.

 

  C. Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

  1. We vote against proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

 

  2. We vote for proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

 

  3. We vote for proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

 

  4. We vote for proposals to opt out of control share cashout statutes.

 

(10) Mergers and Corporate Restructuring

 

  A. Mergers and Acquisitions

We vote on a case-by-case basis on mergers and acquisitions. Considerations include: benefits/advantages of the combined companies (i.e. economies of scale, operating synergies, increase in market power/share, etc…); offer price (premium or discount); change in the capital structure; impact on shareholder rights.

 

  B. Corporate Restructuring

We vote on a case-by-case basis on corporate restructuring proposals involving minority squeeze outs and leveraged buyouts. Considerations include: offer price, other alternatives/offers considered and review of fairness opinions.

 

  C. Spin-offs

We vote on a case-by-case basis on spin-offs. Considerations include the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.

 

  D. Asset Sales

We vote on a case-by-case basis on asset sales. Considerations include the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.

 

  E. Liquidations

We vote on a case-by-case basis on liquidations after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

 

  F. Appraisal Rights

We vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

 

A-14


  G. Changing Corporate Name

We vote for proposals to change the “corporate name”, unless the proposed name change bears a negative connotation.

 

  H. Conversion of Securities

We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals regarding conversion of securities. Considerations include the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

 

  I. Stakeholder Provisions

We vote against proposals that ask the board to consider non-shareholder constituencies or other non-financial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

 

(11) Social and Environmental Issues

 

  A. In general we vote on a case-by-case basis on shareholder social and environmental proposals, on the basis that their impact on share value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. In most cases, however, we vote for disclosure reports that seek additional information, particularly when it appears the company has not adequately addressed shareholders’ social and environmental concerns. In determining our vote on shareholder social and environmental proposals, we also analyze the following factors:

 

  1. whether adoption of the proposal would have either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value;

 

  2. the percentage of sales, assets and earnings affected;

 

  3. the degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to boycott or selective purchasing;

 

  4. whether the issues presented should be dealt with through government or company-specific action;

 

  5. whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in a proposal;

 

  6. whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders is persuasive;

 

  7. what other companies have done in response to the issue;

 

  8. whether the proposal itself is well framed and reasonable;

 

  9. whether implementation of the proposal would achieve the objectives sought in the proposal; and

 

  10. whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board.

 

  B. Among the social and environmental issues to which we apply this analysis are the following:

 

  1. Energy and Environment

 

  2. Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination

 

  3. Product Integrity and Marketing

 

  4. Human Resources Issues

 

(12) Miscellaneous

 

  A. Charitable Contributions

We vote against proposals to eliminate, direct or otherwise restrict charitable contributions.

 

A-15


  B. Operational Items

 

  1. We vote against proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

  2. We vote against proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

  3. We vote for by-law or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

 

  4. We vote for management proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

 

  5. We vote against shareholder proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

 

  6. We vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as voting item.

 

  C. Routine Agenda Items

In some markets, shareholders are routinely asked to approve:

 

   

the opening of the shareholder meeting

 

   

that the meeting has been convened under local regulatory requirements

 

   

the presence of a quorum

 

   

the agenda for the shareholder meeting

 

   

the election of the chair of the meeting

 

   

regulatory filings

 

   

the allowance of questions

 

   

the publication of minutes

 

   

the closing of the shareholder meeting

We generally vote for these and similar routine management proposals.

 

  D. Allocation of Income and Dividends

We generally vote for management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the amount of the distribution is consistently and unusually small or large.

 

  E. Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternatives

 

  1. We vote for most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.

 

  2. We vote against proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.

ClearBridge has determined that registered investment companies, particularly closed end investment companies, raise special policy issues making specific voting guidelines frequently inapplicable. To the extent that ClearBridge has proxy voting authority with respect to shares of registered investment companies, ClearBridge shall vote such shares in the best interest of client accounts and subject to the general fiduciary principles set forth herein without regard to the specific voting guidelines set forth in Section V. (1) through (12).

The voting policy guidelines set forth in Section V may be changed from time to time by ClearBridge in its sole discretion.

 

A-16


VI. OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

In certain situations, ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies on behalf of a client because ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to the client of voting shares is outweighed by countervailing considerations. Examples of situations in which ClearBridge may determine not to vote proxies on behalf of a client include:

 

  (1) Share Blocking

Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking.” This means that shareholders wishing to vote their proxies must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting (e.g. one week) with a designated depositary. During the blocking period, shares that will be voted at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares have been returned to client accounts by the designated depositary. In deciding whether to vote shares subject to share blocking, ClearBridge will consider and weigh, based on the particular facts and circumstances, the expected benefit to clients of voting in relation to the detriment to clients of not being able to sell such shares during the applicable period.

 

  (2) Securities on Loan

Certain clients of ClearBridge, such as an institutional client or a mutual fund for which ClearBridge acts as a sub-adviser, may engage in securities lending with respect to the securities in their accounts. ClearBridge typically does not direct or oversee such securities lending activities. To the extent feasible and practical under the circumstances, ClearBridge will request that the client recall shares that are on loan so that such shares can be voted if ClearBridge believes that the expected benefit to the client of voting such shares outweighs the detriment to the client of recalling such shares ( e.g. , foregone income). The ability to timely recall shares for proxy voting purposes typically is not entirely within the control of ClearBridge and requires the cooperation of the client and its other service providers. Under certain circumstances, the recall of shares in time for such shares to be voted may not be possible due to applicable proxy voting record dates and administrative considerations.

VII. DISCLOSURE OF PROXY VOTING

ClearBridge employees may not disclose to others outside of ClearBridge (including employees of other Legg Mason business units) how ClearBridge intends to vote a proxy absent prior approval from ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer, except that a ClearBridge investment professional may disclose to a third party (other than an employee of another Legg Mason business unit) how s/he intends to vote without obtaining prior approval from ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer if (1) the disclosure is intended to facilitate a discussion of publicly available information by ClearBridge personnel with a representative of a company whose securities are the subject of the proxy, (2) the company’s market capitalization exceeds $1 billion and (3) ClearBridge has voting power with respect to less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the company.

If a ClearBridge employee receives a request to disclose ClearBridge’s proxy voting intentions to, or is otherwise contacted by, another person outside of ClearBridge (including an employee of another Legg Mason business unit) in connection with an upcoming proxy voting matter, he/she should immediately notify ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer.

If a portfolio manager wants to take a public stance with regards to a proxy, s/he must consult with ClearBridge’s General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer before making or issuing a public statement.

VIII. RECORDKEEPING AND OVERSIGHT

ClearBridge shall maintain the following records relating to proxy voting:

 

  a copy of these policies and procedures;

 

A-17


  a copy of each proxy form (as voted);

 

  a copy of each proxy solicitation (including proxy statements) and related materials with regard to each vote;

 

  documentation relating to the identification and resolution of conflicts of interest;

 

  any documents created by ClearBridge that were material to a proxy voting decision or that memorialized the basis for that decision; and

 

  a copy of each written client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by ClearBridge to any (written or oral) client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.

Such records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in an appropriate office of the ClearBridge adviser.

To the extent that ClearBridge is authorized to vote proxies for a United States Registered Investment Company, ClearBridge shall maintain such records as are necessary to allow such fund to comply with its recordkeeping, reporting and disclosure obligations under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

In lieu of keeping copies of proxy statements, ClearBridge may rely on proxy statements filed on the EDGAR system as well as on third party records of proxy statements and votes cast if the third party provides an undertaking to provide the documents promptly upon request.

 

A-18


APPENDIX B

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s, a subsidiary of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa —Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa —Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A —Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa —Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba —Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B —Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa —Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca —Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C —Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.


Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa —Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa —Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A —Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa —Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Ba —Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B —Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Caa —Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca —Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

C —Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels—“MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

B-2


Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in

 

B-3


accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

AAA —An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA —An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A —An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB —An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C —Obligations rated “BB”, “B”, “CCC”, “CC”, and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB —An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC —An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC —An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C —A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A “C” also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

D —An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard &

 

B-4


Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “p” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “i” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a “pi” subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” subscript. Ratings with a “pi” subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters “pr” indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

B-5


t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

 

   

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

   

Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1 —Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 —Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 —Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1 —Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2 —Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 —Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of “B-1”, “B-2”, and “B-3” may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the “B” category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B-6


B-1 —A short-term obligation rated “B-1” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2 —A short-term obligation rated “B-2” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3 —A short-term obligation rated “B-3” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C —A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D —A short-term obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “p” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “i” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a “pi” subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” subscript. Ratings with a “pi” subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters “pr” indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

 

B-7


preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1 —This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2 —Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated “A-1”.

A-3 —Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B —Issues rated “B” are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C —This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D —Debt rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

 

B-8


Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA —Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA —Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A —High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB —Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB —Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B —Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, “B” ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, “B” ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of “R1” (outstanding).

CCC —For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of “R2” (superior), or “R3” (good) or “R4” (average).

CC —For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of “R4” (average) or “R5” (below average).

C —For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of “R6” (poor).

 

B-9


RD —Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D —Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated “D” upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of “C” to “B” ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the “B” or “CCC-C” categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1 —Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2 —Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3 —Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B —Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C —High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D —Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

 

B-10


Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” Long-term rating category, to categories below “CCC”, or to Short-term ratings other than “F1”. (The +/– modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term “put” or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

“PIF”: Paid-in -Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

“NR” indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

“Withdrawn”: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

 

B-11


PART C

 

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 28. Exhibits

Unless otherwise noted, all references are to the Registrant’s initial registration statement on Form N-1A (the “Registration Statement”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on October 21, 1991 (File Nos. 33-43446 and 811-06444).

(a)(1) The Registrant’s Declaration of Trust dated as of October 2, 2006 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 as filed with the SEC on April 16, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 70”).

(2) Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of February 8, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 70.

(3) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of August 9, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 as filed with the SEC on August 24, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 72”).

(4) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of August 9, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72.

(5) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust and Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of November 8, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 as filed with the SEC on November 30, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 76”).

(6) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of February 7, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 87 as filed with the SEC on February 15, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 87”).

(7) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of February 7, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 87.

(8) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of May 8, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 109 as filed with the SEC on June 3, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 109”).

(9) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of May 8, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 109.

(10) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of June 6, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 110 as filed with the SEC on June 6, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 110”).

(11) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of June 6, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 110.

(12) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of January 28, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 133 as filed with the SEC on January 28, 2009 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 133”).

(13) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of January 28, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 133.

(14) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of February 26, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 as filed with the SEC on February 27, 2009 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 137”).

(15) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of February 26, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146 as filed with the SEC on June 25, 2009 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 146”).

 

2


(16) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of August 5, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 150 as filed with the SEC on November 6, 2009 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 150”).

(17) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of August 5, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 150.

(18) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interest in the Trust effective as of December 7, 2009 is filed herewith.

(19) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of December 7, 2009 is filed herewith.

(b) The Registrant’s By-Laws dated October 4, 2006 are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 70.

(c) Not Applicable.

(d)(1) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Fund), and Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 as filed with the SEC on December 14, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 78”).

(2) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Convertible Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Convertible Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(3) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(4) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Dividend Strategy Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Dividend Strategy Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(5) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Esemplia Emerging Markets Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(6) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Barrett Financial Services Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Financial Services Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(7) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Fundamental Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Fundamental Value Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(8) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Global Currents International All Cap Opportunity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners International All Cap Opportunity Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(9) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Capital Management All Cap Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners All Cap Fund), and Legg Mason Capital Management Inc. (“LMCM”) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 as filed with the SEC on August 27, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 73”).

(10) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Value Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(11) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(12) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital and Income Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(13) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

 

3


(14) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(15) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Global Equity Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(16) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Investors Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(17) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Large Cap Growth Fund) and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(18) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 100% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 100%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(19) Form of Amended Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 100% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 100%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 as filed with the SEC on April 11, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 95”).

(20) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 30% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 30%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(21) Form of Amended Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 30% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 30%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95.

(22) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 50% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 50%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(23) Form of Amended Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 50% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 50%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95.

(24) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 70% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 70%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(25) Form of Amended Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 70% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 70%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95.

(26) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 85% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 85%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(27) Form of Amended Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 85% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 85%), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95.

(28) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Income Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Income Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

 

4


(29) Form of Amended Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Lifestyle Income Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Income Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95.

(30) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Mid Cap Core Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Mid Cap Core Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(31) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Batterymarch S&P 500 Index Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(32) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(33) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Investment Counsel Social Awareness Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(34) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Batterymarch 130/30 U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners 130/30 U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund), and LMPFA, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72.

(35) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Batterymarch U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 87.

(36) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Target Retirement 2015 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2015), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120 as filed with the SEC on August 28, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 120”).

(37) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Target Retirement 2020 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2020), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(38) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Target Retirement 2025 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2025), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(39) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Target Retirement 2030 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2030), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(40) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Target Retirement 2035 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2035), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(41) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Target Retirement 2040 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2040), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(42) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Target Retirement 2045 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2045), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(43) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Target Retirement 2050 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2050), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

 

5


(44) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Target Retirement Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement Fund), and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(45) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 as filed with the SEC on April 9, 2009 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 141”).

(46) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge”), with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(47) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Convertible Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Convertible Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(48) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(49) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Dividend Strategy Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Dividend Strategy Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(50) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Legg Mason International Equities Limited (“LMIE”), with respect to Legg Mason Esemplia Emerging Markets Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(51) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Barrett Associates, Inc. (“Barrett”), with respect to Legg Mason Barrett Financial Services Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Financial Services Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(52) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Fundamental Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Fundamental Value Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(53) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Value Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(54) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(55) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital and Income Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

 

6


(56) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(57) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(58) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (“Batterymarch”), with respect to Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Global Equity Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(59) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Investors Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(60) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Large Cap Growth Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(61) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC (“LMGAA”), with respect to Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 100% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 100%), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 as filed with the SEC on November 1, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 74”).

(62) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 30% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 30%), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(63) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 50% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 50%), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(64) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 70% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 70%), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(65) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 85% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 85%), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(66) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Lifestyle Income Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Income Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(67) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Mid Cap Core Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Mid Cap Core Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(68) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Batterymarch, with respect to Legg Mason Batterymarch S&P 500 Index Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(69) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(70) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Legg Mason Investment Counsel, LLC (“LMIC”), with respect to Legg Mason Investment Counsel Social Awareness Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

 

7


(71) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Batterymarch, with respect to Legg Mason Batterymarch 130/30 U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners 130/30 U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72.

(72) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Batterymarch, with respect to Legg Mason Batterymarch U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 87.

(73) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2015 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2015), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(74) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2020 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2020), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(75) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2025 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2025), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(76) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2030 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2030), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(77) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2035 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2035), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(78) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2040 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2040), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(79) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2045 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2045), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(80) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2050 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2050), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(81) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(82) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Global Currents Investment Management, LLC (“GCIM”), with respect to Legg Mason Global Currents International All Cap Opportunity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners International All Cap Opportunity Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 as filed with the SEC on November 26, 2008.

(83) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Permal Asset Management Inc. (“Permal”), with respect to Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141.

(84) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141.

(85) Form of Sub-Administration Agreement between LMCM and LMPFA, with respect to Legg Mason Capital Management All Cap Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners All Cap Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

 

8


(e)(1) Form of Distribution Agreement with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 as filed with the SEC on August 16, 2000 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 30”).

(2) Form of Distribution Agreement with PFS Distributors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30.

(3) Form of Amendment to the Distribution Agreement with CGMI dated as of December 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 as filed with the SEC on January 27, 2006 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 56”).

(4) Form of Amendment of Distribution Agreement and Assumption of Duties and Responsibilities, among the Registrant, PFS Distributors, Inc. and PFS Investments, Inc. (“PFS”), dated as of December 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 56.

(5) Letter Agreement amending the Distribution Agreements with CGMI dated April 10, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(6) Letter Agreement amending the Distribution Agreements with PFS dated April 6, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(7) Form of Distribution Agreement with Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 128 as filed with the SEC on December 15, 2008.

(8) Form of Distribution Agreement with LMIS with respect to Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141.

(f)(1) Emeritus Retirement Plan relating to certain funds, established effective as of January 1, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 as filed with the SEC on December 5, 2006 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 60”).

(2) Amended and Restated Trustee Retirement Plan relating to certain funds dated as of January 1, 2005 (the “General Retirement Plan”), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 as filed with the SEC on January 8, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 61”).

(3) Legg Mason Investment Series (f/k/a Smith Barney Investment Series) Amended and Restated Trustees Retirement Plan dated as of January 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(4) Amendment to the General Retirement Plan and the Legg Mason Partners Investment Series Amended and Restated Trustees Retirement Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(5) Amended and Restated Emeritus Retirement Plan relating to certain funds, established effective as of January 1, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(g)(1) Custodian Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), dated January 1, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(2) Letter Agreement amending the Custodian Services Agreement with State Street, dated April 9, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(h)(1) Transfer Agency and Services Agreement, dated January 1, 2006, between the Registrant and PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (“PNC GIS”) (formerly PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 56.

(2) Co-Transfer Agency and Services Agreement, dated April 1, 2009, between the Registrant and PNC GIS incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 147 as filed with the SEC on July 29, 2009.

(3) Transfer Agency and Services Agreement, dated April 4, 2009, between each series of the Registrant and Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141.

 

9


(4) Form of License Agreement between the Registrant and Legg Mason Properties, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 58 as filed with the SEC on April 28, 2006 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 58”).

(5) License Agreement between the Registrant and Citigroup Inc. dated December 1, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.

(6) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60.

(7) Letter Agreement amending the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement with PNC GIS, dated April 9, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(8) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement with respect to Legg Mason Batterymarch 130/30 U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners 130/30 U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(9) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement with respect to Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 100% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 100%), Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 85% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 85%), Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 70% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 70%), Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 50% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 50%), Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 30% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 30%) and Legg Mason Lifestyle Income Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Income Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95.

(10) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2015 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2015), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(11) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2020 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2020), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(12) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2025 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2025), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(13) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2030 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2030), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(14) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2035 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2035), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(15) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2040 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2040), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(16) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2045 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2045), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(17) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement 2050 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2050), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(18) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Target Retirement Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement Fund), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

(19) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with respect to Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141.

 

10


(i)(1) Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP regarding legality of shares of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Equity Income Builder Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 109 as filed with the SEC on June 3, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 109”).

(2) Opinion of Venable LLP regarding legality of shares of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Equity Income Builder Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 109.

(3) Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP regarding legality of shares of Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 as filed with the SEC on April 9, 2009 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 141”).

(4) Opinion of Venable LLP regarding legality of shares of Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141.

(5) Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP regarding legality of Class IS shares and Class R1 shares of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Equity Income Builder Fund) is filed herewith.

(6) Opinion of Venable LLP regarding legality of Class IS shares and Class R1 shares of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Equity Income Builder Fund) is filed herewith.

(j)(1) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to be filed by amendment.

(2) Power of Attorney dated July 30, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 as filed with the SEC on August 8, 2008.

(3) Power of Attorney dated November 4, 2009 and November 30, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 154 as filed with the SEC on December 21, 2009.

(k) Not Applicable.

(l) Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Shearson Lehman Brothers Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.

(m)(1) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan relating to Class A, B, C, FI, R and I Shares is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(2) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan relating to Class A, B, C, FI, R and I Shares is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 81 as filed with the SEC on January 29, 2008.

(3) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan relating to Class A, B, C, FI, R, I and IS Shares dated as of February 7, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 86 as filed with the SEC on February 15, 2008.

(4) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan relating to Class A, B, C, FI, R, I and IS Shares dated as of August 7, 2008 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 119 as filed with the SEC on August 28, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 119”).

(5) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan relating to Class R1 Shares dated as of February 26, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137.

(6) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan relating to Class R1 Shares dated as of February 26, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 146.

(7) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan dated as of December 7, 2009 is filed herewith.

(n)(1) Rule 18f-3(d) Multiple Class Plan of the Registrant pursuant to Rule 18f-3 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(o) Not Applicable.

(p)(1) Code of Ethics of Legg Mason & Co., LLC (adopted by LMPFA, LMIS and LMGAA) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 120.

 

11


(2) Code of Ethics of Barrett dated December 15, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(3) Code of Ethics of LMIE is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(4) Code of Ethics of Batterymarch dated February 1, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(5) Code of Ethics of LMIC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 as filed with the SEC on January 10, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 62”).

(6) Code of Ethics of LMCM is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(7) Code of Ethics of GCIM is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 as filed with the SEC on July 3, 2008.

(8) Code of Ethics of Permal is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141.

(9) Code of Ethics of ClearBridge is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 148 as filed with the SEC on August 26, 2009.

 

Item 29. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

Not Applicable.

 

Item 30. Indemnification

The response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.

The directors and officers of the Registrant and the personnel of the Registrant’s manager are insured under an errors and omissions liability insurance policy. The Registrant and its officers are also insured under the fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Reference is hereby made to (a) paragraph 9 of the Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and LMIS, incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

Investment Adviser—Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”)

LMPFA was formed in 2006 under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability company. LMPFA is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”).

LMPFA is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of LMPFA together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMPFA pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-66785).

Investment Adviser—Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc. (“LMCM”)

LMCM was formed in 1982 under the laws of the State of Maryland as a corporation. LMCM is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

LMCM is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of LMCM together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMCM pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-18115).

 

12


Subadviser—ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (formerly known as CAM North America, LLC) (“ClearBridge”)

ClearBridge was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability company. ClearBridge is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

ClearBridge is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of ClearBridge together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by ClearBridge pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-64710).

Subadviser—Barrett Associates, Inc. (“Barrett”)

Barrett was organized under the laws of the State of New York as a corporation. Barrett is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Barrett is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of Barrett together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by Barrett pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801- 831).

Subadviser—Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (“Batterymarch”)

Batterymarch was organized under the laws of the State of Maryland as a corporation. Batterymarch is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Batterymarch is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of Batterymarch together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by Batterymarch pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801- 48035).

Subadviser—Global Currents Investment Management, LLC (“GCIM”)

GCIM was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability corporation. GCIM is a wholly owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

GCIM is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of GCIM together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by GCIM pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-68663).

Subadviser—Legg Mason International Equities Limited (“LMIE”)

The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of LMIE, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMIE pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-57655).

Subadviser—Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC (“LMGAA”).

LMGAA is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability company. LMGAA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

 

13


LMGAA is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of LMGAA together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMGAA pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-67287).

Subadviser—Legg Mason Investment Counsel, LLC (“LMIC”)

LMIC is organized under the laws of the State of Maryland as a limited liability company. LMIC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

LMIC is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of LMIC together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMIC pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-63656).

 

14


Subadviser—Permal Asset Management Inc. (“Permal”)

Permal was formed in June 2002 under the laws of the State of Delaware as a corporation. Permal is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Permal is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and directors of Permal, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by Permal pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-61864).

 

Item 32. Principal Underwriter

(a) LMIS, the distributor of the Registrant, is the distributor for each series of the registrants listed: Legg Mason Partners Premium Money Market Trust, Legg Mason Partners Institutional Trust, Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Barrett Opportunity Fund, Inc., Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Income Trust, Legg Mason Cash Reserve Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Charles Street Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Global Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Growth Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Income Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Investment Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Investors Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Light Street Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Special Investment Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Tax Exempt Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Tax-Free Income Fund, Legg Mason Value Trust, Inc., Western Asset Funds, Inc., Legg Mason Global Asset Management Trust.

LMIS is the placement agent for Institutional Enhanced Portfolio, Prime Cash Reserves Portfolio, U.S. Treasury Reserves Portfolio, Tax Free Reserves Portfolio and Liquid Reserves Portfolio.

(b) The information required by this Item 32 with respect to each director and officer of LMIS is listed below:

Kimberly Mustin - Co-Managing Director

Matthew Schiffman - Co-Managing Director

George Betzios - Vice President

W. Talbot Daley - Vice President

David J. Eikenberg - Vice President

Mark E. Freemyer - Vice President

Thomas J. Hirschmann - Vice President

Joseph LaRocque - Vice President

Michael P. McAllister - Vice President

Theresa P. McGuire - Vice President

Jeremy O’Shea - Vice President

Joel R. Sauber - Vice President

Robert Shepler - Vice President

Jason Bennett - Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Financial Reporting Officer

Joseph M. Furey - General Counsel and Secretary

Erin L. Clark - Assistant Secretary

Vicki Schmelzer - Assistant Secretary

Ronald A. Holinsky - Deputy General Counsel

Stephen A. Scarpino - Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer

 

15


All addresses are 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

(c) Not applicable.

 

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records

With respect to the Registrant:

 

(1) Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

With respect to the Registrant’s Investment Managers:

 

(2) Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

 

(3) Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc.

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

With respect to the Registrant’s Subadvisers:

 

(4) Legg Mason International Equities Limited

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

 

(5) Barrett Associates, Inc.

565 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10017

 

(6) Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc.

John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

 

(7) ClearBridge Advisors, LLC

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

 

(8) Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

 

16


(9) Legg Mason Investment Counsel, LLC

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

 

(10) Global Currents Investment Management, LLC

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

 

(11) Permal Asset Management Inc.

900 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

With respect to the Registrant’s Custodian:

 

(12) State Street Bank and Trust Company

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02111

With respect to the Registrant’s Transfer Agent:

 

(13) Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

2000 Crown Colony Drive

Quincy, MA 02169

 

(14) PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.

4400 Computer Drive

Westborough, MA 01581

With respect to the Registrant’s Distributor:

 

(15) Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC

100 International Drive

Baltimore, MD 21202

 

Item 34. Management Services

Not applicable.

 

Item 35. Undertakings

Not applicable.

 

17


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant, LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST, has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on this 16 th day of February, 2010.

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST , on behalf of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund and Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund.

 

By:

 

/ S /    R. J AY G ERKEN        

  R. Jay Gerken
  President and Principal Executive Officer

WITNESS our hands on the date set forth below.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on February 16, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    R. J AY G ERKEN

  

President, Principal Executive Officer and Trustee

R. Jay Gerken   

/ S /    K APREL O ZSOLAK

  

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Kaprel Ozsolak   

P AUL R. A DES *

  

Trustee

Paul R. Ades   

A NDREW L. B REECH *

  

Trustee

Andrew L. Breech   

D WIGHT B. C RANE *

  

Trustee

Dwight B. Crane   

F RANK G. H UBBARD *

  

Trustee

Frank G. Hubbard   

H OWARD J. J OHNSON *

  

Trustee

Howard J. Johnson   

D AVID E. M ARYATT *

  

Trustee

David E. Maryatt   

J EROME H. M ILLER *

  

Trustee

Jerome H. Miller   

 

18


K EN M ILLER *

  

Trustee

Ken Miller   

J OHN J. M URPHY *

  

Trustee

John J. Murphy   

T HOMAS F. S CHLAFLY *

  

Trustee

Thomas F. Schlafly   

J ERRY A. V ISCIONE *

  

Trustee

Jerry A. Viscione   

 

*By:

 

/ S /    R. J AY G ERKEN        

  R. Jay Gerken, as Agent

 

19


Tactical Allocation Fund Ltd. has duly caused this Registration Statement, with respect only to information that specifically relates to Tactical Allocation Fund Ltd., to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 16th day of February, 2010.

 

TACTICAL ALLOCATION FUND LTD.
By:   / S /    F RANCES G UGGINO        
  Frances Guggino
  Director

This Registration Statement, with respect only to information that specifically relates to Tactical Allocation Fund Ltd., has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities on the dates indicated:

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/ S /    F RANCES G UGGINO        

  

Director, Tactical Allocation Fund Ltd.

  February 16, 2010
Frances Guggino     

 

20


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Index No.

 

Description of Exhibit

(a)(18)   Amended and Restated Designation of Series
(a)(19)   Amended and Restated Designation of Classes
(i)(5)   Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
(i)(6)   Opinion of Venable LLP
(m)(7)   Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan

 

21

Schedule A

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST

Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust

(Effective as of December 7, 2009)

WHEREAS, the Trustee(s) of the Trust, acting pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Declaration, desire to divide the Shares of the Trust into 37 Series;

NOW THEREFORE, the Trustee(s) of the Trust do hereby establish and designate the following Series of the Trust, with such relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms as are set forth below:

 

  1. Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Fund)

 

  2. Legg Mason Capital Management All Cap Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners All Cap Fund)

 

  3. Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund)

 

  4. Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital and Income Fund)

 

  5. Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund)

 

  6. Legg Mason ClearBridge Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund)

 

  7. Legg Mason ClearBridge Dividend Strategy Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Dividend Strategy Fund)

 

  8. Legg Mason Esemplia Emerging Markets Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund)

 

  9. Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund)

 

  10. Legg Mason Barrett Financial Services Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Financial Services Fund)

 

  11. Legg Mason ClearBridge Fundamental Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Fundamental Value Fund)

 

  12. Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Global Equity Fund)

 

  13. Legg Mason Global Currents International All Cap Opportunity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners International All Cap Opportunity Fund)

 

  14. Legg Mason ClearBridge Investors Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund)

 

  15. Legg Mason ClearBridge Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Large Cap Growth Fund)

 

  16. Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 100% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 100%)

 

  17. Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 85% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 85%)

 

  18. Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 70% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 70%)

 

  19. Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 50% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 50%)


  20. Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 30% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 30%)

 

  21. Legg Mason Lifestyle Income Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Income Fund)

 

  22. Legg Mason ClearBridge Mid Cap Core Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Mid Cap Core Fund)

 

  23. Legg Mason Batterymarch S&P 500 Index Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund)

 

  24. Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund)

 

  25. Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Value Fund)

 

  26. Legg Mason Investment Counsel Social Awareness Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund)

 

  27. Legg Mason Batterymarch U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund)

 

  28. Legg Mason Target Retirement 2015 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2015)

 

  29. Legg Mason Target Retirement 2020 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2020)

 

  30. Legg Mason Target Retirement 2025 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2025)

 

  31. Legg Mason Target Retirement 2030 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2030)

 

  32. Legg Mason Target Retirement 2035 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2035)

 

  33. Legg Mason Target Retirement 2040 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2040)

 

  34. Legg Mason Target Retirement 2045 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2045)

 

  35. Legg Mason Target Retirement 2050 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2050)

 

  36. Legg Mason Target Retirement Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement Fund)

 

  37. Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund

1. Each Share of each Series shall have a par value of $0.00001 per Share and shall be entitled to all the rights and preferences accorded to Shares under the Declaration.

2. The number of authorized Shares of each Series is unlimited.

3. Each Series shall be authorized to hold cash, invest in securities, instruments and other property, use investment techniques, and have such goals or objectives as from time to time are described in the prospectus and statement of additional information contained in the Trust’s then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to the extent pertaining to the offering of Shares of the Series, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (“Prospectus”). Each Share of a Series shall represent a beneficial interest in the net assets allocated or belonging to such Series only, and such interest shall not extend to the assets of the Trust generally (except to the extent that General Assets (as defined in the Declaration) are allocated to such Series), and shall be entitled to receive its pro rata share of the net assets of the Series upon liquidation of the Series, all as set forth in Section 4.9 of the Declaration.

 

- 2 -


4. With respect to the Shares of each Series, (a) the time and method of determining the purchase price, (b) the fees and expenses, (c) the qualifications for ownership, if any, (d) minimum purchase amounts, if any, (e) minimum account size, if any, (f) the price, terms and manner of redemption, (g) any conversion or exchange feature or privilege, (h) the relative dividend rights, and (i) any other relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms have been established by the Trustees in accordance with the Declaration and are set forth in the Prospectus with respect to such Series.

5. The Trustees may from time to time modify any of the relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms of a Series or the Shares of such Series that have been established by the Trustees or redesignate any of the Series without any action or consent of the Shareholders.

6. The designation of any Series hereby shall not impair the power of the Trustees from time to time to designate additional Series of Shares of the Trust or terminate any Series hereby designated.

7. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Declaration.

 

- 3 -

Schedule B

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST

Amended and Restated Designation of Classes

(Effective as of December 7, 2009)

WHEREAS, the Trustees of the Trust, acting pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Declaration, desire to divide the Series of the Trust into one of more Classes of Shares.

NOW THEREFORE, the Trustees of the Trust do hereby establish and designate the Classes as listed below with respect to the identified Series of the Trust, with such relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms as are set forth below:

 

Series

  

Class

Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Capital Management All Cap Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners All Cap Fund)

   A, B, C, I, 1, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital and Income Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Dividend Strategy Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Dividend Strategy Fund)

   A, B, C, I, 1, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Esemplia Emerging Markets Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund)

   A, B, C, O, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Barrett Financial Services Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Financial Services Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Fundamental Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Fundamental Value Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Global Equity Fund)

   A, B, C, I, 1, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Global Currents International All Cap Opportunity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners International All Cap Opportunity Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Investors Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund)

   A, B, C, O, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Large Cap Growth Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 100% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 100%)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1


Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 85% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 85%)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 70% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 70%)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 50% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 50%)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 30% (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 30%)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Lifestyle Income Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Income Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Mid Cap Core Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Mid Cap Core Fund)

   A, B, C, I, 1, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Batterymarch S&P 500 Index Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund)

   A, D, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund)

   A, B, C, O, FI, R, I, 1, IS, R1

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Value Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Value Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Investment Counsel Social Awareness Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund)

   A, B, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Batterymarch U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2015 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2015)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2020 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2020)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2025 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2025)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2030 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2030)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2035 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2035)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2040 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2040)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2045 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2045)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2050 (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement 2050)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Target Retirement Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason Partners Target Retirement Fund)

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund

   A, C, I, FI, R, IS, R1

1. Each Share of each Class is entitled to all the rights and preferences accorded to Shares under the Declaration.

 

- 2 -


2. The number of authorized Shares of each Class is unlimited.

3. All Shares of a Class of a Series shall be identical with each other and with the Shares of each other Class of the same Series except for such variations between Classes as may be authorized by the Trustees from time to time and set forth in the Trust’s then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to the extent pertaining to the offering of Shares of the Class of such Series, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (“Prospectus”). The Trustees may change the name or other designation of a Class; and take such other action with respect to the Classes as the Trustees may deem desirable.

4. With respect to the Shares of a Class of a Series, (a) the time and method of determining the purchase price, (b) the fees and expenses, (c) the qualifications for ownership, if any, (d) minimum purchase amounts, if any, (e) minimum account size, if any, (f) the price, terms and manner of redemption of, (g) any conversion or exchange feature or privilege, (h) the relative dividend rights, and (i) any other relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms have been established by the Trustees in accordance with the Declaration and are set forth in the Prospectus with respect to such Class of such Series.

5. The Trustees may from time to time modify any of the relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms of a Class of a Series that have been established by the Trustees, divide or combine the issued or unissued Shares of any Class of a Series into a greater or lesser number; classify or reclassify any issued or unissued Shares of any Class of a Series into one or more Classes of such Series; combine two or more Classes of a Series into a single Class of such Series; in each case without any action or consent of the Shareholders.

6. The designation of any Class hereby shall not impair the power of the Trustees from time to time to designate additional Classes of Shares of a Series or terminate any one or more Classes of a Series hereby designated.

7. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Declaration.

 

- 3 -

[Letterhead of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP]

February 16, 2010

Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested us, as counsel to Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust, to furnish you with this opinion in connection with the Trust’s filing of Post-Effective Amendment No. 159 (the “Amendment”) to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Securities Act File No. 033-43446 and Investment Company Act File No. 811-06444) (the “Registration Statement”). The Amendment is being filed to register an indefinite number of Class IS and Class R1 shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share, (the “Shares”) of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (formerly known as Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital and Income Fund) (the “Fund”).

We have examined copies of the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as amended, the Fund’s prospectus (the “Prospectus”) and statement of additional information (the “Statement of Additional Information”) included in the Amendment, all resolutions (the “Resolutions”) adopted by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) with respect to the Shares, consents of the Board and other records, documents and papers that we have deemed necessary for the purpose of this opinion. We have also examined such other statutes and authorities as we have deemed necessary to form a basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed.

In our examination of material, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all copies submitted to us. As to various questions of fact material to our opinion, we have relied upon statements and certificates of officers and representatives of the Trust and others.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment of net asset value therefor in accordance with the Resolutions and the Prospectus, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, assuming that the Resolutions of the Board authorizing the issuance of the shares that are in effect on the date hereof have not been modified or withdrawn and are in full force and effect on the date of issuance.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Amendment, to the reference to us in the Statement of Additional Information and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to any application made by or on behalf of the Trust or any distributor or dealer in connection with the registration or qualification of the Fund or the Shares under the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction.


Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

February 16, 2010

Page 2

 

We are members of the Bar of the State of New York only and do not opine as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States, and the opinions set forth above are, accordingly, limited to the laws of those jurisdictions. As to matters governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, we have relied upon the opinion of Venable LLP (which is attached hereto).

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

Exhibit (i)(6)

[LETTERHEAD OF VENABLE LLP]

February 16, 2010

Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Re:    Registration Statement on Form N-1A:

      1933 Act File No. 033-43446

       1940 Act File No. 811-06444                   

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have served as Maryland counsel to Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust, a Maryland business trust (the “Trust”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration and issuance of an indefinite number of shares (the “Shares”) of beneficial interest, par value $.00001 per share, classified and designated as (i) Class IS and (ii) Class R1 shares of Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund (the “Fund”), a series of the Trust, covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

In connection with our representation of the Trust, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Documents”):

1.         The Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information with respect to the Fund, which form part of the Registration Statement, substantially in the form transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act;

2.         The Certificate of Trust of the Trust, certified by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);

3.         The Declaration of Trust of the Trust, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Trust;

4.         The Bylaws of the Trust, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Trust;


Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

February 16, 2010

Page 2

5.         A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Trust, dated as of a recent date;

6.         Resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Resolutions”) relating to the authorization of the sale and issuance of the Shares in a continuous public offering, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Trust;

7.         A certificate executed by an officer of the Trust, dated as of the date hereof; and

8.         Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.

In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:

1.         Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or another person, is legally competent to do so.

2.         Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Trust) is duly authorized to do so.

3.         Each of the parties (other than the Trust) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.

4.         All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents. All signatures on all Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.


Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

February 16, 2010

Page 3

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:

1.         The Trust is a business trust duly formed and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.

2.         The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment of net asset value therefor in accordance with the Resolutions and the Registration Statement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

The foregoing opinion is limited to the substantive laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law. We express no opinion as to compliance with federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland, or the 1940 Act.

The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.

This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

 

Very truly yours,                                                           

/s/ Venable LLP                                                           

96258-257077

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES AND

DISTRIBUTION PLAN

February 8, 2007

As Amended and Restated

December 7, 2009

WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (“Trust”) wishes to adopt this Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan (“Plan”) adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) for each series of the Trust (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) listed in Appendix A, as it may be amended from time to time, to be effective as of the date set forth above.

NOW, THEREFORE, this Plan is adopted in accordance with the Rule with respect to those classes of shares (each a “Class”) of the Funds as listed in Appendix A, subject to the following terms and conditions:

Section 1. Annual Fee.

(a) Service and Distribution Fee for Class A shares . For each Fund with Class A shares, the Fund may pay to one or more principal underwriters, broker-dealers, financial intermediaries (which may include banks), and others that enter into a distribution, underwriting, selling or service agreement with respect to shares of a Fund or Class thereof (each of the foregoing a “Servicing Party”) a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class A shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class A Service Fee”).

(b) Service and Distribution Fee for Class B shares . For each Fund with Class B shares, the Fund may pay to one or more Servicing Parties a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class B shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class B Service Fee”).

(c) Service and Distribution Fee for Class C shares . For each Fund with Class C shares, the Fund may pay to one or more Servicing Parties a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class C shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class C Service Fee”).

(d) Service and Distribution Fee for Class R shares . For each Fund with Class R shares, the Fund may pay to one or more Servicing Parties a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class R shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class R Service Fee”).

(e) Service and Distribution Fee for Class O shares . For each Fund with Class O shares, the Fund may pay to one or more Servicing Parties a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class O shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class O Service Fee”).


(f) Service and Distribution Fee for Class I shares . For each Fund with Class I shares, the Fund may pay to one or more Servicing Parties a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class I shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class I Service Fee”).

(g) Service and Distribution Fee for Class FI shares. For each Fund with Class FI shares, the Fund may pay to one or more Servicing Parties a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class FI shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class FI Service Fee”).

(h) Service and Distribution Fee for Class 1 shares . For each Fund with Class 1 shares, the Fund may pay to one or more Servicing Parties a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class 1 shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class 1 Service Fee”).

(i) Service and Distribution Fee for Class R1 shares . For each Fund with Class R1 shares, the Fund may pay to one or more Servicing Parties a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class R1 shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class R1 Service Fee”).

(j) Service and Distribution Fee for Class IS shares. For each Fund with Class IS shares, the Fund may pay to one or more Servicing Parties a service and distribution fee, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments with respect to Class IS shares does not exceed an amount calculated at the annual rate set forth in Appendix A (the “Class IS Service Fee” and collectively with the Class A Service Fee, the Class B Service Fee, the Class C Service Fee, the Class R Service Fee, the Class O Service Fee, the Class I Service Fee, the Class FI Service Fee, the Class 1 Service Fee and the Class R1 Service Fee, the “Service Fees”).

(k) Payment of Fees . The Service Fees described above will be calculated daily and paid monthly by the Fund with respect to each Class as provided in Appendix A.

The Trust is authorized to engage in the activities listed herein either directly or through other entities.

Section 2. Expenses Covered by the Plan.

With respect to the fees payable by each Class, the Service Fees for a Class may be used by a Servicing Party for expenses related to that Class, including without limitation: (a) costs of printing and distributing the Fund’s prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports to prospective investors in the Fund; (b) costs involved in preparing, printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to the Fund and reports for persons other than existing shareholders; (c) an allocation of overhead and other branch office distribution-related expenses of a Servicing Party; (d) payments made to, and expenses of, a Servicing Party (including on behalf of its financial consultants) and other persons who provide support or personal services to Fund shareholders in connection with the distribution of the Fund’s shares, including but not limited to, office space and equipment, communication facilities, answering routine inquiries regarding the Fund and its operations, processing shareholder transactions, promotional, advertising or marketing activity, sub-accounting and recordkeeping services (in excess of ordinary payments made to the Fund’s transfer agent or other recordkeeper), obtaining shareholder information and providing information about the Fund, asset allocation services, compensating sales personnel, maintaining and servicing shareholder accounts (including the payment of a continuing fee to financial consultants); and (e) interest-related expenses, or the cost of capital associated with, the financing of any of the foregoing; provided , however ,

 

- 2 -


that (i) the Service Fee for a particular Class that may be used by the Servicing Party to cover expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of that Class, including, without limitation, payments to the Servicing Party and other persons as compensation for the sale of the shares (including payments that may be deemed to be selling concessions or commissions) may not exceed the maximum amount, if any, as may from time to time be permitted for such services under the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Conduct Rule 2830 or any successor rule, in each case as amended or interpreted by FINRA (“Rule 2830”), and (ii) the Service Fee for a particular Class that may be used by the Servicing Party to cover expenses primarily intended for personal service and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts may not exceed the maximum amount, if any, as may from time to time be permitted for such services under Rule 2830. The Servicing Party may retain portions of the Service Fees in excess of its expenses incurred.

It is recognized that a Fund’s investment manager (“Manager”), principal underwriter, a Servicing Party, or an affiliate of the foregoing may use its management or advisory fee revenues, past profits or its resources from any other source, to make payment to a Servicing Party or any other entity with respect to any expenses incurred in connection with the distribution or marketing and sales of the Fund’s shares, including the activities referred to above. Notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that any payments made by the Fund to its Manager or any affiliate thereof, including payments made from such Manager or affiliate’s management or advisory fee or administrative fee or payments made for shareholder services should be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of Fund shares within the context of the Rule, then such payments shall be deemed to be authorized by this Plan but shall not be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 1.

It is further recognized that the Fund will enter into normal and customary custodial, transfer agency, recordkeeping and dividend disbursing agency and other service provider arrangements, and make separate payments under the terms and conditions of those arrangements. These arrangements shall not ordinarily be deemed to be a part of this Plan.

Section 3. Sales Charges

It is understood that, under certain circumstances, as disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus, an initial sales charge may be paid by investors who purchase Fund shares, and the Fund may pay to the Servicing Party, or the Fund may permit such persons to retain, as the case may be, such sales charge as full or partial compensation for their services in connection with the sale of Fund shares. It is also understood that, under certain circumstances, as disclosed in the Fund’s prospectus, the Fund or the Servicing Party may impose certain deferred sales charges in connection with the repurchase of such Fund shares, and the Fund may pay to a Servicing Party, or the Fund may permit such persons to retain, as the case may be, all or any portion of such deferred sales charges.

Section 4. Approval by Shareholders.

Except to the extent that, in accordance with Section 8 below, this Plan amends an existing plan adopted pursuant to the Rule with respect to a Fund or Class, the Plan will not take effect, and no fee will be payable in accordance with Section 1 of the Plan, with respect to a Class of a Fund until the Plan has been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Class. The Plan will be deemed to have been approved with respect to a Class of each Fund so long as a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Class votes for the approval of the Plan, notwithstanding that: (a) the Plan has not been approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any other Class, or (b) the Plan has not been approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

 

- 3 -


Section 5. Approval by Board Members.

Neither the Plan nor any related agreements will take effect, with respect to a Class of a Fund, until approved by a majority vote of both (a) the Board of Directors or Trustees (“Board”) and (b) those Board members who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreements related to it (the “Qualified Board Members”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan and the related agreements.

Section 6. Continuance of the Plan.

The Plan will continue in effect with respect to each Class until June 30, 2007 and thereafter for successive twelve-month periods with respect to each Class; provided, however, that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board members of the Trust and by a majority of the Qualified Board Members in accordance with Section 5.

Section 7. Termination.

The Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to a Class of a Fund (i) by the Fund without the payment of any penalty, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Class of such Fund or (ii) by a majority vote of the Qualified Board Members. The Plan may remain in effect with respect to a particular Class of a Fund even if the Plan has been terminated in accordance with this Section 7 with respect to any other Class of such Fund.

Section 8. Amendments.

The Plan may not be amended with respect to any Class so as to increase materially the amounts of the fees described in Section 1, unless the amendment is approved by a vote of holders of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Class. No material amendment to the Plan may be made unless approved by the Trust’s Board in the manner described in Section 5.

Section 9. Selection of Certain Board Members.

While the Plan is in effect, the Trust shall comply with Rule 12b-1(c).

Section 10. Written Reports.

In each year during which the Plan remains in effect, the proper officers of the Fund will prepare and furnish to the Trust’s Board and the Board will review, at least quarterly, written reports complying with the requirements of the Rule, which set out the amounts expended under the Plan and the purposes for which those expenditures were made.

Section 11. Preservation of Materials.

The Trust will preserve copies of the Plan, any agreement relating to the Plan and any report made pursuant to Section 10, for a period of not less than six years (the first two years in an easily accessible place) from the date of the Plan.

Section 12. Meanings of Certain Terms.

As used in the Plan, the terms “interested person” and “majority of the outstanding voting securities” will be deemed to have the same meaning that those terms have under the rules and regulations under the 1940

 

- 4 -


Act, subject to any exemption that may be granted to the Trust under the 1940 Act, by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), or as interpreted by the Commission.

Section 13. Limitation of Liability

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust is on file with the Office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this Plan has been adopted on behalf of the Fund by the Trustees of the Trust in their capacity as Trustee of the Trust and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

Section 14. Severability

The provisions of the Plan are severable for each Fund and Class covered by this Plan, and actions taken with respect to a Plan in conformity with the Rule will be taken separately for each such Fund or Class.

Section 15. Governing Law

This plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

- 5 -


APPENDIX A

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES AND DISTRIBUTION PLAN

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECEMBER 7, 2009

 

Name of Fund

  

Name of Class

   Aggregate
Service Fee 1
 

Legg Mason ClearBridge Aggressive Growth Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Capital Management All Cap Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class 1    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Appreciation Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Income Builder Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    0.75
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Capital Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   

 

1

Expressed as an annual rate of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to that Class.

 

- 6 -


Name of Fund

  

Name of Class

   Aggregate
Service Fee 1
 
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Dividend Strategy Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class 1    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Esemplia Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Equity Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class O    None   
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Barrett Financial Services Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   

 

- 7 -


Name of Fund

  

Name of Class

   Aggregate
Service Fee 1
 
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Fundamental Value Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Batterymarch Global Equity Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class 1    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Global Currents International All Cap Opportunity Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Investors Value Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class O    None   
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Large Cap Growth Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00

 

- 8 -


Name of Fund

  

Name of Class

   Aggregate
Service Fee 1
 
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 100%

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 30%

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    0.75
   Class C    0.70
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 50%

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 70%

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Lifestyle Allocation 85%

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50

 

- 9 -


Name of Fund

  

Name of Class

   Aggregate
Service Fee 1
 
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Lifestyle Income Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    0.75
   Class C    0.70
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Mid Cap Core Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class 1    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Batterymarch S&P 500 Index Fund

   Class A    0.20
   Class D    None   
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Growth Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class FI    0.25
   Class R    0.50
   Class I    None   
   Class 1    None   
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason ClearBridge Small Cap Value Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

 

- 10 -


Name of Fund

  

Name of Class

   Aggregate
Service Fee 1
 

Legg Mason Investment Counsel Social Awareness Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class B    1.00
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Batterymarch U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2015

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2020

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2025

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2030

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   

 

- 11 -


Name of Fund

  

Name of Class

   Aggregate
Service Fee 1
 
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2035

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2040

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2045

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Target Retirement 2050

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Target Retirement Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

Legg Mason Permal Tactical Allocation Fund

   Class A    0.25
   Class C    1.00
   Class I    None   
   Class R    0.50
   Class FI    0.25

 

- 12 -


Name of Fund

  

Name of Class

   Aggregate
Service Fee 1
 
   Class IS    None   
   Class R1    1.00

 

- 13 -